Sie sind auf Seite 1von 181

catalog

2007-2008

BUSINESS LAW TAXATION TECHNOLOGY


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

President’s Message

Popcorn
Somewhere in America a seemingly unimportant debate recently took place.
A group of friends argued about the best way to make popcorn.
Alfredo contended that an open flame produced the best results. Frank
contended that better results could be obtained by using an electric stove.
Simone stood firmly behind her belief that using a microwave was superior.

For active university students like you … this discussion is relevant, and
reflects upon what your education is all about.

Education is about seeds, not kernels. You learn from expert faculty
members, cutting edge books and classmates as you seek out the best way to
grow your future.

Here at Golden Gate University we have specialized planting and nourishing seasons. As a result growth is
immense!

The GGU brand stands for a distinct approach to your growth experience.
Courses of study are designed to engage students in real-world situations. Classes are small in size to allow
for full participation. We pride ourselves on providing exceptional programs and degree experiences that fully
develop our learning produce. We utilize the most advanced technologies and learning tools available.

Class discussions may not be about the best way to make popcorn; the issues we discuss are of much
greater significance … but, similarly, the correct and informed answer to these types of problems are always
based upon testing different methods and ideas, and the development and implementation of critical analysis.

GGU has 106 years of experience educating students about how to develop and grow. We prepare you
for the bountiful acres in your future. We do not know what the future holds … but we want you to be fully
prepared as you take your knowledge to the open market.

Here at GGU there are thousands of seeds of knowledge before you.

Fill your plate!

Dan Angel, President

Dr. Dan Angel

Golden Gate University 1


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Golden Gate University At-a-Glance


History Class Size
Golden Gate University traces its beginnings to the founding of the San Classes are kept small so students can receive personalized attention
Francisco YMCA. It is a nonprofit, independent university. The fourth- from their professors. Students are recognized as individuals and are
oldest private university in California, Golden Gate serves working encouraged to bring their valuable perspectives to classroom discus-
adults who want a better education, empowering them to have a suc- sions. Professors work closely with students and help them develop
cessful career and better quality of life. Our students are poised to their potential and meet their individual goals.
achieve their aspirational goals; and through relevant, effective learn-
ing we help them get there. Students
Approximately 5,283 students attended Golden Gate during the 2005-
Accreditation 2006 academic year, of which 63 percent were in graduate programs, 15
Golden Gate University is accredited by the Western Association of percent were in undergraduate programs and 22 percent were law stu-
Schools and Colleges (WASC), 985 Atlantic Avenue, Suite 100, dents. There were approximately 552 international students from 71
Alameda, CA 94501; 510- countries enrolled at GGU.
748-9001.
The School of Law is Mission
accredited by the American Golden Gate University
Bar Association, 750 North is an independent center of
Lake Shore Drive, Chicago in-person and virtual learn-
IL 60611; 312-988-6743; the ing that changes the lives of
State Bar of California and adult students through pro-
the Association of American fessional practice degree, cer-
Law Schools, 1201 tification and life-long
Connecticut Ave. NW, Suite learning programs in busi-
800, Washington, DC ness, law, tax, technology
20036-2605; 202-296-8851. and related professions.
GGU supports this mis-
Approach sion and achieves success
Contemporary programs, through the hard work, com-
new technology and academic mitment and dedication of its
innovations coupled with community of students,
experiential classroom learn- alumni, professional educa-
ing make the Golden Gate tors, staff, board members
experience especially relevant. and friends who create, facil-
We are recognized for our itate and support the learn-
practical and professionally ing process.
focused approach to educa-
tion; coursework is often Vision
based on the real challenges Golden Gate University aspires
facing our society; program to be:
and course formats are designed to maximize learning outcomes. l A learner-focused, higher-education enterprise with a strong repu-
tation, image and market position as the primary provider of high
Faculty quality, high value-added, professional-practice degree and lifelong
Classes are taught by an experienced group of full-time faculty as well as learning programs
a large number of adjunct professors who have current experience in the l Known and respected as a model for academic innovation and
fields in which they teach. Over 80 percent of GGU classes are taught by excellence, especially in integrating technology, pedagogy and learning
practicing professionals who bring on-the-job insight directly to class for l Financially strong and fully invested in our students, faculty, staff,
you to debate and discuss. Outside of class, most of our professors work alumni, technology, infrastructure and facilities
as CEOs, directors, vice presidents, entrepreneurs, consultants, partners
and managers at companies of all sizes. GGU faculty, deans and direc- Values
tors have professional experience in their fields as well as a strong aca- Golden Gate University, as an organization and as reflected in the efforts of
demic orientation. We use the case study method of instruction to teach its entire community, holds highest these principles
students how to put theory into practice. l Mutual respect for diversity of people and opinions
l Teamwork and cooperation in ventures
Schedules l Honesty in all communications
Classes meet throughout the year in 16- and eight-week formats. See l Continuous improvement in all agenda
the class schedule for specific offerings. l Applied learning in all endeavors

2 Golden Gate University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Academic Calendar* Contents


Day, Evening and Online Classes President’s Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(all dates inclusive) Golden Gate University At-a-Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fall Trimester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 2–Dec. 22, 2007 Mission, Vision, Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fall B Eight-week Session . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 2–Oct. 27, 2007 Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fall C Eight-week Session . . . . . . . . . . Oct. 28–Dec. 22, 2007 Golden Gate University History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
40 Jessie Renovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Spring Trimester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jan. 6–April 26, 2008 Degree Offerings by Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Spring B Eight-week Session. . . . . . . . . Jan. 6–March 1, 2008 Location Profiles and Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Spring C Eight-week Session. . . . . . . March 2–April 26, 2008 School of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Commencement (San Francisco) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring 2008 University Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
School of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Summer Trimester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 4–Aug. 23, 2008 Undergraduate & Graduate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Summer B Eight-week Session. . . . . . . . May 4–June 28, 2008 Edward S. Ageno School of Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Summer C Eight-week Session . . . . . . June 29–Aug. 23, 2008 Undergraduate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Graduate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Academic Holidays and Vacations School of Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Labor Day — Monday, Sept. 3, 2007 PLUS Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Thanksgiving — Thursday and Friday, Nov. 22–23, 2007 Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Winter Recess — Dec. 24, 25 and 31, 2007 Admission to the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
and Jan. 1, 2008 International Student Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day — Monday, Jan. 21, 2008 Open Enrollment Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Presidents Day — Monday, Feb. 18, 2008 Undergraduate Transfer Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Memorial Day — Monday, May 26, 2008 Graduate Transfer Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Independence Day — Friday, July 4, 2008 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Student Financial Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
*Some programs operate on schedules different from those listed here. Enrolling at the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
These dates do not apply to the School of Law. Please refer to the School of Law Catalog or to Student Services and Support Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
the schedule of the location or program in which you are interested. Phone numbers for each site
are listed on p. 7.
Graduation and Commencement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
University Standards and Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
University Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Appendix 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Published by Golden Gate University, Office of Marketing The university assumes no liability, and hereby expressly negates the same, for failure to
536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968. provide or delay in providing educational or related services or facilities, or for any other
failure or delay in performance arising out of or due to causes beyond the reasonable con-
The telephone number is 415-442-7830.
415-442-7200. trol of the university, which causes include, without limitation, power failure, fire, strikes by
university employees or others, damage by the elements, and acts of public authorities. The
Golden Gate University Catalog (USPS 221-200) university will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when in its judgment it is appropriate to
Vol. XLV
XLIV May 2007
2006 No. 2 do so, to provide comparable or substantially equivalent services, facilities or performance;
Published by Golden Gate University, Office of Marketing but its inability or failure to do so shall not subject it to liability.
536 Mission Street, San Francisco, California 94105-2968 in May The university reserves the right to change regulations, curricula, courses, course locations,
in March, May, June, August and November. tuition and fees, or any other aspect of its programs described in this catalog.
Catalog.
Periodical Postage Paid at San Francisco, California.
Design
Cover design:
and Production:
Miriam Ritter
Miriam Ritter
POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: Golden Gate University Catalog, Editor: Elizabeth
Liz Freidinger
Knell
Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968. Photography: Gene Helen
Editor/Production: Dailey, L.Najib Joe Hakim, Mark Koehler, Kevin Ng, and Richard Tauber
Goldstein
Photography: Gene Dailey, Najib Joe Hakim, Mark Koehler, Kevin Ng, Miriam Ritter
and Richard Tauber

Golden Gate University 3


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Golden Gate University History

G
olden Gate University traces its origins The post-war years brought new programs of in California, Asia and at military bases nation-
to the founding of the San Francisco study, including graduate programs in business wide. With these new bylaws the college became
YMCA in the early 1850s. One of the administration, public administration, account-virtually independent — an important step in
ing and taxation. shedding its image as just another branch of the
first such organizations in the country, the San
In 1960, the Board of Governors was elimi- YMCA.
Francisco YMCA’s primary function was to serve as nated in favor of a strengthened Board of The college became well known for sound
an educational oasis in the midst of a chaotic Gold Trustees. The bylaws authorized Golden Gate to teaching, sensitivity to the needs of students
Rush-era San Francisco. establish branches throughout California. and alertness to the professional marketplace.
The curriculum was informal, although courses Golden Gate anticipated the increasing need forIn 1972 the institution was renamed Golden
were offered regularly. A library with 187 books higher education in the sixties, seventies and Gate University, and in 1979 construction
was established and became the first public eighties and expanded to more than 40 locationsbegan on a new building on Mission Street,
library in San Francisco. Those where the university had moved
books formed the core of
in 1969.
Golden Gate’s University
An older campus building
Library, which now holds more
than 126,000 volumes (print and was heavily damaged in the
electronic), plus microforms. Loma Prieta earthquake of
In 1881, the school was 1989, and remained closed until
organized as the YMCA Night repairs were completed in the
School, and in 1894 the name summer of 1993.
was changed to the YMCA GGU has not lost sight of its
Evening College. mission to transform students’
In 1901, the Evening College lives, and prepare them for suc-
established the YMCA Law cessful careers in professional
School, known today as Golden fields through programs of
Gate University School of Law. exceptional quality that inte-
It was the third law school, fol- grate theory with practical
lowing Stanford University and experience. The university is a
Hastings College of Law, found- progressive institution that is
ed in Northern California. rapidly becoming a model of
The YMCA building was the urban university. With its
destroyed in the 1906 earth- sights on the challenges and
quake. At the time 700 stu- opportunities of the 21st centu-
dents were enrolled in the ry, it will continue to offer pro-
Evening College, and students grams of academic and profes-
In April 1906, the earthquake and fire destroyed the YMCA building sional excellence.
continued taking classes in (above) at the corner of Mason and Ellis Streets. Students continued
tents until new accommoda- their classes in tents (below) until a new building was constructed.
tions could be found.
In 1909, a new central
branch of the YMCA building was constructed.
New classes were offered in salesmanship, real
estate, banking, surveying, card writing, com-
mercial art, languages and music.
Golden Gate College, the name chosen by a
student committee, became a California non-
profit organization on April 9, 1923, and all
education programs below the collegiate level
were discontinued.
By 1950, when it was accredited by the
Commission on Higher Schools of the
Northwest Association of Secondary and Higher
Schools, 3,061 students were attending Golden
Gate College. It was accredited by the Western
Association of Schools and Colleges in 1959.

4 Golden Gate University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

40 Jessie Renovation
Fall–Winter 2007 Update
After several years of planning, programming and
design, July of 2006 marked the start of an
exciting new chapter in the history of GGU as
work on the 40 Jessie Street building began.
Once a shuttered and dormant facility used prima-
rily for storage, the site has come alive with the
activity of preparatory construction work.
The scope of the project encompasses a com-
plete renovation of the existing structure, as
well as the addition of two new floors. When
complete, 40 Jessie will be home to many of the
student support services that are currently
housed in the academic and administrative
buildings.
Throughout the summer and fall, the soft-
demolition work was completed while many of
the interior components and systems were
removed without affecting the integrity of the
building. We also used this period to upgrade
the foundation of the building in preparation
for the structural work that is now underway.
While 40 Jessie is not on the register of histori-
cal buildings in the City of San Francisco, it is
of historical interest. Because of this, the plan-
ning officials have mandated that we retain as
much of the historical integrity of the structure
as possible. To do this, the existing windows
and barn doors will be removed, refurbished
and then re-installed. This restoration work is
now also underway.
With a goal of completing the project in the
early spring of 2008, we’re excited about this
new addition to the San Francisco campus, and
are looking forward to a busy year ahead as we
continue these construction activities.

Golden Gate University 5


Degree Offerings by Locationª
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

n
KEY TO DEGREE OFFERINGS

CyberCampus

Monterey Bay
Walnut Creek
San Francisco

Los Angeles
Sacramento

Seattle, WA
£
Entire program is offered at this location.

San Jose
These programs are completed through a combination of regional in-person courses, cyber-courses

l
and/or San Francisco in-person courses.
Entire upper-division degree-completion program is offered in person at this location.

n n l l l l
n n l l l l
Bachelor of Arts in Management

n
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)

n n
BBA with a concentration in Finance

n n
BBA with a concentration in Human Resource Management

n
BBA with a concentration in Information Technology Management

n
BBA with a concentration in International Business

n n
BBA with a concentration in Marketing

£ n
BBA with a concentration in Operations and Supply-chain Management

n n l
BBA with a concentration in Public Administration

n n
Bachelor of Science (BS) in Accounting

n
BS in Information Technology Management

n n n
Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA)

n n
Executive Master of Public Administration (EMPA)

n
Master of Accountancy (MAc)

n
Master of Arts (MA) in Psychology with a concentration in Counseling

n
MA in Psychology with a concentration in Industrial/Organizational (I/O) Psychology

n
MA in Psychology with a combined concentration in Counseling and I/O Psychology

n
MA in Psychology with a concentration in Marriage and Family Therapy

n n n n n n
MA in Psychology with a combined concentration in Marriage and Family Therapy and I/O Psychology

n n £ £ £ £
Master of Business Administration (MBA) with a General Course of Study

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Accounting

n n £ n n £
MBA with a concentration in Finance

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Human Resource Management

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Information Technology Management

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in International Business

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Management

n n £ £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Marketing

n n
MBA with a concentration in Operations and Supply Chain Management

n n £ £ £
MBA with a concentration in Public Administration

n n £ £ £
MS in Finance with a concentration in Corporate Finance

n n
MS in Finance with a concentration in General Finance

n n
MS in Finance with a concentration in Investment Management

n n
MS in Financial Planning

n n
MS in Financial Planning and Taxation with a concentration in Estate Planning

n n £ n n
MS in Financial Planning and Taxation with a concentration in Taxation

n n £ £ £
MS in Human Resource Management*

n n
MS in Information Technology Management

n
MS in Integrated Marketing Communications with a concentration in General Marketing

n n £
MS in Integrated Marketing Communications with a concentration in Public Relations

n n n n
MS in Marketing with a General concentration

n
MS in Taxation

n
Doctor of Business Administration (DBA)

n
Juris Doctor (JD)

n
MBA/Juris Doctor (JD)
PhD in Clinical Psychologyµ/Juris Doctor (JD)
n
n
LLM in Environmental Law

n
LLM in Intellectual Property Law

n
LLM in International Legal Studies

n
LLM in Taxation

n
LLM in United States Legal Studies
SJD in International Legal Studies

ª= Students may enroll in courses at any Golden Gate University site, including separate courses at different sites in a given term. Although the chart above was accurate at the time of printing,
students are encouraged to contact the individual site in which they are interested for the most up-to-date information.

µ= Offered in conjunction with Pacific Graduate School of Psychology (PGSP) in Palo Alto, CA.
*= Offered in cohort

6 Golden Gate University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Golden Gate University Locations Maps courtesy of Google

SAN FRANCISCO WALNUT CREEK


536 Mission Street One Ygnacio Center
San Francisco, CA 94105-2968 2nd Floor Annex - Suite 20
415-442-7800 1990 N. California Blvd.
fax: 415-442-7807 Walnut Creek CA 94596
e-mail: info@ggu.edu 925-296-0900
fax: 925-296-0901
e-mail: walnutcreek@ggu.edu

SACRAMENTO
LOS ANGELES
2595 Capitol Oaks Drive
725 South Figueroa St., Ste 1550
Second Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017-5418
Sacramento, CA, 95833-2926
213-623-6000
916-648-1446
fax: 213-623-8270
fax: 916-648-3915
e-mail: losangeles@ggu.edu
e-mail: sac@ggu.edu

SAN JOSE
SEATTLE
50 Airport Parkway, Suite 150
1425 Fourth Avenue, Suite 404
San Jose, CA 95110
Seattle, WA 98101-2218
408-573-7300
206-622-9996
fax: 408-573-0890
fax: 206-343-0467
e-mail: sanjose@ggu.edu
e-mail: seattle@ggu.edu

CYBERCAMPUS
536 Mission Street
MONTEREY BAY
San Francisco, CA 94105-2968
500 8th Street
415-369-5250
Marina, CA 93933
fax: 415-227-4502
831-884-0900
e-mail: cybercampus@ggu.edu
fax: 831-884-0913
e-mail: monterey@ggu.edu

Golden Gate University 7


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Golden Gate University Locations

G
olden Gate University offers degree programs with the busy pro- include online registration and student advising. Call 1-888-874-
fessional in mind. Program sites are conveniently located CYBER (2923) or e-mail GGU4YOU@ggu.edu. If you haven’t taken a
CyberCampus course, try our free demo course at www.ggu.edu/cyber-
throughout the San Francisco Bay Area, as well as in
campus (click on Try a free demo now!).
Sacramento; Monterey Bay; Los Angeles and Seattle, Washington. Many
courses, as well as complete degree and certificate programs, are offered Los Angeles
Golden Gate University offers a master of science in taxation for Los
fully online through GGU’s nationally recognized CyberCampus, which allows
Angeles-area students. The Los Angeles MS tax program is located at
you to take classes anywhere in the world where there is Internet access. 725 S. Figueroa Street, Ste 1550, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Phone: 213-
Because we have a variety of locations, even if your job or residence takes 623-6000; fax: 213-623-8270; e-mail: losangeles@ggu.edu.
you outside of San Francisco, we are still nearby, providing you with the most
Monterey Bay
advanced professional education. And since all of our sites offer courses dur- Golden Gate University’s Monterey Bay site has been serving Monterey
ing the evenings and on weekends – in a variety of formats – you can still Peninsula and Tri-County residents for over 35 years.
continue to work full- or part-time while attending school. It’s up to you. The Monterey Bay site offers upper-division degree-completion
courses toward the bachelor of business administration degree and the
CyberCampus bachelor of science degree in accounting, as well as toward the trans-
Since 1997, GGU’s popular CyberCampus has been providing a com- fer-friendly bachelor of arts in management degree. At the graduate
prehensive, team-based, high-quality learning environment. As an espe- level, we offer an MBA, with concentrations available via
cially valuable resource for working professionals, CyberCampus lets CyberCampus; and a mixed-mode EMPA (executive master of public
you improve the quality of your life by making education a much more administration) program.
flexible and convenient experience. The program is a member of the The library includes a core collection of research materials in busi-
Association for Online Academic Excellence and is ranked among the ness topics, and computers are available for research on the World
top 25 regionally accredited online universities in the US, according to Wide Web. A wide variety of resources are available for both students
US News and World Report (Oct. 15, 2001). and faculty.
CyberCampus currently offers the following degrees entirely The eight-acre Monterey Bay site, conveniently located between
online: bachelor of arts in management; bachelor of business adminis- the Monterey Peninsula and Salinas, on the former Ft. Ord, houses a
tration (BBA), BBA with a concentration in human resource manage- classroom building and administration building with parking for 70
ment, information technology management, operations and cars. It is easily accessed from either Hwy 1 or Reservation Road. The
supply-chain management and public administration; bachelor of sci- Monterey Bay site is located at 500 8th Street, Marina, CA 93933.
ence in accounting or information technology management; executive Phone: 831-884-0900; fax: 831-884-0913; e-mail: monterey@ggu.edu.
master of public administration; master of accountancy; master of
business administration (MBA); MBA with a concentration in account- Sacramento
ing, finance, human resource management, information technology An ideal facility for working professionals, the Sacramento site has
management, international business, management, marketing, opera- served Sacramento and its surrounding communities for nearly 40
tions and supply-chain management or public administration; master years. Designed with contemporary business in mind, bachelor’s and
of science in finance with a concentration in corporate finance, general master’s degree programs are offered in a variety of management-ori-
finance or investment management; master of science in financial plan- ented and technology fields. Courses are conveniently offered weekday
ning; master of science in financial planning and taxation with a con- evenings.
centration in estate planning or taxation, master of science in human Undergraduate upper-division programs offered at the Sacramento
resource management; master of science in information technology site include the BBA and the transfer-friendly bachelor of arts in man-
management; master of science in integrated marketing communica- agement.
tions (general concentration), master of science in marketing (general Graduate programs offered include the MBA program, with con-
concentration) and master of science in taxation. centrations available via CyberCampus; MS in Human Resource
The following certificate programs are offered entirely online: Management; and a mixed-mode EMPA program.
Undergraduate: accounting, database technology and manage- The Sacramento location is equipped with eight classrooms, a
ment, information technology management, management, and public management resource library, a multi-site video conferencing set up for
administration student and faculty project meetings, and a computer lab that is net-
Graduate: accounting, estate planning, finance, financial planning, worked with GGU’s San Francisco facilities. Learning resources also
international taxation, marketing and taxation. include online databases and electronic access to the university’s exten-
In addition to degree and certificate programs, you may take indi- sive San Francisco business library.
vidual courses in a wide variety of disciplines. The Sacramento site is conveniently located near major freeways
Additional degrees and certificates are being planned for in the South Natomas area of Sacramento. It occupies the second floor
CyberCampus, so for the most up-to-date information check the of the KVIE Public Television building, east of the intersection of I-5
CyberCampus website at www.ggu.edu/cybercampus. and W. El Camino, at 2595 Capitol Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA
CyberCampus offers more than 200 different courses, serving 95833. Phone: 916-648-1446; fax 916-648-3915; e-mail:
more than 3,800 students yearly. It has expanded its student services to sac@ggu.edu.

8 Golden Gate University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

San Francisco Seattle


The San Francisco campus is conveniently located in the heart of the The downtown Seattle site offers evening courses for working profes-
city’s downtown financial district and is easily accessible by public sionals Monday through Thursday leading to the master of science in
transportation. The majority of the university’s degree and certificate taxation or a graduate certificate in either taxation or advanced studies
programs, and School of Law classes are offered on the San Francisco in taxation.
campus. The University Library, Law Library and advanced informa- The Seattle office is located at 1425 Fourth Avenue, Suite 404,
tion systems and telecommunications labs are also located here. Seattle, WA 98101-2218. Phone: 206-622-9996; fax: 206-343-0467; e-
The San Francisco campus is headquartered at 536 Mission Street, mail: seattle@ggu.edu.
San Francisco, CA 94105-2968. Phone: 415-442-7800; fax 415-442-
7807; e-mail: info@ggu.edu. Walnut Creek
The Walnut Creek site has been serving the East Bay, Contra Costa
San Jose County and Tri-Valley residents since 1985. Designed for the conven-
Serving the Silicon Valley community for over 20 years, GGU’s San ience of working adults, classes are held weeknights and weekends.
Jose site offers courses designed for working professionals to conve- Undergraduate upper-division programs offered include the BBA
niently pursue bachelor’s and master’s degrees in several management and the transfer-friendly bachelor of arts in management.
and technology fields. Graduate degrees are offered via CyberCampus.
We offer upper-division degree-completion courses toward the The MBA program is offered weekday evenings and in an acceler-
bachelor of business administration degree, as well as toward the ated weekend format that can be completed in as little as 14 to 19
transfer-friendly bachelor of arts in management. months of Saturday classes, depending on prior coursework.
At the graduate level, we offer the MBA, with concentrations The Walnut Creek site is equipped with eight classrooms, a busi-
available via CyberCampus; and the master of science (MS) in human ness resource library and a computer lab. The GGU Walnut Creek
resource management. library is also electronically connected to GGU’s San Francisco busi-
The San Jose center includes administrative offices and eight class- ness library, enabling students to have easy access to its extensive
rooms, two computer labs, a student lounge and library. GGU’s San resources.
Jose library is open six days a week and features a collection of core GGU Walnut Creek is located at One Ygnacio Center, 2nd Floor
business and information technology reference materials, plus easy Annex - Suite 20, 1990 N. California Blvd., Walnut Creek, CA 94596,
access, via electronic connection, to GGU’s extensive San Francisco across the street from the Walnut Creek BART station and just east of
business library resources. the Ygnacio Valley Road exit from I-680), Walnut Creek, CA 94596-
Easily accessible from Highway 101, 280, 680 and 880, the San 3833. Phone: 925-296-0900; fax 925-296-0901; e-mail: walnut-
Jose site is located at 50 Airport Parkway, San Jose, CA 95110. creek@ggu.edu.
Phone: 408-573-7300; fax: 408-573-0890; e-mail: sanjose@ggu.edu.

Golden Gate University 9


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

School of Law
Founded in 1901, Golden Gate University School We provide the opportunity for law students Student Body
of Law is the third oldest law school in northern to practice their legal skills with local, state and Our student body of approximately 860 stu-
California and one of the oldest law schools in federal legal agencies and courts through our dents is a mix of working professionals and
the western United States. clinics and internship programs. Located in the recent college graduates drawn from more than
The School of Law provides exceptional, practi- heart of San Francisco’s legal and financial dis- 100 undergraduate and graduate institutions.
cal legal training combined with solid legal theo- trict, we offer both on-site clinics and field Fifty-six percent of our students are women and
ry. Students are challenged to view law not placements as an integral part of the curriculum. 80 percent of the students attend the School of
merely as rules to be mastered, but as social Through these programs, students earn academ- Law full time.
policies to be explored and questioned. Through ic credit while working closely under the direc-
our extensive clinical offerings, our highly tion of full-time clinical faculty members or For admissions and application information,
respected litigation program and our compre- practicing attorneys. please call or write to:
hensive writing curriculum, our students acquire Admissions Office
superb skills in analysis, document drafting, Summer Session Golden Gate University School of Law
advocacy, trial technique, counseling, interview- Each year, the School of Law sponsors a sum- 536 Mission Street
ing and negotiating. mer session with required and elective courses. San Francisco, CA 94105-2968
Law courses are conveniently offered on a The program is open to law students from Phone: 415-442-6630 or 800-GGU-4YOU
full-time and part-time basis with both day and Golden Gate University and other ABA-accredit- Fax: 415-442-6631
evening classes. Law students may earn a juris ed law schools. E-mail: lawadmit@ggu.edu
doctor (JD) degree and may receive a certificate Website: www.ggu.edu/law
of specialization in one or more specialty areas: International Study
business law, criminal law, environmental law, Each summer the School of Law offers two
intellectual property law, international law, study-abroad programs: one in Bangkok, Benefits
labor and employment law, litigation, public
g Approved by the American Bar
Thailand, on Pacific Rim issues; and one in
interest law, real estate law and tax law. Paris, France, on comparative international law
To further enhance students’ career options, Association (ABA)*
g Member in good standing of the
and cosponsored by the University of Paris X
the School of Law also offers a combined (Nanterre). These programs are taught by law
JD/MBA in conjunction with GGU’s Ageno Association of American Law
school professors from Golden Gate University
School of Business. A JD/PhD in clinical psy- Schools (AALS)
g
School of Law, by professors from other ABA
chology is offered in conjunction with the Location in the heart of San Francisco’s
law schools and by experts in the host country.
Pacific Graduate School of Psychology (PGSP) in financial and legal district
g Extensive clinical program offering stu-
Palo Alto. For more information on the psychol- Graduate Law Programs
ogy program, please call PGSP at 800-818-6136, dents many opportunities for practical
Law graduates may continue their legal studies legal experience
or visit its website at www.pgsp.edu. by enrolling in one of our five LLM programs: g Comprehensive advocacy and dispute
The School of Law is fully accredited by the environmental law, intellectual property law,
American Bar Association. * resolution program
international legal studies, taxation and United g Unique Honors Lawyering Program
States legal studies. Students with an LLM can through which students spend two
Special Programs earn an SJD (doctorate) in international legal semesters working as apprentices in
The School of Law offers the unique Honors studies. law offices
g
Lawyering Program in which students receive
JD, JD/MBA, JD/PhD in clinical
intensive skills training and spend two semesters Our Faculty psychology; certificates of specialization
in apprenticeship at law offices or government Our School of Law faculty shares a strong com- in various concentrations; LLM in envi-
agencies. The curriculum offers a rigorous mitment to both excellence in teaching and ronmental law, intellectual property law,
examination of legal theory and legal writing. accessibility to students. The 40 full-time mem- taxation and United States legal studies;
The School of Law also offers one of the bers and more than 60 adjunct professors are LLM and SJD in international legal
most comprehensive advocacy and dispute reso- dedicated to giving their students one of the studies
lution curricula in the country. Our litigation finest legal educations in the country. They are
program trains students in every aspect of pretri- well respected within the legal community and *On December 9, 2005 the American Bar Association placed
al negotiation and planning including trial tech- have been trained at the nation’s finest law Golden Gate University Law School’s accreditation in a proba-
niques and appellate reviews. In addition, stu- tionary status. The ABA cited the school’s first-time bar pas-
schools. Their education, real-world legal expe- sage rate as the reason for its decision. While on probation, the
dents are taught alternative dispute resolution rience and expert teaching skills prepare stu- law school remains a fully ABA-accredited law school. The
methods such as mediation and arbitration. In school has implemented a comprehensive program to address
dents for an exciting, successful career in law. and improve graduates’ first-time bar-passage rate.
recent years, our mock trial teams have won
multiple regional and national championships in
trial competition and were semi-finalists in
many others.

10 Golden Gate University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

University Libraries
Golden Gate University has two libraries, the Thus, the library offers you remote access to educational tool) and the Internet.
University Library—which serves the entire GGU its resources anytime and from anywhere; access The knowledgeable and helpful staff is always
to relevant local, national and global resources; available to answer your questions and give
community — and the Law Library — which
an educational program for maximum utiliza- training on the best research methods.
primarily serves the students, staff and faculty at tion of resources; and an excellent staff—knowl- Please call the Law Library at 415-442-6680
the School of Law. edgeable, fully service-oriented and sensitive to for hours or assistance.
The resources of both libraries and several the needs of students. With our remodeled space
regional site libraries are accessible via an inte- at our San Francisco campus, showcasing new Library Access Policies
grated online public access catalog, the ergonomic furniture, the University Library Access to the University Library is limited to
INNOPAC. The INNOPAC has been developed offers you a place conducive to study and ■ Golden Gate students who are currently
as a gateway to world-wide information learning. enrolled or who were enrolled the previous
resources making the university’s libraries not The University Library, located on the first term
only a component of a campus-wide informa- floor of the San Francisco campus building, is ■ Full-time faculty
tion infrastructure but also part of the World open 10 am to 10 pm, Monday through ■ Part-time faculty during the term in which
Wide Web. Thursday; 10 am to 5 pm, Friday; 10:30 am to they are teaching and the terms immediate-
5 pm, Saturday; and noon to 5 pm, Sunday. Call ly preceding and following that term
The University Library 415-442-7242 for more information and 415- ■ University trustees
Offering one of the most comprehensive and 442- 7244 for the reference desk. You may also ■ Golden Gate staff
current collections of professional practitioner visit online at www.ggu.edu/university_library. ■ Golden Gate alumni
materials in California, the University Library ■ Corporate and individual members who
provides you with an incredible range of The Law Library have paid an annual fee
resources. The Law Library contains over 340,000 vol- ■ Courtesy card holders
It also features a broad reference and umes and subscribes to more than 1,200 legal A valid identification card is required to enter the
research website that integrates print and elec- periodicals and journals. In addition to a com- library. Library cards are nontransferable. For more
tronic resources and library support services to prehensive collection of general law books, the information about access, call 415-442-7242.
give you a one-stop information and knowledge Law Library collection includes special sections Access to the Law Library is limited to
area for most of your learning and information on tax law, law and literature, and international
needs. law with a concentration in Pacific Rim materi- ■ Law students, faculty, staff and members
Notable among the electronic resources, als. The Law Library is equipped with three (including alumni members)
which have enhanced the library’s capacity to computer labs that provide you with access to ■ University students, who need access to
serve you, are electronic books (e-books) and Lexis and Westlaw, a selection of online legal legal materials
electronic reserves. These resources have created databases such as Hein-Online, Computer- ■ Persons who need to access GPO materials
a true equity of access in line with the universi- Assisted Legal Instruction (an interactive
ty’s mixed-mode delivery of its programs, on
campus, at non-San Francisco sites and through
CyberCampus. Our collection of electronic
books can be accessed 24/7 from your homes,
offices and, with the help of handheld devices,
even in transit.
Electronic reserves provide access to articles,
essays and chapters of books just like regular
paper reserve systems. The major difference is
that the student does not have to come to the
library to gain access to the material. Access is
provided through the library’s online catalogue,
available to all students in the class 24/7.
The university prides itself on having a
‘teaching library.’ Its librarians are in partner-
ship with the faculty to accomplish shared
objectives; the provision of relevant and ade-
quate information and knowledge resources to
support scholarship, and the research techniques
that all students need in order to function in the
information society. The library’s educational
program includes a formal class in integrated
research, workshops, seminars, print and Web-
based guides, pathfinders and tutorials.

Golden Gate University 11


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

School of Accounting

Golden Gate University has been preparing accounting professionals ing, tax and other research. They become proficient with the books of
for 99 years, and has earned a reputation for educational innova- account.
tion. It was the first university on the West Coast to offer a four-year Our purpose is to develop the full potential of each student as an
accounting professional and future leader in the discipline.
degree in accounting. Continuing in that spirit, in fall 2006, GGU
established a separate School of Accounting to facilitate the Program Structure
intense focus of its curricula and activities on the accounting pro- The master of accountancy is available in three formats: at our San
fession. As an independent school, it is even better able to tailor Francisco campus through the full-time day cohort and evening pro-
its educational and job placement efforts to the specialized needs grams, and online through CyberCampus. The bachelor of science in
accounting can be pursued both in the evening in San Francisco and
of the profession as it strives to be the supplier of choice for
through CyberCampus.
accounting graduates in the area.
The full-time day master of accountancy program allows students
Accounting is fundamental to the success of any organization. It allows to graduate in as few as nine months, although some students will
leaders to measure the economic outcomes of their decisions, exercise require up to 15 months depending on their accounting qualifications.
control over the organization’s parts, and consider the impact of alter- The cohort begins late in July and proceeds on a lock-step basis.
natives. Accounting provides the data that allows the capital markets Students may be able to satisfy key foundation deficiencies during the
to function efficiently and confidently. Warren Buffett does not exag- preceding May through July.
gerate when he says that “accounting is the language of business.”1 Many students will be able to participate in well-paid, full-time
Accountants are employed in almost every organization across the internships during the spring or summer trimesters, receiving up to six
private, nonprofit and government sectors. The public accounting elective credits. These outstanding opportunities provide high-level
industry now annually generates more than $100 billion worldwide in exposure to the professional accounting environment, allow students
revenues. Demand for those with accounting skills is far outstripping to integrate in-class knowledge with the realities of practice, and begin
supply at both the entry level and among experienced hires. Little relief the process of networking that adds value throughout a career.
is in sight. The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
recently said, “the battle for scarce accounting … talent is reaching Library
unheard of proportions”.2 CFO Magazine noted: “There’s a new raw- The University Library houses a comprehensive collection of account-
material shortage plaguing global business … a shortage of account- ing and tax materials and offers access to Web-based research tools.
ants throughout the industrialized world.”3 For more information, please refer to "University Libraries," on p. 11.
The School of Accounting was created to help relieve this shortfall
Benefits
by providing outstanding new talent to the profession and to help
those already working as accountants increase their competencies and • Focus on relevancy, professionalism and employment opportunities
enhance their potential for success. • Flexible programs: day, evening, CyberCampus
• Opportunity for well-paid, full-time internships
Relevant Education
The hallmark of the School of Accounting’s programs is relevancy.
For further information about the School of Accounting, please contact:
Heeding the calls for accounting education reform coming from regula-
School of Accounting
tory and standard-setting bodies such as the Securities and Exchange
Golden Gate University
Commission and the Financial Accounting Standards Board, legisla- 536 Mission Street
tors, major public accounting firms, and distinguished academics, the San Francisco, CA 94105-2968
School of Accounting has curricular and programmatic relevancy as its Phone: 415-442-6559
core value. Its programs not only provide solid technical skills, they Fax: 415-543-2607
also ensure that graduates understand the context in which account- E-mail: accounting@ggu.edu
ants operate, from economics and finance, to law and public policy, to Website: www.ggu.edu/school_of_accounting
the implications of globalization, to the systems by which goods and
1 Unknown(Vol. 3, Issue 1) Warren Buffett. Nebraska Business. Retrieved March 19, 2007
services are created and distributed.
from http://www.cba.unl.edu/about/publications/emag/Volume3/Issue1/warren.asp
In addition, essential skills in oral and written communication,
2 Ross, L. (2006, Sept.) The Pending F&A Labor Shortage Drives Outsourcing. FAO Today.
quantitative methods, critical thinking, and teamwork and leadership Retrieved March 19, 2007 from http://www.faotoday.com/Magazine.asp?artID=1455
are developed. Ethics and professional responsibility underlie all of our 3 O'Sullivan, K. (2006, Aug.) Have CPA, Will Travel. CFO Magazine.
coursework and other activities. Professionalism is stressed and
expected. Students learn how to engage in financial accounting, audit-

12 School of Accounting
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Undergraduate & Graduate Accounting Programs


SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING

Major Foundation — 9 units


PROGRAMS OFFERED: ACCTG 1A Introductory Financial Accounting
ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics
• BS in Accounting
ECON 2 Principles of Macroeconomics
• Undergraduate Certificates in Accounting
LIBERAL STUDIES CORE — 21 UNITS
• Master of Accountancy Arts
• MBA with a concentration in Accounting ARTS 105 Contemporary Arts and Culture
(see p. 35) or any other ARTS course offered
History
• Graduate Certificate in Accounting
HIST 88 Business in World History
or any other HIST course offered
Contemporary business trends demand that accountants bring more Humanities
than accounting expertise to the organizations they serve. HUM 156 Business and Civilization
Accountants today need a broader-based education, which includes or any other HUM course offered
Literature
the ability to communicate effectively, work in teams and problem
LIT 150 Business in Literature
solve creatively. GGU's accounting programs provide you with the or LIT 160 Business in Movies
curricula you need for success. You'll find the transition from or any other LIT course offered
school to marketplace natural and easy because you will already Philosophy
PHIL 125 Ethics in Personal and Professional Life
know and have practiced the skills, theories and technology you'll or any other PHIL course offered
use on the job — whether your goal is to be a tax professional, Science
auditor, financial or management accountant or consultant; and SCI 125 Science, Technology and Social Change
or any other SCI course offered
whether you intend to work in public accounting, private industry,
Social Sciences
government or the not-for-profit sector. SOSC 88 Leadership and New Social Demands
or any other SOSC course offered
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING REQUIRED FOR THE MAJOR — 33 UNITS
The BS in accounting prepares you for a career in the areas of financial ACCTG 100A Intermediate Accounting I
and managerial accounting, internal and external auditing, consulting ACCTG 100B Intermediate Accounting II
and taxation. It satisfies the education requirements for the CPA and ACCTG 100C Intermediate Accounting III
CMA examinations. Beyond technical accounting skills, you will grad- ACCTG 105 Cost Management
uate with a sound foundation in economics, law, finance, management, ACCTG 108A* Federal Income Tax I
ACCTG 111 Auditing
information systems, quantitative methods and communications.
ACCTG 146 Business Law
Requirements for the Bachelor of ACCTG 159 Accounting Research and Communication
(to be taken as part of the final 12 units of the degree program)
Science in Accounting Three upper-division courses (9 units) with the ACCTG prefix.
To receive the bachelor of science in accounting a student must com-
*Students who have passed the Enrolled Agents Exam do not have to take ACCTG 108A.
plete 123 units and have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) Another upper-division accounting course must be substituted for ACCTG 108A.
or higher in all courses taken at Golden Gate University, as well as in
the courses designated as “Required for the Major.” ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS — 18 UNITS
FI 100 Financial Management
LOWER-DIVISION REQUIREMENTS — 30 UNITS ITM 113 Database Management Systems
Basic Proficiencies — 21 units MATH 104 Applied Regression Analysis
CRTH 10 Critical Thinking MGT 140 Management Principles
ENGL 1A Expository Writing OP 100 Principles of Operations Management
ENGL 1B Research Writing
One of the following:
UGP 100 Gateway to Success
MATH 30 College Algebra ECON 103 Money and Banking
MATH 40 Statistics FI 101 Strategic Decisions in Financing and Investing
FI 106 International Corporate Finance
One of the following: FI 120 Investments
COMM 35 Speech Communication
COMM 40 Understanding Communication

Undergraduate & Graduate Accounting Programs 13


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

GENERAL ELECTIVES — 21 UNITS Requirements for the


Seven additional lower- or upper-division courses must be taken as Master of Accountancy
electives. Students may take three units of ACCTG 198 Internship: The master of accountancy program requires 30 units of graduate
Accounting as an elective. coursework beyond the 18 units of foundation courses. Students can
choose as electives up to two classes from other business or technology
UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATES IN disciplines.
ACCOUNTING Students may be admitted to advanced program courses before the
You may enroll in one of our undergraduate certificate programs to completion of the foundation program, but must complete the founda-
enhance your accounting knowledge, expand your career opportuni- tion by the time six units have been earned in the advanced program.
ties, fulfill the accounting education requirements for the CPA or CMA
examination, or satisfy the admission requirements for one of our Computer Proficiency Requirement
graduate accounting programs. Applicants are expected to have a working familiarity with computers
The School of Accounting offers both 15- and 30-unit undergradu- and the software applications appropriate for graduate study.
ate certificates. All 15 or 30 units must be in accounting (prefix
ACCTG) and must be taken at GGU and passed with a C or better. Math Proficiency Requirement
Students who subsequently apply to one of our graduate accounting Applicants are expected to possess a level of mathematical skill at least
programs must have a B or better in those certificate courses used to equivalent to Intermediate Algebra (MATH 20).
satisfy the graduate “Accounting Foundation Courses.” All prerequi-
sites must be satisfied. For further information, see “Admission to UNDERGRADUATE PROFICIENCY
REQUIREMENTS — 3 UNITS*
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
You should meet with a School of Accounting adviser at the begin- ACCTG 1A Financial Accounting
ning of your studies to ensure that the certificate courses taken best
meet your objectives. FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 18 UNITS*
ACCTG 100A Intermediate Accounting I
MASTER OF ACCOUNTANCY (MAc) ACCTG 100B Intermediate Accounting II
The master of accountancy is targeted at two groups. First, it is ACCTG 105 Cost Management
intended for those with little or no prior accounting background who ACCTG 146 Business Law
want to enter the profession and meet the education requirements for ECON 202 Economics for Managers
MATH 40 Statistics
the CPA or CMA examinations. It is also intended for those already in
the accounting profession who wish to improve and broaden their *May be waived for students who have passed the CPA or CMA exam.
technical expertise.
ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS
The MAc program allows you to integrate courses in other fields
Core Courses — 12 units
to supplement accounting studies for a more inclusive education.
ACCTG 300 Accounting Research and Communication
The master of accountancy can be obtained in person through our
ACCTG 305 Advanced Financial Accounting
evening and full-time day programs in San Francisco and via our ACCTG 320 Issues in Modern Management Accounting
CyberCampus. The evening and CyberCampus venues allow students ACCTG 360 Federal Taxation
to earn their degrees at their own pace. CyberCampus offers extraordi-
Accounting Electives — 12 units
nary flexibility to those whose obligations or physical location prohibit
regular attendance at the San Francisco campus. Twelve units from the following:
The full-time day MAc program allows students to complete the ACCTG 302 Analytical Tools in Accounting and Auditing (1.5 units)
degree in as few as nine months. The cohort begins in late July and ACCTG 304 Issues in Governmental and
completes an intense load of six courses by early December. Students Not-for-Profit Accounting
may be able to satisfy key foundation program deficiencies during the ACCTG 306 Advanced Issues in Financial Reporting
summer months preceding the beginning of the cohort. Extensive job ACCTG 309 Analysis and Use of Financial Statements
ACCTG 310 Auditing
placement activities run concurrently with the course work. The
ACCTG 313 Performance Auditing
Accounting Career Fair is held late in September, after which public
ACCTG 316 Accounting for SEC Reporting
accounting firms, government agencies and corporations compete for ACCTG 319 Accounting Information Systems
candidates. Outstanding, well-paid internship opportunities are avail- ACCTG 321 Strategic Cost Management and Control Systems
able for up to six units of elective credit during the spring and summer ACCTG 331 Consulting: The Role of the Accountant (1.5 units)
trimesters. Prospective students are strongly urged to contact the ACCTG 334 Consulting: Tax Planning
School of Accounting for an advising appointment at the earliest ACCTG 335 Consulting: Business Valuations
opportunity should they wish to participate in the full-time day MAc ACCTG 336 Consulting: Buying and Selling Businesses
program. ACCTG 341 Assurance: Current Issues (1.5 units)
ACCTG 361 Taxation of Corporations and Other Entities
ACCTG 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Accounting
ACCTG 398 Internship: Accounting

14 Undergraduate & Graduate Accounting Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Electives — 6 units
Two courses (six units) from the following:
Any 300-level ACCTG course
FI 300 Corporate Finance
FI 312 Capital Budgeting and Long-term Financing
FI 340 Investments
ITM 300 Enterprise Information Systems and Technologies
ITM 304 Managing Distributed Data Systems
ITM 309 Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation
TA 318 Advanced Federal Income Taxation
TA 329 Tax Research and Decision Making

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


WITH A CONCENTRATION IN
ACCOUNTING
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in accounting, see
p. 35.

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ACCOUNTING


The graduate certificate in accounting provides students the opportu-
nity to enhance their professional education and advance their
accounting careers.
Students who complete the certificate may be able to enter the
master of accountancy degree and complete it with as few as five addi-
tional classes, depending on the student's academic performance in the
certificate program and on whether the certificate classes selected sat-
isfy the MAc degree requirements.
Students must complete five 300-level ACCTG-prefix courses for a
total of 15 units. These courses may be taken in person or online
through CyberCampus. In addition, students may substitute for one of
these courses a class from the School of Taxation or a 300-level ITM-
prefix course from the Ageno School of Business, with the written
approval of the dean of the School of Accounting. All prerequisites
must be satisfied.
All courses must be taken at GGU and passed with a grade of B or
better. Students without an undergraduate degree in accounting must
complete the foundation program for the master of accountancy degree
in addition to the five 300-level ACCTG certificate courses. For fur-
ther information, see “Admission to Certificate Programs and
Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
You should meet with a School of Accounting adviser at the begin-
ning of your studies to ensure that the certificate courses taken best
meet your objectivs.

For further information contact the School of Accounting at e-mail:


accounting@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6559; fax: 415-543-2607; web-
site: www.ggu.edu/school_of_accounting; or School of Accounting,
Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-
2968.
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
visit www.ggu.edu.

Undergraduate & Graduate Accounting Programs 15


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Edward S. Ageno School of Business

Having the latest industry knowledge has never been more impor- your educational experience. By the time you graduate, you can be
tant in today’s competitive job market. GGU’s Edward S. Ageno sure that you will have the needed preparation and confidence to suc-
ceed.
School of Business will provide you with a sound conceptual foun-
dation and a variety of opportunities to sharpen your organization- Quality and Convenience
al, managerial and real-world problem-solving skills. Faculty with We recognize that with your busy life schedule, time is valuable. To
strong academic credentials and extensive practitioner experi- meet the demanding schedules of working professionals, classes are
offered in the evenings, on weekends, totally online, or a combination
ence will share personal insights and strategies that provide the
of online and in person. Students are also encouraged to bring work
competitive edge for successful careers. projects into the classroom or cyber-discussion rooms for in-depth
The Ageno School is ideal for working adults seeking to improve their analysis and exchange, giving the opportunity to receive assistance
lives. Undergraduate and graduate degrees and certificates are offered from peers and a fresh perspective on the issues faced daily.
in the most highly demanded business, technological, nonprofit and We offer our BA, BBA, BS, MBA, MS, MA and executive MBA
governmental areas including accounting, finance, human resource and MPA programs at various teaching sites throughout Northern
management, information technology management, integrated market- California; our BA in management and BS in information technology
ing communications, management, marketing, public relations, opera- management, BBA, EMPA, MBA and MS programs conveniently
tions and supply-chain management, psychology and public online; and the 12-month executive MBA program is offered on week-
administration. Our programs will open the door to new career oppor- ends.
tunities that will help you achieve your life goals. The executive master of public administration program has been
Through intensive case studies, in-depth study of business, non- expanded to the Sacramento and Monterey Bay sites and it can be
profit, and public management concepts and practical application, completed in as little as 18 months; and the MS in human resource
your degree program at the Ageno School of Business will give you the management can now be completed in one year at the San Jose loca-
hands-on knowledge and effective skills that can make an immediate tion.
difference on the job. We now offer a BA in management and BS in information technol-
ogy management that allow you to maximize the number of credits
Relevant Education you can transfer to help promote efficient degree completion, while
acquiring the core set of essential management skills needed by today’s
Business and governments evolve, and so do we. The programs we
working professional.
offer are constantly updated to reflect current trends and practices, giv-
ing you the most relevant know-how. Computer Laboratories
For example, our long time leadership in accounting has allowed Technology is an integral part of all enterprises, so understanding the
us to meet the extraordinary growth in demand at the undergraduate impact of technology is an essential part of our programs. Training is
and graduate levels. In our MA in psychology degree program, we offered on the latest hardware and software in our state-of-the-art
have two new concentrations: one that combines marriage and family computer labs, and this technical knowledge can be effectively applied
therapy with industrial/organizational psychology, or one that com- in contemporary work situations.
bines counseling and industrial/organizational psychology.
Technology and technology governance have become integral to Library
business strategy and operations. This increasing integration of busi- The University Library houses one of the largest collections of business
ness and information technology requires flexible professionals who management, accounting, marketing and public administration litera-
can understand as well as manage the wide range of technology issues ture in California. Online databases, many accessible using your com-
and tools that drive the contemporary enterprise. puter, have been selected in large part to satisfy the research and
In our information technology management program we have met information requirements of business students. For more information,
the convergence of technology and business by offering an undergradu- please refer to “University Libraries” p. 11.
ate degree and a master’s degree. These degrees in information technol-
ogy management offer you the opportunity to gain expertise in the For further information about the Edward S. Ageno School of
interrelated areas of information technology, network and telecommu- Business, please contact:
nications development, application development and management. The
MS in information technology management degree embraces the con- Edward S. Ageno School of Business
vergence of people, business and information technologies by giving Golden Gate University
you a broad managerial focus on the full range of IT architecture, 536 Mission Street
infrastructure, platforms and applications in use today. San Francisco, CA 94105-2968
Consistent with our focus on business-professional education, we
Phone: 415-442-6500
also offer the only doctoral program for working professionals in the
Fax: 415-442-6579
Bay Area.
We also encourage you to participate in appropriate internship E-mail: biz@ggu.edu
programs as a way to bring more professionally focused practice into Website: www.ggu.edu

16 Ageno School of Business


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Undergraduate Business Programs


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Golden Gate University’s Ageno School of Business offers relevant CERTIFICATES


programs to prepare you for today’s competitive, rapidly changing DATABASE TECHNOLOGY INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
global marketplace. With high-quality, in-depth instruction from AND MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
practicing professionals, you’ll be able to apply what you learn FINANCE MARKETING
today in the workplace tomorrow. We offer undergraduate degrees FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY-CHAIN
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
in business administration, information technology management,
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
and management, as well as 10 undergraduate certificates. In MANAGEMENT
addition, our bachelor of business administration degree allows
you to focus on an area of special interest with a choice of seven UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
different concentrations. Undergraduate Programs offers two sets of required courses for under-
graduates: basic proficiency courses and liberal studies core courses.
DEGREES Basic proficiency courses will build your skills and confidence in writ-
ten and spoken communication, mathematics and critical thinking.
Business Administration and Management
Liberal studies core courses add value to your professional education
Because today’s companies want managers who understand technol- by equipping you with the knowledge and insights to understand and
ogy, know how to lead and can motivate their work force, these abili- participate in the rapid changes affecting our world.
ties are regularly emphasized throughout GGU’s business Imagine taking a history course such as Business in World History,
administration and management programs. In addition to core busi- which traces world cultural and commercial interaction from the
ness functions, you’ll be trained in the rapidly evolving computer and beginnings of ocean navigation to the present era of cyberspace. Other
information systems technologies. You’ll learn how to work with co- courses examine how business is portrayed in novels and films, how
workers cooperatively and how to form alliances — important skills in the insights of great philosophers can be applied to today’s ethical
a marketplace that increasingly depends on autonomous, global team- dilemmas, and how modern leaders face the day-to-day challenges of
work to complete projects. You will be equipped with the skills and diversity, competition and cooperation in businesses and organizations.
tools to analyze problems and design and implement solutions through All of the specially designed courses in arts, history, humanities, lit-
the use of an intensive case-study method of instruction — and our erature, philosophy, science and social sciences bring the unique per-
cases often come directly from the current field. spectives of these disciplines to the problems and issues of modern
business and professional practice. Your general education classes will
Information Technology Management
relate to the rest of your studies, making your overall education an
The convergence of people, business and information is the driving interactive, unified experience.
force in technology-driven business today. In the 21st-century business In addition to these course offerings, Undergraduate Programs also
world, business and information technologies are increasingly interde- provides one-on-one tutoring to GGU students in the English Writing
pendent in their support of operational and strategic opportunities Center and the Math Resource Center, and on the Web through the
across the enterprise. The melding of these forces puts a premium on Online Writing Lab (OWL) and the Math Online Tutor Help
professionals who have theoretical and applied skills in these areas. (MOTH). These free services are staffed by GGU instructors and
GGU’s information technology management program offers you the trained professional tutors who are there to help you succeed.
opportunity to gain expertise in business and IT operations, including Academic review workshops are offered by Undergraduate
the interrelated areas of strategic information technology management, Programs as well as the Ageno School of Business during the first three
application development and management, and network/telecommuni- weeks of the trimester. They are free of charge for all students.
cations development and management of the digitally enabled firm.
By graduation, you will have an in-depth knowledge of IT systems and
the skills to design, implement and manage their use within an
organization.

Undergraduate Business Programs 17


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FACULTY FORMAT
Classes are taught by an experienced group of full-time faculty as well GGU offers evening and weekend in-person classes at various GGU
as a large number of adjunct professors who have current experience in teaching sites, as well as fully accredited online classes or degrees
the fields in which they teach. Over 80 percent of GGU classes are through GGU’s CyberCampus. In addition, you can choose a mixed-
taught by practicing professionals who bring on-the-job insight directly mode format combining both in-person and online class sessions. Most
to class for you to debate and discuss. Outside of class, most of our of GGU’s undergraduate courses are Web-enhanced, offering enriched,
adjunct professors work as CEOs, directors, vice presidents, entrepre- dynamic curriculum and resources. For information regarding this pro-
neurs, consultants, partners and managers at companies of all sizes. gram’s site options, see the “Degree Offerings by Location” chart on
p. 6.

For further information contact the Ageno School of Business at e-


mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6565; fax: 415-442-7049; website:
www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate
University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.

This section contains a full alphabetical listing of all Golden Gate University undergraduate accounting and business programs.

Undergraduate Accounting Programs


Bachelor of Science in Accounting ..............................................................................................................................13
Undergraduate & Graduate Certificates in Accounting ..................................................................................................14

Undergraduate Business Programs


Bachelor of Arts in Management (BAM) ......................................................................................................................19
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) with concentrations in Finance, Human Resource Management,
Information Technology Management, International Business, Marketing, Operations and Supply-chain
Management, Public Administration ..................................................................................................................20
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology Management (BSITM) ..........................................................................25
PLUS+ Program for students whose native language is not English................................................................................64

Undergraduate Certificates
Undergraduate Certificates in Management ..................................................................................................................22
Undergraduate Certificate in Finance, Undergraduate Certificate in Financial Planning ..................................................23
Undergraduate Certificate in Human Resource Management ........................................................................................24
Undergraduate Certificate in Database Technology and Management ............................................................................26
Undergraduate Certificate in Information Technology Management ................................................................................27
Undergraduate Certificate in International Business......................................................................................................28
Undergraduate Certificate in Marketing ........................................................................................................................29
Undergraduate Certificate in Operations and Supply-chain Management ........................................................................30
Undergraduate Certificate in Public Administration ......................................................................................................31

18 Undergraduate Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Undergraduate Business Programs


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or higher is required in


PROGRAMS OFFERED: all courses taken at Golden Gate University, as well as in the courses des-
ignated “Required for the Major.” Prerequisites to a course, if any, are
• Bachelor of Arts in Management (BAM)
shown in the course descriptions.
• Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) All degree-seeking undergraduate students must complete their
General Course of Study
English, mathematics, and critical thinking basic proficiency requirements
• BBA with a concentration in: within their first 27 units at Golden Gate University. Diagnostic tests are
Finance • Human Resource Management • Information given during the first week of ENGL 10A/B, ENGL 1A and MATH
Technology Management • International Business •
10/20/30 to ensure your placement in the proper courses (see course
Marketing • Operations and Supply-chain Management •
descriptions in this catalog or at www.ggu.edu/info for details).
Public Administration
• Certificates are offered in many of these LOWER DIVISION REQUIREMENTS — 27 UNITS
disciplines and related disciplines. Basic Proficiencies — 21 units
CRTH 10 Critical Thinking
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.)
ENGL 1A Expository Writing
ENGL 1B Research Writing
Because today’s companies want managers who understand tech- UGP 100 Gateway to Success
nology, know how to lead and can motivate their work force, MATH 20 Intermediate Algebra
MATH 40 Statistics
these abilities are regularly emphasized throughout GGU’s busi-
ness administration and management programs. In addition to One of the following:
COMM 35 Speech Communication
core business functions, you’ll be trained in the rapidly evolving
COMM 40 Understanding Communication
computer and information systems technologies. You’ll learn how
Major Foundation — 6 units
to work with co-workers cooperatively and how to form alliances
Two of the following:
— important skills in a marketplace, which increasingly depends
ACCTG 1A Financial Accounting
on autonomous, global teamwork to complete projects. You will ACCTG 1B Managerial Accounting
be equipped with the skills and tools to analyze problems and ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics
design and implement solutions through the use of an intensive ECON 2 Principles of Macroeconomics
case study method of instruction — and our cases are often LIBERAL STUDIES CORE — 21 UNITS
directly from the current field. Arts
ARTS 105 Contemporary Arts and Culture
or any other ARTS course offered
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MANAGEMENT History
(BAM) HIST 88 Business in World History
With a flexible course of study designed to maximize the number of or any other HIST course offered
transfer credits counted toward the degree, the bachelor of arts degree Humanities
HUM 156 Business and Civilization
in management may allow you to shorten the time it takes to complete
or any other HUM course offered
an undergraduate business degree, while advancing your career. Degree
Literature
candidates will acquire a core set of essential management concepts LIT 150 Business in Literature
and techniques while learning to organize, motivate and lead individu- or LIT 160 Business in Movies
als in diverse public and private business enterprises. or any other LIT course offered
In addition, BA management students may also satisfy some or all Philosophy
of the foundation requirements for many of Golden Gate University’s PHIL 125 Ethics in Personal and Professional Life
graduate programs while earning this degree. or any other PHIL course offered
Science
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in SCI 125 Science, Technology and Social Change
Management or any other SCI course offered
The BA in management requires completion of 123 units as follows: 27 Social Sciences
units of lower-division coursework, 21 units of liberal studies core, 27 SOSC 88 Leadership and New Social Demands
or any other SOSC course offered
units required for the major and 48 units of general electives. Each course
listed carries three semester units of credit, unless otherwise noted.

Undergraduate Business Programs 19


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

REQUIRED FOR THE MAJOR — 27 UNITS Major Foundation — 12 units


ENGL 120 Business Writing ACCTG 1A Introductory Financial Accounting
MGT 100 The Manager as Communicator ACCTG 1B Introductory Managerial Accounting
MGT 140 Management Principles ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics
MGT 141 Organizational Behavior ECON 2 Principles of Macroeconomics
MGT 145 Law of Contracts, Sales and Commercial Transactions
MGT 173 Human Resource Management LIBERAL STUDIES CORE — 21 UNITS
Any three upper-division courses (nine units) with the following prefixes: Arts
ACCTG, ECON, FI, ITM, MGT, MKT, OP, PAD or PSYCH. ARTS 105 Contemporary Arts and Culture
or any other ARTS course offered
GENERAL ELECTIVES — 48 UNITS History
Sixteen additional upper- or lower-division courses for a total of 48 units. HIST 88 Business in World History
or any other HIST course offered
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS Humanities
HUM 156 Business and Civilization
ADMINISTRATION (BBA)
or any other HUM course offered
The BBA is the undergraduate equivalent of the MBA. An essential ele- Literature
ment of the degree is an 11-course core curriculum on the theory and LIT 150 Business in Literature
practice of business. While studying the core subjects, you’ll also or LIT 160 Business in Movies
explore a wide spectrum of business-related issues, such as how to run or any other LIT course offered
a business (including your own, should entrepreneurship be your goal); Philosophy
how to understand the changing definition of profit in today’s global PHIL 125 Ethics in Personal and Professional Life
marketplace; and an in-depth examination of the causes of business or any other PHIL course offered
success and failure. Your BBA degree will be useful to you in any com- Science
SCI 125 Science, Technology and Social Change
pany.
or any other SCI course offered
For students with an area of special interest, the degree offers seven
Social Sciences
concentrations, listed below. You may also design your own program, SOSC 88 Leadership and New Social Demands
depending on your interests and career goals, through the general or any other SOSC course offered
course of study.
BUSINESS CORE — 33 UNITS
Requirements for the Bachelor of Business ENGL 120 Advanced Business Writing
Administration FI 100 Financial Management
Completion of 123 units is required for the bachelor of business ITM 125 Management Information Systems
administration degree program as follows: 33 units of lower-division MGT 100 The Manager as Communicator
coursework, 21 units of liberal studies core, 33 units of business core, MGT 140 Management Principles
three units of additional requirements and 33 units of electives. MGT 141 Organizational Behavior
MGT 156 Management Policy and Strategy
Students may choose one of the following seven concentrations in
MGT 173 Human Resource Management
place of the 33-three units of electives: finance, human resource man-
MGT 179 Introduction to International Business
agement, information technology management, international business, MKT 100 Principles of Marketing
marketing, operations and supply chain management and public OP 100 Principles of Operations Management
administration.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT — 3 UNITS
LOWER-DIVISION REQUIREMENTS — 33 UNITS
MATH 104 Applied Regression Analysis
Basic Proficiencies — 21 units
CRTH 10 Critical Thinking GENERAL ELECTIVES — 33 UNITS
ENGL 1A Expository Writing
(For those students who do not choose a concentration)
ENGL 1B Research Writing
Eleven additional upper- or lower-division courses for a total of 33 units.
UGP 100 Gateway to Success
MATH 30 College Algebra
MATH 40 Statistics

One of the following:


COMM 35 Speech Communication
COMM 40 Understanding Communication

20 Undergraduate Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

In place of the 33 units of general electives, stu- Required courses — 15 units


dents may choose one of the following concentra-
ITM 113 Database Management Systems
tions.
ITM 115 Digital Communications Technology
FINANCE CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS Three other 100-level courses with the ITM prefix for nine (9) units.

Finance experts are among the most valued employees in any corpora-
Electives — 18 units
tion. From investments and portfolio work to corporate strategy and
financial services this concentration exposes you to the world of Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.
finance and will assist you in adding value to your company through a INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
sound understanding of the field. CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS
Required courses — 15 units The more global our world becomes, the more important it is to have a
solid foundation in the way to do business across cultures. From peo-
ECON 103 Money and Banking ple, to logistics to difference in systems, this concentration will prepare
FI 102 Financial Analysis you to take on the world, literally.
FI 105 Modeling for Financial Analysis
FI 120 Investments Required courses — 15 units
One of the following: Five of the following:
FI 101 Strategic Decisions in Financing and Investing FI 141 International Banking and Finance
FI 106 International Corporate Finance MGT 188B Doing Business in East and Southeast Asia
FI 160 Personal Financial Planning MGT 188C Doing Business in Europe
FI 197 Internship: Finance MGT 188D Doing Business in Latin America
FI 198A-ZZ Selected Topics in Finance MGT 197 Internship: Management
FI 199 Directed Study in Finance MGT 199 Directed Study in Management
MKT 124 International Marketing
Electives — 18 units OP 113 Import/Export Fundamentals
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.
Electives — 18 units
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.
CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS
Human resource professionals are constantly using their versatile skill MARKETING CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS
set to reinvent the workplace. They work to make sure that employees To help lead your organization to success, you need to understand
are innovative, well trained, utilized and compensated and are the type your market and your customers, and you need the skills to design
of people who will lead their companies to competitive advantage. It is and deliver valuable products and services. This concentration pro-
HR who stewards the most valuable asset a company has — its people. vides you with the fundamentals and the toolkit any good marketing
professional should have.
Required courses — 15 units
MGT 174 Labor-Management Relations Required courses — 15 units
MGT 175 Personnel Recruitment, Selection and Placement MKT 102 Consumer Behavior
MGT 176 Compensation Decision Making MKT 103 Marketing Research
MGT 177 Training Methods and Administration
Three of the following:
One of the following: MKT 105 Integrated Marketing Communication
MKT 120 Business Marketing and Sales
MGT 197 Internship: Management
MKT 124 International Marketing
MGT 198A-ZZ Special Topics in Management
MKT 197 Internship: Marketing
MGT 199 Directed Study in Management
MKT 198A-ZZ Special Topics in Marketing
Electives — 18 units
Electives — 18 units
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY-CHAIN
CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS
MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION — 33 UNITS
The convergence of people, business and information is the driving
Professionals in this field are responsible for the internal workings of
force in the marketplace today. As the world becomes more dependent
their companies. They can be part of almost any business facet including:
on the integration of these areas, individuals who have the knowledge
product and process design, planning, purchasing, distribution, and tech-
to skillfully navigate the incorporation of this thinking in business will
nology. The underpinning purpose of people with these cross-functional
be on the cutting edge and a valuable asset to any company.
skills is to lead the company to success through continual improvement.

Undergraduate Business Programs 21


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Required courses — 15 units UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATES IN


MANAGEMENT
Five of the following:
You can enhance your general business acumen and leadership skills,
OP 108 Supply Chain Logistics support the working knowledge you have or learn what’s new in the
OP 113 Import/Export Fundamentals business field since you were last in school with an undergraduate cer-
OP 121 Production Planning and Inventory Control tificate in management. This certificate requires completion, with a C
OP 124 Business Process Improvement average or better, of any 15 or 30 units of management courses (prefix
OP 164 Purchasing and Materials Management MGT) at Golden Gate. Please note that some courses taken as part of
OP 180 Project Management
certificate programs will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must
OP 197 Internship: Operations Management
be satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework or through tak-
Electives — 18 units ing the courses at Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses. completed. For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate
Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION
— 33 UNITS
For further information contact the Department of Business
Interaction with public administration is inevitable. From the moment Administration at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
you are born to the day you pass away, a government agency is there 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
to certify your existence or demise as official. This engagement has Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
even expanded. Today’s public administrators have to deliver public CA 94105-2968.
services in close coordination and partnership with businesses and For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
community-based organizations, domestically and internationally. visit www.ggu.edu.
Thus, there is a compelling need to deepen your critical understanding
of governance institutions, policy-makers, legal and regulatory
processes, and business-government-civil society relations.

Required courses — 15 units


PAD 100 Public Administration and Public Affairs

Four of the following:

PAD 102 Policy Making and Analysis


PAD 104 Privatization and the Public Service
PAD 105 Public Budgeting Techniques and Processes
PAD 106 Administrative Law and Justice
PAD 197 Internship: Public Administration
PAD 198 A-ZZ Special Topics in Public Administration
PAD 199 Directed Study in Public Administration

Electives — 18 units
Six courses (18 units) from any upper- or lower-division courses.

MULTIPLE CONCENTRATIONS
Two or more concentrations may be taken in the BBA program. In
addition to the course requirements for the concentrations, you must
also complete the coursework for all the lower-division courses, the lib-
eral studies courses, and the business-core courses, plus any additional
requirements needed to complete all degree requirements. All of the
coursework for multiple concentrations must be completed prior to
graduation; you may not request any additional concentrations after
you have received your BBA.
Your diploma will list all of the concentrations that you have suc-
cessfully completed by the date of your graduation.

22 Undergraduate Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Finance
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
PROGRAMS OFFERED: FINANCIAL PLANNING
• BBA with a concentration in Finance (see p. 19) The financial planning certificate program is registered with the CFP
• Undergraduate Certificate in Finance Board. Completion of the certificate program authorizes students to sit
for the Certified Financial Planner™ (CFP®) examination.*
• Undergraduate Financial Planning The undergraduate certificate in financial planning requires the
Certificate
completion of six courses (18 semester units), plus any necessary pre-
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.) requisite courses. No comprehensive examination is required. Since
three of the six required courses are not offered in the university’s
undergraduate curriculum, students in the UFPC program must take
three graduate financial planning courses (FI 422, FI 426 and FI 483).
Finance experts are among the most valued employees in any cor-
Please note that some courses taken as part of certificate programs
poration. Many CEOs trace their academic and professional roots
will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through
back to finance, a reflection of the strategic perspective that this transfer of equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at
discipline provides. Whatever your intended destination in the Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be completed. For fur-
rapidly changing world of finance, from investments and portfolio ther information, refer to Admission to Certificate Programs and
management to corporate strategy and financial services, GGU’s Registering for Open Enrollment on p. 113.
finance curriculum delivers the tools necessary for success in REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS
your career. Today’s financial experts increasingly depend on the
ACCTG 108A Federal Income Tax I
sophisticated analytical techniques that are an integral part of our FI 120 Investments
courses. Our goal is to help you develop the creative decision- FI 160 Personal Financial Planning
making skills that you’ll need to move ahead in the global, tech- FI 483 Insurance Planning
FI 422 Retirement and Employee Benefits Planning
nology-based world of finance. With our emphasis on professional FI 426 Estate Planning
practice education, we offer an unwavering focus on how you can (Must be taken as part of the final six units of the program)
be a better manager. *After successfully completing GGU’s undergraduate financial planning certificate, students
are eligible to sit for the CFP® examination if they register with the CFP Board. Students can
sit for the CFP® examination before completing the experience requirement. Golden Gate
University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ designations. The
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the Certified
Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met its rigor-
ADMINISTRATION WITH A ous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satisfied a
CONCENTRATION IN FINANCE work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics and
Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to sit
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in finance, see p. 21. for the certification examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the CFP
Board (www.CFP-Board.org).
UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
FINANCE
For further information contact the Department of Finance and
Many business professionals recognize the importance of university
Economics at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-
coursework in finance, but have neither the time nor the need to com- 442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
plete the requirements for a traditional academic degree. For such stu- Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
dents, a certificate is the ideal solution. The undergraduate certificate CA 94105-2968.
in finance can be structured to serve as preparation for the Chartered For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
Financial Analyst (CFA) exam. visit www.ggu.edu.
The undergraduate certificate in finance requires completion, with a
C average or better, of 15 units of finance undergraduate courses (prefix
“FI”) at Golden Gate. Please note that some courses taken as part of
certificate programs will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be
satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework or through taking
the courses at Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be com-
pleted. For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate
Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

Undergraduate Finance Programs 23


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Human Resource Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS


PROGRAMS OFFERED: MGT 173 Human Resource Management
• BBA with a concentration in Human Resources MGT 174 Labor-Management Relations
(see p. 19) MGT 175 Personnel Recruitment, Selection and Placement
MGT 176 Compensation Decision Making
• Undergraduate Certificate in Human
MGT 177 Training Methods and Administration
Resources Management

(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.) One of the following may be substituted for one of the above:

MGT 140 Management Principles


MGT 197 Internship: Management
The effective, strategic use of human resources is critical to busi- MGT 198A-ZZ Special Topics in Management
ness success. Business profitability requires increasingly versa-
tile skill sets that are regularly updated. Companies need more
innovative and creative employees. Employees need companies For further information contact the Department of Human Resource
Management at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-
that make effective use of their talents and abilities. Global teams 442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
need to interact and work across cultures to attain competitive Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
advantage. GGU’s leading-edge human resource management pro- CA 94105-2968.
gram is carefully structured to give you the foundation and in- For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
visit www.ggu.edu.
depth training you’ll need as a human resource or personnel man-
ager. Through our innovative curriculum, you’ll gain a thorough,
hands-on understanding of what is happening in the marketplace;
why it is happening; what the future trends may be; and how to
positively affect the leading and managing of human resources in
a changing, international business climate.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in human resource
management, see p. 21.

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
With a certificate in human resource management, you’ll learn to
understand the problems of today’s changing human resource industry
and what techniques are most effective in managing personnel and
organizational structures. The undergraduate certificate in human
resource management requires completion, with a C average or better,
of the following 15 units at Golden Gate. For further information,
refer to Admission to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open
Enrollment on p. 113.

24 Undergraduate Human Resource Management Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Information Technology Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION


PROGRAMS OFFERED: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT (BSITM)
• BBA with a concentration in Information Technology The bachelor of science in information technology management is a
Management (see p. 19) winning combination of technology and management. With GGU’s
• Bachelor of Science in Information BSITM that has been designed in alliance with Bay Area business and
Technology Management (BSITM) technology experts, you will learn to innovate, manage and utilize
technology in an enterprise setting. The BSITM is designed to maxi-
• Undergraduate Certificate in Database
mize the number of transfer credits (up to 45 units) that will be
Technology and Management
counted toward the degree.
• Undergraduate Certificate in Information Depending on the coursework taken, you will sharpen your skills
Technology Management
through several courses that are aligned with the expectations for the
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.) following certifications: Microsoft Office Specialist, Cisco CCDA,
Cisco CCNA, Cisco CCNP and CompTia Security.
Bring value to your employer with your understanding of theoreti-
In the new millennium world, business and information technolo- cal and practical applications of information architectures and infra-
gies are increasingly interdependent in their support of opera- structures; network and e-business technologies; management
tional and strategic roles and opportunities across the enterprise, information systems, decision support and executive support tools;
and this interdependence will only grow as technology continues Web services and enterprise technologies; emerging technologies; proj-
ect management; and your ability to analyze, interpret and apply tech-
to support and improve business processes.
nology-derived information in diverse environments.
Companies require people who have practical and technological skills Interdisciplinary coursework will teach you new technologies and
in these areas, as well as those who can utilize and manage technolo- how to assimilate them in ever-changing business environments. You
gies, teams and projects, and can communicate effectively across orga- will also develop leadership expertise, build problem-solving skills and
nizational boundaries. GGU’s BSITM degree will support your growth acquire understanding of global and local technology issues.
as a highly desired information technology/business professional by GGU’s program affords you the opportunity to work in several
providing learning that will significantly enhance your current skills. UNIX and Windows computer laboratories equipped with contempo-
Coursework provides a solid foundation in the information technolo- rary software applications such as Visual Basic, Java, Oracle 10g, SAS
gies that support current business, including and other software.
• Java programming
• Wireless technologies Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in
• Systems analysis and design Information Technology Management
• Database design and applications All degree-seeking undergraduate students must complete their English,
• Network design and applications mathematics, and critical thinking basic proficiency requirements
• Network security and compliance within their first 27 units at Golden Gate University. Diagnostic tests
are given during the first week of ENGL 10A/B, ENGL 1A and MATH
By graduation, you will have skills to manage and support the use 10/20/30 to ensure your placement in the proper courses. See the sec-
of IT tools in bringing value to the enterprise. You’ll also be prepared tion on course descriptions in this catalog, or go to www.ggu.edu, click
to continue your growth, through further education, certifications, or on course listings, then course descriptions for details.
as a working IT/business professional. Each course listed carries three semester units of credit, unless oth-
erwise noted. Prerequisites to a course, if any, are shown in the section
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS on course descriptions. A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C)
ADMINISTRATION WITH A or higher is required in all courses taken at Golden Gate, as well as in
CONCENTRATION IN INFORMATION the courses designated “Required for the Major.”
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in information
technology management, see p. 21.

Undergraduate Information Technology Management Programs 25


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

LOWER DIVISION REQUIREMENTS — 33 UNITS ELECTIVES — 45 UNITS


Basic Proficiencies — 21 units Information Technology Management electives —
24 units
CRTH 10 Critical Thinking
ENGL 1A Expository Writing Choose any eight lower- or upper-division courses with the ITM prefix
ENGL 1B Research Writing not previously taken for a total of 24 units.
UGP 100 Gateway to Success
MATH 30 College Algebra General electives — 21 units
MATH 40 Statistics Students are encouraged to take seven lower- or upper-division courses
from science, mathematics, business and other fields of interest for a
One of the following: total of 21 units.
COMM 35 Speech Communication
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS — 6 UNITS
COMM 40 Understanding Communication
ENGL 120 Business Writing
Major Foundation — 12 units ITM 191 Capstone: Value Creation in the IT Career
ACCTG 1A Financial Accounting The capstone course in information technology must be taken in the
ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics final nine units of the major and cannot be waived or substituted by
MATH 106 Quantitative Analysis for Management any other course. One faculty member from the School of Business
OP 180 Project Management must supervise the capstone professional practice project course.
LIBERAL STUDIES CORE — 21 UNITS
UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
Arts DATABASE TECHNOLOGY AND
ARTS 105 Contemporary Arts and Culture
or any other ARTS course offered
MANAGEMENT
History The undergraduate certificate in database technology and management
HIST 88 Business in World History offers a combination of technology and management, for those who
or any other HIST course offered may not need a degree but want to update their skills. It has been
Humanities designed in alliance with Bay Area business and technology experts.
HUM 156 Business and Civilization You will learn to innovate, manage and respond to technology in
or any other HUM course offered enterprise settings. Depending on the coursework taken, you will
Literature sharpen your skills through several courses that are aligned with the
LIT 150 Business in Literature expectations for the following certifications: Microsoft Office
or LIT 160 Business in Movies
Specialist, Cisco CCDA, Cisco CCNA, Cisco CCNP and CompTia
or any other LIT course offered
Security.
Philosophy
PHIL 125 Ethics in Personal and Professional Life Interdisciplinary coursework will teach you to learn and assimilate
or any other PHIL course offered new technologies in ever-changing business environments. You will
Science also develop leadership expertise, build problem-solving skills and gain
SCI 125 Science, Technology and Social Change a global understanding of technology issues. You will be well prepared
or any other SCI course offered to continue on to the BS in information technology management.
Social Sciences The undergraduate certificate in information technology manage-
SOSC 88 Leadership and New Social Demands ment requires completion, with a C average or better, of the following
or any other SOSC course offered 15 units at Golden Gate. For further information, refer to “Admission
REQUIRED FOR THE MAJOR — 18 UNITS to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on
p. 113.
Networking courses:
ITM 115 Digital Communications REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS
ITM 150 Network Design
ITM 101 Fundamental Programming Concepts with Java
Computer Information Systems courses: ITM 113 Database Management Systems
ITM 101 Fundamental Programming Concepts with Java ITM 143 Structured Query Language and PL/SQL
ITM 113 Database Management Systems ITM 144 Database Administration Fundamentals
ITM 125 Management Information Systems One appropriate 100-level ITM course for three (3) units, which
ITM 133 Systems Analysis and Design includes ITM 198 Internship: Information Technology.

26 Undergraduate Information Technology Management Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT
The undergraduate certificate in information technology management
offers a combination of technology and management, for those who
may not need a degree but want to update their skills. It has been
designed in alliance with Bay Area business and technology experts.
You will learn to innovate, manage and respond to technology in
enterprise settings. Depending on the coursework taken, you will
sharpen your skills through several courses that are aligned with the
expectations for the following certifications: Cisco CCDA, Cisco
CCNA, Cisco CCNP and CompTia Security.
Interdisciplinary coursework will teach you to learn and assimilate
new technologies in ever-changing business environments. You will
also develop leadership expertise, build problem-solving skills and gain
a global understanding of technology issues. You will be well prepared
to continue on to the BS in information technology management.
The undergraduate certificate in information technology manage-
ment requires completion, with a C average or better, of the following
15 units at Golden Gate. For further information, refer to “Admission
to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on
p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS


ITM 115 Digital Communications Technology
ITM 125 Management Information Systems
Take three 100-level ITM courses for nine units; OP 180 may also
be used.

For further information contact the Department of Operations and


Information Technology Management at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone:
415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward
S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission
Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
visit www.ggu.edu.

Undergraduate Information Technology Management Programs 27


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

International Business
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

MGT 188D Doing Business in Latin America


PROGRAMS OFFERED: One of the following:
• BBA with a concentration in International Business ECON 108 International Economics
(see p. 19) FI 106 International Corporate Finance
MGT 197 Internship: Management
• Undergraduate Certificate in International MKT 124 International Marketing
Business
For further information contact the Department of Business
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.)
Administration at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
In addition to the solid business foundation that comes with the CA 94105-2968.
general BBA coursework, a concentration in international busi- For the most up-to-date program information and course listings, visit
www.ggu.edu.
ness will give you the opportunity to study topics like internation-
al finance, global logistics, import/export management and inter-
national marketing. You can focus your interests in Asia, Latin
America and/or Europe. You will be well prepared to work in our
increasingly globalized economy when you complete your BBA
with the concentration in international business.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in international
business, see p. 21.

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
As the marketplace becomes increasingly global, a contemporary
understanding of its rules, logistics and cultural nuances has never been
more important. Keep your skill set relevant in any business with an
undergraduate certificate in international business. This certificate
requires completion, with a C average or better, of the following 15
units at Golden Gate. Please note that some courses taken as part of
certificate programs will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must
be satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework or through tak-
ing the courses at Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be
completed. For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate
Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS


FI 141 International Banking and Finance
MGT 179 Introduction to International Business
OP 113 Import/Export Fundamentals
One of the following:
MGT 188B Doing Business in East and Southeast Asia
MGT 188C Doing Business in Europe

28 Undergraduate International Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Marketing
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

For further information contact the Department of Marketing at e-mail


PROGRAMS OFFERED: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website:
www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate
• BBA with a concentration in Marketing (see p. 19) University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
• Undergraduate Certificate in Marketing For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
visit www.ggu.edu.
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.)

The increased pace of business today has changed the rules about
how organizations communicate with their markets. GGU’s
Marketing Department monitors the developing trends in the mar-
ketplace and the concurrent changes in marketing education they
make necessary. In that way, we provide you with a first-rate mar-
keting education that’s both cutting-edge and grounded in the
strong foundation skills you must have to compete in today’s busi-
ness environment. You’ll learn to identify issues relating to interna-
tional marketing and technology, and create new solutions to them.
We offer a range of specializations so you can develop a deeper
level of expertise in one of several important marketing areas.
Through case studies of real-life problems, you develop decision-
making and communication skills in marketing classes along with
acquiring marketing concepts for business in the 21st century.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN MARKETING
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in marketing see p. 21.

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
MARKETING
The undergraduate certificate in marketing is designed for students
interested in either acquiring knowledge in marketing, or in refreshing
or extending their knowledge in the marketing field. The certificate
requires completion, with a C average or better, of the following 15
units at Golden Gate. For further information, refer to “Admission to
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 3 UNITS


MKT 100 Principles of Marketing

ELECTIVES — 12 UNITS
Any four courses with the MKT prefix for a total of 12 units.

Undergraduate Marketing Programs 29


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Operations and Supply-chain Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

chair or program director prior to enrolling to determine the appropri-


PROGRAMS OFFERED: ate coursework required. In some cases, additional prerequisite course-
work may be required depending on the student’s background.
• BBA with a concentration in Operations and Supply-chain
Management (see p. 19) Students who qualify for admission to degree programs may apply
credit earned in these certificate programs toward degree requirements.
• Undergraduate Certificate in Operations
For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs
and Supply-chain Management
and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.)

For further information contact the Department of Operations and


Information Technology Management at e-mail biz@ggu.edu; phone:
Operations and supply-chain management professionals apply a 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward
total systems approach to design, execute and improve the key S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission
processes that create and deliver the organization’s products and Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
services. Their role and vision are essential in formulating suc-
visit www.ggu.edu.
cessful corporate strategies. GGU has one of the largest and most
comprehensive operations and supply-chain management pro-
grams in California, opening the door into industries that are the
wave of the future, including high-tech manufacturing, engineer-
ing and construction, biotech and the transportation and logistics
industry. Professionals in this field are responsible for the internal
workings of their companies. These include product and service
design, transformation process selection, purchasing, transporta-
tion, choosing appropriate technology, adopting efficient work
methods, operations planning (including location facilities layout,
capacity planning and operations scheduling), outsourcing, opti-
mal configuration of the supply chain for streamlining the flow of
people and materials and continuously improving the quality of
the final product.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN OPERATIONS AND
SUPPLY-CHAIN MANAGEMENT
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in operations and
supply-chain management, see p. 21.

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE
PROGRAM IN OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY-
CHAIN MANAGEMENT
For those who may not need a degree but want to update or broaden
their skills, an undergraduate certificate in operations and supply-chain
management is available. The undergraduate certificate program nor-
mally involves four courses (12 units) with the operations management
(OP) prefix and two other courses (6 units) as approved by the depart-
ment for a total of 18 units. All courses must be completed at Golden
Gate with a C average (2.00) or better. Enrollment as a degree candi-
date is not required, but students must consult with the department

30 Undergraduate Operations and Supply-chain Management Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Public Administration
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

following 15 units at Golden Gate. For further information, refer to


PROGRAMS OFFERED: “Admission to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open
Enrollment” on p. 113.
• BBA with a concentration in Public Administration
(see p. 19) REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS
• Undergraduate Certificate in PAD 100 Public Policy and Administration
Public Administration
(For graduate programs, please go to p. 32.) Any four from the following:

PAD 102 Policy Making and Analysis


PAD 104 Privatization and the Public Service
GGU’s four-decade old public administration program is the oldest
PAD 105 Public Budgeting Techniques and Processes
in the San Francisco Bay Area and has been an institutional mem- PAD 106 Administrative Law and Justice
ber of the National Association of Public Affairs and PAD 197 Internship: Public Administration
Administration (NASPAA) since 1973. The program will equip you PAD 198 A-ZZ Special Topics in Public Administration
PAD 199 Directed Study in Public Administration
with cutting-edge training and applications you will need to be an
effective and responsive public and nonprofit manager. Through For further information contact the Department of Public
our innovative curriculum, you’ll gain a thorough, hands-on under- Administration at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
standing of what is happening in politics and policy-making from
Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
San Francisco to Washington, DC. After all, interaction with public CA 94105-2968.
administration is inevitable. From the moment you are born to the For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
day you pass away, a government agency is there to certify your visit www.ggu.edu.
existence or demise as “official.” This engagement has even
expanded. Today’s public administrators have to deliver public
services in close coordination and partnership with businesses
and community-based organizations, domestically and internation-
ally. Thus, there is a compelling need to deepen your critical
understanding of governance institutions, policy-makers, legal
and regulatory processes, information technology, and business-
government-civil society relations.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
For requirements for the BBA with a concentration in public adminis-
tration, see p. 22.

UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
With a certificate in public administration, you’ll learn to analyze the
social, economic, political, environmental, labor, agricultural, health,
technical, and other issues which have become endemic to today’s rap-
idly evolving public and nonprofit sectors and what innovative tech-
niques are most effective, efficient, economical, responsive,
transparent, and participatory. The undergraduate certificate in public
administration requires completion, with a C average or better, of the

Undergraduate Public Administration Programs 31


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Graduate Business Programs


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Golden Gate University’s Ageno School of Business offers relevant pro- its practitioners: the opportunity to use your talent and education to
grams in our continuing effort to offer working adults professional make significant positive changes in your clients’ lives; and the intellec-
programs to prepare you for today’s competitive, rapidly changing tual and emotional satisfaction that comes from blending technical,
global marketplace. With high-quality, in-depth instruction from prac- quantitative, and analytical abilities with highly developed skills in
ticing professionals, you’ll be able to apply what you learn today in the communication, psychology, and human relations. GGU’s graduate
workplace tomorrow. We offer graduate degrees in accounting, busi- financial planning degrees and certificates will help you to cultivate
ness administration, finance, human resource management, informa- those skills and abilities. Golden Gate offers one of the oldest and most
tion technology management, marketing, psychology and public highly regarded financial planning programs in the country. For those
administration, as well as 13 graduate certificates. In addition, our already in the profession, our program is designed to take your estab-
master of business administration degree allows you to focus on an lished career to a higher level; and for those just entering the field, we
area of special interest with a choice of eight different concentrations. will prepare you to launch a successful and rewarding new career.

Human Resource Management


DEGREES
The effective, strategic use of human resources is critical to business
Business Administration success. Business profitability requires increasingly versatile skill sets
that are regularly updated. Companies need more innovative and cre-
Because today’s companies want managers who understand technol-
ative employees. Employees need companies that make effective use of
ogy, know how to lead and can motivate their work force, these
their talents and abilities. Global teams need to interact and work
abilities are regularly emphasized throughout GGU’s business adminis-
across cultures to attain competitive advantage. GGU’s leading-edge
tration and management programs. To succeed, you will need skill sets
human resource management program is carefully structured to give
that help you stay current over time in this rapidly changing arena. The
you the foundation and in-depth training you’ll need as a human
evolving global marketplace of today is highly competitive; it demands
resource or personnel manager. Through our innovative curriculum,
a new kind of executive. You’ll need a deep grounding in business the-
you’ll gain a thorough, hands-on understanding of what is happening
ory along with first-rate leadership skills, technological sophistication,
in the marketplace; why it is happening; what the future trends may
a keen understanding of human behavior and the ability to motivate —
be; and how to positively affect the leading and managing of human
not dominate — coworkers. GGU’s business administration programs
resources in a changing, international business climate.
are designed to make you the leader who stands out in a crowd.

Finance Information Technology Management


The convergence of people, business processes and technology is the
Finance experts are among the most valued employees in any corpora-
driving force in business today. In the 21st century, business and infor-
tion. Many CEOs trace their academic and professional roots back to
mation technologies are increasingly interdependent in driving opera-
finance, a reflection of the strategic perspective that this discipline pro-
tions and strategies across the enterprise. These realities put a premium
vides. Whatever your intended destination in the rapidly changing
on professionals whose education provides theoretical and applied
world of finance, from investments and portfolio management to cor-
skills. GGU’s information technology management programs offer you
porate strategy and financial services, GGU’s finance curriculum deliv-
the opportunity to gain expertise in business and IT operations, infor-
ers the tools necessary for success in your career. Today’s financial
mation technology management, application and systems development
experts increasingly depend on the sophisticated analytical techniques
and management, and network/telecommunications development and
that are an integral part of our courses. Our goal is to help you
management. By graduation, you will have an in-depth knowledge of
develop the creative decision-making skills that you’ll need to move
IT systems, and the skills to effectively manage their use in support of
ahead in the global, technology-based world of finance. With our
business objectives.
emphasis on professional practice education, we offer an unwavering
focus on how you can be a better manager. Marketing
Financial Planning The increased pace of business today has changed the rules about how
organizations communicate with their markets. GGU’s Marketing and
Those who are considering careers in financial planning will enjoy
Public Relations Department monitors the developing trends in the
thinking about the extraordinary advantages of this profession. These
marketplace and the concurrent changes in marketing education they
include flexibility in hours and working conditions, excellent compen-
make necessary. In that way, we provide you with a first-rate market-
sation, and strong and growing demand for planners’ services (provid-
ing education that’s both cutting edge and grounded in the strong
ing, as a result, outstanding employment opportunities). These
foundation skills you must have to compete in today’s business envi-
advantages are widely acknowledged and they help to ensure that
ronment. You’ll learn to identify issues relating to international mar-
financial planning always ranks near the top of surveys of the most
keting and technology, and create new solutions to them. We offer a
desirable jobs. But the profession offers several other appealing quali-
range of specializations so you can develop a deeper level of expertise
ties that are less often mentioned but perhaps even more significant to

32 Graduate Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

in one of several important marketing areas. Through case studies of FORMAT


real-life problems, you develop decision-making and communication GGU offers options of evening and weekend in-person classes at vari-
skills in marketing classes along with acquiring marketing concepts for ous GGU teaching sites, as well as fully accredited online classes or
business in the 21st century. degrees through GGU’s CyberCampus. In addition, you can choose a
mixed-mode format combining both in-person and online class ses-
Psychology
sions. Many of GGU’s courses are Web-enhanced, offering enriched,
The study of psychology prepares individuals for some of today’s top
dynamic curriculum and resources. For information regarding these
employment opportunities. As businesses have come to recognize the
programs’ site options, see “Degree Offerings by Location” on p. 6.
importance of teamwork, good leadership and organizational flexibil-
ity, the need for psychologically trained professionals has increased.
Throughout society, there is also a growing demand for counselors, For further information contact the Ageno School of Business at e-
therapists, mediators, consultants and other psychologically oriented mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website:
professionals. GGU’s psychology degrees are unique in their flexibility www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate
and their emphasis on the real-world application of psychological the- University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
ory. We offer combined concentrations and certificates that allow our
student to customize their degree to match their existing experience
and the future trends of the workplace.

Public Administration
The professional practice of public management is an art as well as a
science. Today’s successful leaders in the public or nonprofit sector
need intuition, creative problem-solving abilities and self-confidence,
knowledge of the discipline, and communication and analytical skills.
Since the 1960s, GGU has offered a public administration degree pro-
gram of exceptional quality and academic rigor for the working stu-
dent. Our executive master of public administration program prepares
you for a leadership role in the management of government and non-
profit agencies. This program will provide you with an in-depth study
of public administration and train you on the skills and tools you’ll
need to become a successful contributor to local, state and federal gov-
ernment and public service agencies, nonprofit organizations and inter-
national institutions. Some executive MPA program students have won
prestigious awards, such as the Presidential Management Fellowship.
The Ageno School of Business is a member of the National Association
of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration (NASPAA).

CERTIFICATES
APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
CONFLICT RESOLUTION MANAGEMENT
FINANCE INTEGRATED MARKETING
FINANCIAL PLANNING COMMUNICATIONS
HUMAN RESOURCE MARKETING
MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY-CHAIN
PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT
TECHNICAL MARKET ANALYSIS

FACULTY
Classes are taught by an experienced group of full-time faculty as well
as a large number of adjunct professors who have current experience in
the fields in which they teach. Over 80 percent of GGU classes are
taught by practicing professionals who bring on-the-job insight directly
to class for you to debate and discuss. Outside of class, most of our
adjunct professors work as CEOs, directors, vice presidents, entrepre-
neurs, consultants, partners and managers at companies of all sizes.

Graduate Business Programs 33


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Graduate Business Programs


This section contains a full alphabetical listing of all Golden Gate University graduate accounting and business programs.

Graduate Business Programs


Master of Accountancy (MAc) ....................................................................................................................................................14
Master of Business Administration (MBA) with a General Course of Study
or with a concentration in Accounting, Finance, Human Resource Management, Information Technology Management,
International Business, Management, Marketing, Operations and Supply-chain Management, Public Administration ......35
Joint MBA/Juris Doctor (JD) ......................................................................................................................................................38
The Executive MBA Program......................................................................................................................................................38
Doctor of Business Administration..............................................................................................................................................39
Master of Science in Finance with a concentration in General Finance, Corporate Finance or Investment Management ..................41
Master of Science in Financial Planning ....................................................................................................................................43
Master of Science in Financial Planning and Taxation
with a concentration in Estate Planning or with a concentration in Taxation ................................................................44
Master of Science in Human Resource Management ..................................................................................................................46
Master of Science in Information Technology Management ..........................................................................................................48
Master of Science in Integrated Marketing Communications ........................................................................................................50
Master of Science in Marketing..................................................................................................................................................51
Master of Arts in Psychology
with a concentration in: Counseling, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, combined concentration in Counseling and
Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT), or a combined concentration in Marriage and
Family Therapy (MFT) and Industrial/Organizational Psychology....................................................................................56
Executive Master of Public Administration ..................................................................................................................................59
Taxation Programs and Certificates ............................................................................................................................................61
PLUS+ Program for students whose native language is not English ..............................................................................................64

Graduate Business Certificates


Graduate Certificate in Accounting ............................................................................................................................................15
Graduate Certificates in Finance ................................................................................................................................................44
Graduate Financial Planning Certificate......................................................................................................................................45
Graduate Certificate in Technical Market Analysis ......................................................................................................................45
Graduate Certificate in Human Resource Management ................................................................................................................47
Graduate Certificate in Information Technology Management ......................................................................................................49
Graduate Certificate in Integrated Marketing Communications ....................................................................................................53
Graduate Certificate in Marketing ..............................................................................................................................................53
Graduate Certificate in Public Relations ....................................................................................................................................53
Graduate Certificate in Operations and Supply-chain Management ..............................................................................................55
Graduate Certificate in Applied Psychology ................................................................................................................................58
Graduate Certificate in Conflict Resolution..................................................................................................................................58

34 Graduate Business Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Business Administration
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Requirements for the Master of Business


PROGRAMS OFFERED: Administration Program
• Executive Master of Business
GMAT Requirement
Administration (Executive MBA)
Applicants to the master of business administration degree program
• MBA General Course of Study
are required to take the GMAT. Some exceptions to this requirement
• MBA with a concentration in: exist. For further information, see Graduate Admission Criteria on
Accounting • Finance • Human Resource Management p. 110 in the GGU catalog.
• Information Technology Management • International
Business • Management • Marketing • Operations and Graduate Writing Proficiency Requirement
Supply-Chain Management • Public Administration
Students admitted to the master of business administration degree pro-
* Certificates are offered in many of these disciplines and gram must meet the graduate writing proficiency requirement. For fur-
related disciplines. ther information, refer to catalog section “Proficiency in Mathematics,
• Joint MBA/JD Writing and Computer Skills Required for All Master of Business
• Doctor of Business Administration Administration Degrees” on p. 149.

(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.)


Computer Proficiency Requirement
Applicants are expected to demonstrate a working familiarity with
computers and software applications appropriate for graduate studies.
Knowledge of word processing, spreadsheet analysis and network
Because today’s companies want managers who understand tech- access capabilities are included for evaluation. Deficiencies in computer
nology, know how to lead and can motivate their work force, proficiency may require additional work as determined by the faculty.
these abilities are regularly emphasized throughout GGU’s busi-
Math Proficiency Requirement
ness administration and management programs. To succeed, you
Students admitted to this program are expected to possess a level of
will need skill sets that help you stay current over time in this
mathematical skill at least equivalent to College Algebra (MATH 30).
rapidly changing arena. The evolving global marketplace of today
Students may meet this requirement by satisfying one of the screening
is highly competitive; it demands a new kind of executive. You’ll criteria listed in section “Proficiency in Mathematics, Writing and
need a deep grounding in business theory along with first-rate Computer Skills Required for All Master of Business Administration
leadership skills, technological sophistication, a keen under- Degrees” on p. 149.
standing of human behavior and the ability to motivate — not FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 18 UNITS
dominate — coworkers. GGU’s business administration programs The six-course foundation program provides the groundwork for the
are designed to make you the leader that stands out in a crowd. advanced program core and concentration courses. Some, or all, of the
foundation course requirements may be waived if you have previously
completed comparable undergraduate courses at a regionally accred-
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ited college or university with a grade of C- or better. For further infor-
(MBA) mation, refer to section “Graduate Foundation Program Waiver
Golden Gate University’s traditional MBA program examines the theo- Requirements for All Master’s Degrees” on p. 150. You may be admit-
ries of management and how they are applied to an organization. The ted to advanced program courses before completion of the entire foun-
program is centered around four managerial themes: managerial analy- dation program, but you must complete the foundation program by
sis, communications, teamwork and leadership. These themes are the time six units have been earned in the advanced program.
designed to unite the program providing the student with the innova-
ACCTG 201* Accounting for Managers
tive analytic capabilities to understand the changing environment and
ECON 202 Economics for Managers
the managerial skills necessary to effectively lead the organization to ITM 225 Management Information Systems
meet that change. Our core curriculum will give you a sound founda- MGT 204 International Business and Strategy
tion in theory and a perspective on how and where today’s business MGT 210 Management Theory and Communications
and technological trends fit into the larger, global picture. MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers
The concentration component of our MBA allows you to select an *Not required for students who are taking an MBA with a concentration in accounting
area of interest from eight different concentrations or select a general
course of study. Each concentration presents an in-depth examination
of a particular area, how it functions and how it should be managed.

Graduate Business Administration 35


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS Undergraduate Proficiency Requirement — 3 units*


Core Courses — 18 units ACCTG 1A Financial Accounting
The six core courses in the advanced program are taken by all MBA
students. This ensures that all MBA graduates have an understanding Accounting Foundation Courses — 18 units*
of the important skills for effective management and an integrative ACCTG 100A Intermediate Accounting I
knowledge of the core areas of business, regardless of their area of con- ACCTG 100B Intermediate Accounting II
centration. Although you are required to choose either a concentration ACCTG 100C Intermediate Accounting III
or a general course of study when you apply for admission, the com- ACCTG 105 Cost Management
mon core allows you to rethink your concentration (or general course ACCTG 108A** Federal Income Tax I
of study) decision, and to change it with minimum course penalty (for ACCTG 146 Business Law
further information, refer to “Change of Program” on p. 114). *These courses will be waived for those students who have passed the CPA examination.
Additionally, individual courses can be waived if students have previously completed compa-
MGT 300 Managerial Analysis and Team Dynamics rable courses at another regionally accredited institution with a grade of B- or better. Students
(Must be taken as part of the first six units of the advanced program.) may be admitted to advanced program courses before completion of the entire accounting
FI 300A Managerial Finance foundation and foundation program courses, but must complete all accounting foundation
MKT 300 Marketing Management and foundation program courses by the time that six units have been earned in the advanced
OP 300 Operations Management program.
OP 303 Management of Innovation and Technology **Students who have passed the Enrolled Agents Exam do not have to take ACCTG 108A.
MGT 362 Developing Strategies for Competitive Advantage
(Must be taken as part of the final six units of the advanced program.) Finance Concentration — 12 units
You’ll learn the traditional decision-making techniques in the areas of
Concentration Courses — 12 units capital budgeting, capital structure, investment management, and
The four concentration courses in the advanced program allow you to short-term capital management. You’ll learn how to manage financial
develop expertise in a specialized area of business. The concentrations risks with derivatives that are playing an increasingly important role in
include required and elective courses. Currently, GGU offers nine MBA corporate risk management. You’ll learn to use financial information
concentrations. Or, you can choose a general course of study. Courses to make wise choices and steer your company to success.
listed carry three semester units of credit unless otherwise noted.
For those students who wish to develop on-the-job experience in Required Courses — 12 units
the program, you can develop hands-on experience through our intern- FI 300 Corporate Finance
ship program by taking three units of an internship course in your field Three 300- or 400-level courses (9 units) with the FI or ECON prefix,
of interest. For three months, under the supervision of GGU faculty, which may include FI 497 Internship: Finance.
you will work for a business or nonprofit organization, applying your
Golden Gate education to real-life circumstances. Human Resource Management Concentration —
12 units
General Course of Study — 12 units
In the competitive global marketplace, effective management of human
(For those students who do not choose a concentration.) resources is necessary for success and often overlooked. You’ll learn to
Four courses (12 units) from any 300-level courses with the following understand the human resource issues triggered by technology and the
prefixes: ACCTG, ECON, FI, ITM, MGT, MKT, OP, PA or TA. international business environment, and how to apply your knowledge
Students who do not choose the General Course of Study choose one as a human resource manager or personnel officer in business and pub-
of the following concentrations: lic organizations.

Accounting Concentration — 12 units Required Courses — 12 units

The accounting concentration prepares you for a career in public MGT 346 Human Resource Management
accounting as an auditor, tax professional or consultant; in private MGT 370 Strategic Human Resource Management
(To be taken as part of the last six units in the concentration.)
industry as a controller, treasurer or chief financial officer; in not-for-
profit accounting; or in banking and other positions where strong inte- Two of the following:
gration of finance and accounting is required. MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings
MGT 341 Benefits Administration
Required Courses — 12 units
MGT 342 Compensation and Administration
ACCTG 300 Accounting Research and Communication MGT 343 Labor Relations
Three 300-level courses (9 units) with the ACCTG prefix, which may MGT 344 Training and Development
include ACCTG 398 Internship: Accounting. MGT 358 Employment Law
Students who choose the accounting concentration also need to MGT 359 Managing the Employment Function
satisfy the following proficiency requirement and foundation courses: MGT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Management
MGT 398 Internship: Management

36 Graduate Business Administration


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Information Technology Management organizations. General management and marketing techniques, such as
Concentration — 12 units market research and market planning, are covered along with the cur-
In the rapidly changing world of technology, the ability to stay current rent trends and techniques in the field.
and relevant is imperative. This concentration prepares with knowledge
Required Courses — 12 units
and skills essential for managers who are responsible for participating
in the planning, design, integration and deployment of strategic enter- Four of the following:
prise technologies and systems essential for the contemporary organiza- Any 300-level course with the MKT prefix, which may include MKT
tion’s competitive success. 398 Internship: Marketing and PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations.

Required Courses — 12 units Operations and Supply-chain Management


ITM 300 Enterprise Information Technologies and Systems Concentration — 12 units
Three 300-level courses (nine units) with the ITM prefix Our operations and supply-chain management concentration provides
Note, an MS in information technology management is also offered. you with a foundation in the theories and practice in businesses where
operations and supply-chain management are critical to success. You
International Business Concentration — 12 units can take a variety of operations management courses to cover an
The globalization of the marketplace has increased the need for interna- overview of the field, or choose to focus on a specific area such as proj-
tionally oriented managers. This concentration is designed to respond ect and systems management, or procurement and supply-chain man-
to the changing demands for managers who are in tune with the inter- agement.
national economy through the advanced electives in international mar-
Required Courses — 12 units
keting, international finance or international operations management.
You will gain competence and confidence in understanding the context OP 302 Quality Management and Process Improvement
and execution of international business. Three 300-level courses (nine units) with the OP prefix, which may
Four of the following*: include OP 398 Internship: Operations Management.

ECON 340 International Trade and Finance Public Administration Concentration – 12 units
FI 343 International Corporate Finance
Outsourcing of public sector services to business and nonprofit organi-
MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings
zations has increased the need for private sector managers who under-
MGT 306 Legal Aspects of International Business Transactions
MGT 363 International Business Strategy stand how the government bureaucracy works. This concentration pro-
MKT 343 International Marketing vides you with the necessary skills and knowledge to be successful at
OP 329 Global Supply-chain Management public management.
*Other 300-level courses related to international business may be taken with the approval of
the MBA program director. Required Courses — 12 units
EMPA 300 Theory, Ethics, and Practice in Public Service
Management Concentration — 12 units
(four units)
This dynamic concentration educates you in the use of modern manage-
Two of the following:
ment theories, concepts, research findings and preblem-solving tech-
niques. You'll get an in-depth foundation in evolving theories and con- EMPA 302 Public Policy Analysis and Program Evaluation
(four units)
temporary management problems and will be well prepared to manage
EMPA 304 Public Enterprise Management and Public Sector
creatively and effectively in the current business environment.
Business Relations (four units)
Required Courses — 12 units EMPA 305 Public Budgeting and Financial Management
(four units)
MGT 345 Business, Government and Society EMPA 306 Public Service and the Law (four units)
MGT 346 Human Resource Management EMPA 307 Public Personnel Management (four units)
Two of the following:
MULTIPLE CONCENTRATIONS
MGT 301 Entrepreneurship Two or more concentrations may be taken in the MBA program. In
MGT 320 Management Leadership: Theory and Practice addition to the course requirements for the concentrations, you must
MGT 338 The Manager as Communicator also complete the coursework for all the foundation and the advanced
MGT 348 Negotiating in Business
programs. All of the coursework for multiple concentrations must be
MGT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Management (three units maximum)
completed prior to graduation; you may not request any additional
MGT 398 Internship: Management
concentrations after you have received your MBA.
Marketing Concentration — 12 units Your diploma will list all of the concentrations that you have suc-
cessfully completed by the date of your graduation.
Often considered the central discipline of business, the challenges and
practices of marketing are evolving along with the changes in the con-
temporary business environment. This concentration prepares you to
manage the marketing function inside private or public sector business

Graduate Business Administration 37


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

JOINT MBA/JURIS DOCTOR (JD) • Preparation Module prepares you for graduate-level work with a
GGU provides you the opportunity to earn a joint JD/MBA degree. self-study CD and workshops.
Students interested in the program should first apply to the School of • Foundation Module teaches accounting, economics, leadership and
Law. After successfully completing the first semester of law school, stu- organizational performance.
dents interested in the joint program can apply to the Ageno School of • Functional Module develops an understanding of marketing,
Business MBA program. The LSAT scores will be accepted in lieu of finance and operations management.
the GMAT and Writing Proficiency Requirement in order to gain • Context Module provides the background and perspective to inter-
admission to the MBA program. All the other admission requirements pret international business as well as business and society.
of our traditional MBA program apply. (See p. 149.) The decision on • Integration Module integrates all courses and provides students
admission to the MBA program will normally be made after receipt of with a complete view of the recommendations for resolving the
the second semester law school grades. assigned business issues for each strategic consultancy project client.
In the business school, JD/MBA students complete the same foun-
dation program and take the same core courses from the advanced Faculty
program as required in our traditional MBA program. (See p. 35.) The Classes are taught by an experienced group of full-time faculty as well
difference in the JD/MBA degree is that students may apply 12 units of as a large number of adjunct professors who have current experience in
their second and third year law classes toward fulfilling a joint degree the fields in which they teach. Over 80 percent of GGU classes are
concentration. However, these 12 units will not be formally transferred taught by practicing professionals who bring on-the-job insight directly
to the MBA degree until the student has successfully completed the to class for you to debate and discuss. Outside of class, most of our
School of Law degree requirements. professors work as CEOs, directors, vice presidents, entrepreneurs,
Additionally, 12 units from the MBA program are used to satisfy consultants, partners and managers at companies of all sizes. Executive
the elective requirement of your JD degree. In all, the program allows MBA program courses are taught by senior faculty who bring superb
you to complete both the JD and MBA degrees in as little as 94 units, academic preparation and corporate experience to the program.
compared to 118 units if pursued separately. The total number of busi-
ness units may be higher if you have not already completed the busi- Format
ness subjects in the 18 unit MBA foundation program at an accredited The Executive MBA program is designed with your busy work sched-
undergraduate college or university (with a C- grade or better). For ule in mind. After a two-day orientation, classes meet for two alternat-
more information regarding waiving foundation courses, refer to the ing weekends a month (Saturday, Sunday), for 12 months, from 8 am
section “Graduate Foundation Program Waiver Requirements for all to 6 pm at GGU’s San Francisco campus. The schedule also includes an
Master’s Degrees,” on p. 150. 8–10-day international study tour. You should schedule approximately
40 additional hours between the regular sessions for studying, team
Attention Law Graduates discussions and developing projects. Visit www.ggu.edu/emba for com-
If you have already completed your JD degree, you can use 12 units of plete schedule.
course credit from your JD degree toward the completion of the MBA
degree. Normally a 16-course program, the MBA program for our JD Admission to the Executive MBA Program
alumni can be completed in only 12 courses. Plus, if you have already Admission is selective and limited to individuals with five-or-more years
completed the business subjects in the 18-unit foundation program at of managerial experience and eight years of professional-level experi-
an accredited undergraduate college or university (with a C- grade or ence. To be considered for the program, you must complete and submit
better), you can transfer these courses to satisfy your foundation • A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and official tran-
requirements, and reduce your course requirement to the six advanced scripts from the degree-granting undergraduate institution and for
program graduate core courses (18 units). any graduate work completed*
• A one-page application form and an application fee of $55 for
THE EXECUTIVE MBA PROGRAM domestic students, $90 for international students
• A detailed resume showing at least five years of full-time managerial
The Ageno School of Business at Golden Gate University is proud to
experience and eight years of professional-level experience
offer our 12-month intensive executive MBA program. The curriculum
• A written statement of purpose which explains your interests and
is designed with the working professional in mind. The courses cover
how the executive MBA program will benefit your career
all the key areas of business administration, giving you the expertise to
• A letter of recommendation detailing how and why the EMBA pro-
take your career to the next level. All-inclusive tuition includes books
gram fits for you at this time in your career, as well as your poten-
and materials, with daytime meals provided on meeting days, and an
tial contribution to the program
international study tour, so you get the maximum learning experience
• Personal interview with the executive MBA program director
without worrying about the details.
The executive MBA program is for committed executives, profes-
Additionally, you should possess proficient computer skills and
sionals and entrepreneurs and is designed with five integrated modules
have access to a laptop or notebook computer. For a complete list of
that take you from start to finish:
tuition and fees, please visit www.ggu.edu/emba.

38 Graduate Business Administration


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

degrees from leading universities in their fields and possess extensive


For further information, please contact the Executive MBA Program at practical experience. They bring a theoretical as well as a real-world
e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6521; fax: 415-442-6579; web- view to their teaching and a commitment to dynamic, progressive edu-
site: www.ggu.edu/emba; or Edward S. Ageno School of Business, cation.
Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
Format
* Incomplete applications are not considered. Unofficial transcript copies can be submitted at Offered at the San Francisco campus, the DBA program offers a state-
the time of application; however, official transcripts must be received before an admissions
decision can be made. Applicants are encouraged to submit all application materials simulta- of-the-art curriculum delivered by experienced, highly qualified profes-
neously to ensure an admissions decision can be made before the deadline. sors. In keeping with our commitment to working-adult professionals,
we have one of the few accredited doctoral programs in the Bay Area
DOCTOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION that allows you to complete doctoral studies on a part-time basis and
The doctor of business administration (DBA) program is designed for pro- accommodate your work schedule by attending evening and weekend
fessionals who want to further their career with the most advanced busi- classes.
ness-degree program GGU offers.
Admission
Our students are one of the program’s greatest strengths. Typical doc-
GGU seeks doctoral candidates with strong intellects, proper educa-
toral students at GGU attend part time. Without exception, they come
tional preparation, breadth and depth of managerial or professional
from successful careers in top positions in the private, nonprofit and gov-
experience and the capacity for disciplined scholarly investigation.
ernment sectors. They bring their experiences and knowledge to the class-
While most applicants have a master’s degree in a business-related
room and, in turn, demand incisive instruction and intelligent,
field, applicants with academic preparation in other fields are welcome
well-developed classroom discussions.
to apply.
The primary objective of the program is to produce graduates who
Doctoral candidates must be fluent in English and are expected to
can contribute to the advancement of their professions and to the expan-
write at a level meeting the standards of scholarly publications. You
sion of knowledge and awareness of contemporary strategic issues and
are expected to understand contemporary practices in business and the
practices. Through the DBA program, students will achieve this objective
economic, social and political context in which they are conducted.
through the development of
The admission decision is made by a faculty committee and is
• A thorough knowledge of scientific and scholarly research methods based on your total accomplishments and skills. Specifically, admission
and their application in the business setting for senior managers, to the program requires:
consultants and university professors
• Educational preparation: A master’s degree from a regionally
• Advanced critical thinking and conceptual and analytical skills
accredited US institution or comparable foreign institution will
• A grasp of both the seminal theories and the latest practices in busi-
usually meet this requirement. A minimum grade-point average
ness management including an intensive knowledge of theory and
(GPA) of 3.5 in the master’s degree is required. We will consider
practice in one field of business
candidates who only have a bachelor’s degree with a 3.5 GPA.
• The tools to perform original applied research that advances busi-
• Successful completion of ECON 202 Economics for Managers
ness knowledge
(or equivalent) and MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers (or
• An appreciation of cultural, ethical, and global issues and their
equivalent).
impact on business theory and practices
• Experience: Applicants with responsible managerial or professional
• The skills necessary for effective decision making in complex
work experience will be given preference. A professional résumé is
environments through integrating theoretic insights with practical
required.
knowledge
• GMAT or GRE examination: you are required to take the GMAT
Our curriculum has a three-tiered focus. You’ll examine current or GRE examination (within 10 years prior to application to the
theories, practices, and issues in business; train in research methods; program) and have the test score results forwarded to the university.
and study the relationships between business and social and global • English language proficiency: If your native language is not English,
issues. We believe the doctoral students must be adept in all these areas you must supply evidence of English language proficiency, such as a
to be successful contributors to the expansion of knowledge and score of 550 or higher on the TOEFL or other evidence.
improvement of business practices. For your dissertation, you’ll con- • Recommendations: Three written recommendations attesting to
duct research on a topic of current importance and personal interest. your ability to succeed in a doctoral program are required.
The dissertation should impact and helps illuminate the strategic issues • Statement of purpose: A statement of purpose of approximately
you face in your profession. 1,000 words is required. This statement should address your goals
The program encourages you to accept the added responsibility of and your reasons for seeking the doctoral degree.
a shared commitment to the advancement of your profession and to
The admission decision is based on the full range of your skills and
upholding the highest ethical standards in the private or public sector.
accomplishments as shown in the application materials. Strength in
one of the above areas can offset weakness in another area.
Faculty
Application Procedure
Faculty members who teach in our DBA program have doctoral
The application for admission to doctoral studies should be submitted
to the Office of Admissions, 536 Mission Street, Golden Gate
Graduate Business Administration 39
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Application Procedure FOUNDATION CURRICULUM — 12 UNITS


The application for admission to doctoral studies should be submitted DBA 800 Doctoral Writing and Research Methods
to the Office of Admissions, 536 Mission Street, Golden Gate DBA 801 Quantitative Research and Analysis
University, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968. The application must be DBA 802 Qualitative Research and Analysis
accompanied by a nonrefundable application fee. All documents
become the property of the university and are not returned. The initial Qualifying Examination
screening of complete files is performed by the director of the DBA After the foundation curriculum course work is completed, a qualify-
program. An interview, in person or by telephone, may be asked of ing examination is required. This integrative examination will test your
prospective students who pass the initial screening. The admission mastery of the skills and disciplines of doctoral-level research methods
decision is made by the faculty committee, which oversees the aca- and analysis.
demic policies and standards of the DBA program.
Documents which must be submitted in support of the doctoral BUSINESS CORE CURRICULUM — 28 UNITS
application include DBA 803 Economic Theory and Policy
• Official transcripts, forwarded directly by all colleges and DBA 804 Management and Organizational Theory
DBA 806 Operations and Technology Systems.
universities previously attended
DBA 807 Business, Government, and Society
• Official test score results (see above for requirements)
DBA 820 Corporate Finance
• A professional résumé DBA 821 Marketing Management
• A statement of purpose (approximately 1,000 words) DBA 822 Strategy and International Business
• Three letters of recommendation
You may apply at any time during the year and may begin the pro- ELECTIVES — 8 UNITS
gram in any trimester. You must ensure that all documents are received You must choose two of the following DBA seminars from business
by the university not less than two months prior to the start of the areas closely related to your dissertation research topic, in consultation
trimester in which you want to begin the program. with the DBA director.
DBA 830 Financial Theory and Application
Transfer Credit DBA 852 Information Technology Management
Acceptance of transfer credits is dependent on the approval of the DBA 853 Management of Innovation and Technology
Admissions Office and the director of the DBA program. Transfer of DBA 862 Project and Systems Management
credit is limited to 12 semester units of doctoral-level work, subject to DBA 871 Buyer Behavior
the following restrictions: DBA 891A-ZZ Special Topics in Business Administration
DBA 897 Independent Study
• The transfer credits must be pertinent to the work of the DBA
program. DISSERTATION RESEARCH — MINIMUM OF 12
• All transfer credit must be a B (3.00 in a 4.00 grading system) or UNITS
better (B- is not acceptable) and must be completed in a doctoral
You may register for DBA 899 Dissertation Research only after having
program at a regionally accredited institution or comparable foreign
first completed all required doctoral seminars and having passed the
institution.
qualifying examination. Successful completion of the dissertation is the
• Graduate credit will not be allowed for correspondence or exten-
final step in your program.
sion work.
• Any transfer units completed after admission to the DBA program DBA 899 Dissertation Research (minimum of 12 units)
must be approved by the director.

For further information contact the Department of Business


Requirements for the Administration at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
Doctor of Business Administration 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
To be awarded the degree, you must successfully complete a minimum Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
of 60 semester units beyond the preparatory graduate courses listed CA 95105-2968.
above. Included are: 12 semester units of foundation courses, 28 For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
semester units of business core courses, eight semester units of electives visit www.ggu.edu.
and a minimum of 12 units of dissertation research. Although research
papers, reports and examinations may be required in doctoral semi-
nars, the major assessment points in the DBA program are the qualify-
ing examination, taken after the foundation curriculum is completed,
and the dissertation research. You must receive a passing score on the
qualifying examination and successfully complete all required courses
before you are allowed to present a dissertation proposal and officially
advance to candidacy. To fulfill the degree requirements, your disserta-
tion must be completed and defended successfully within seven years of
entry into the program.
40 Graduate Business Administration
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Finance
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

pline and who are interested in equipping themselves with the most
PROGRAMS OFFERED: comprehensive array of analytical tools and techniques. The MS in
finance does not attempt to provide the broad overview of business
• MBA with a concentration in Finance (see p. 35)
that is typical of an MBA; instead, it focuses with great intensity on the
• MS in Finance with a concentration in General Finance, specific areas of compelling interest to financial managers, security
Corporate Finance or Investment Management
analysts, corporate bankers, and portfolio managers.
• MS in Financial Planning The four-course foundation of the MS finance emphasizes practical
• MS in Financial Planning and Taxation with skills essential for success in this field. It’s a challenging beginning to
a concentration in Estate Planning your course of study (though it may be possible to waive some or all of
• MS in Financial Planning and Taxation with these courses on the basis of equivalent undergraduate work), but it
a concentration in Taxation prepares you for the sophisticated analysis that this degree and this
professional discipline demand.
• Graduate Certificate in Finance
The 15-unit core of the MS finance degree emphasizes five critical
• Graduate Certificate in Technical Market fields of knowledge that are required of all financial professionals.
Analysis Three courses in corporate finance, investments and capital markets
• Graduate Financial Planning Certificate represent the conceptual foundations of the discipline, the “three legs
of the stool.” Two courses in financial analysis and financial modeling
(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.) build on and strengthen your background in accounting and computer
applications, equipping you with the tools you’ll need to pursue the
Finance experts are among the most valued employees in any cor- more advanced and specialized studies in your concentration.
The 18-unit concentration allows you to choose a general
poration. Many CEOs trace their academic and professional roots
concentration in order to maximize the flexibility of your program or a
back to finance, a reflection of the strategic perspective that this more targeted concentration in corporate finance or investment
discipline provides. Whatever your intended destination in the management.
rapidly changing world of finance, from investments and portfolio
Requirements for the Master of Science
management to corporate strategy and financial services, GGU’s
in Finance
finance curriculum delivers the tools necessary for success in
The MS finance requires completion of 12 units in the foundation pro-
your career. Today’s financial experts increasingly depend on the
gram and 33 units of advanced program coursework, with a cumula-
sophisticated analytical techniques that are an integral part of our tive grade-point average of 3.00 or better in courses taken at Golden
courses. Our goal is to help you develop the creative decision- Gate University. Courses carry three semester units of credit unless oth-
making skills that you’ll need to move ahead in the global, tech- erwise noted. All course prerequisites must be satisfied prior to
nology-based world of finance. With our emphasis on professional enrolling in a given course; prerequisites are indicated in the chapter on
course descriptions in this catalog or at www.ggu.edu/info. Individual
practice education, we offer an unwavering focus on how you can
foundation program courses may be waived if the student has previ-
be a better manager.
ously completed comparable courses at a regionally accredited college
or university. Students may be admitted to advanced program courses
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION before completion of the entire foundation program, but must com-
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN FINANCE plete the foundation program by the time that 12 units have been
earned in the advanced program.
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in finance, see p. 35.
Computer Proficiency Requirement
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FINANCE Applicants are expected to demonstrate a working familiarity and skill
The master of science degree in finance is a specialized, technical pro- with computers and software applications appropriate for graduate
gram that provides in-depth exposure to the principles and practices of studies. This includes knowledge of word processing, spreadsheet
corporate finance and investment management. It is a primary objec- analysis, visual presentation software and network access capabilities.
tive of this program to ensure that, by the time you graduate, you will Faculty may require additional preparation for those students who
have acquired the specialized skills and knowledge that you will need have not achieved the needed proficiency.
to add immediate value to your organization in your role as financial
manager or investment adviser. This degree is intended for students Math Proficiency Requirement
who have made a professional commitment to this key business disci- Students admitted to this program are expected to possess a level of

Graduate Finance 41
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

mathematical skill at least equivalent to College Algebra (MATH 30). FI 358 Technical Market Analysis Strategies
Students may meet this requirement by satisfying one of the screening FI 360 Behavioral Finance
criteria listed under the heading “Proficiency in Mathematics, English FI 460 Real Estate
and Computer Skills Required for Certain Master’s Degrees” on FI 463 Real Estate Finance and Investment
p. 148.
Corporate Finance Concentration — 18 units
FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 12 UNITS
The range of electives associated with the corporate finance concentra-
ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers tion provides an opportunity for you to add a final, specialized empha-
ECON 202 Economics for Managers sis to your program. In the 12-units of required courses for the
FI 203 Financial Analysis for Managers corporate finance concentration, you develop the skills essential for
MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers careers in financial management, from financial analyst to CFO. These
courses examine the tools and techniques of managing short-term
ADVANCED PROGRAM — 33 UNITS assets and liabilities, fixed assets and capital investments, and long-
Core Courses — 15 units term financing. In addition, courses in international finance and in
ECON 380 Financial Markets and Institutions financial strategy provide a high-level management perspective on the
FI 300 Corporate Finance relationship between financial decisions, both domestic and global, and
FI 305 Financial Statement Analysis value creation. A list of recommended finance electives that corre-
FI 307 Financial Modeling sponds to the particular demands of corporate finance careers is sug-
FI 340 Investments gested, but you are free to select other finance or economics courses if
you wish.
Concentration — 18 units
Required Courses — 12 units
Students choose one of the following areas of concentration for 18 units.
FI 312 Capital Budgeting and Long-term Financing
General Finance Concentration — 18 units FI 314 Working Capital Management
The general concentration permits you to choose from among the full FI 320 Financial Strategy
array of finance and economics course offerings. Students whose career FI 343 International Corporate Finance
objectives inspire them to a broad sampling of the various specializa-
Electives — 6 units
tions of the field, as well as those who are not yet ready to declare a
specific career focus, will find the flexibility of this concentration very Take two courses (six units) of 300- or 400-level FI/ECON prefix courses.
attractive. We recommend that you choose from the following courses:
ECON 340 International Trade and Finance
Electives — 18 units FI 308 Management Control Systems
Take six courses (18 units) of 300- or 400-level FI/ECON prefix courses. FI 317 Mergers and Acquisitions
We recommend that students who may be interested in careers in corpo- FI 318 Venture Capital
rate finance select their electives from among the following courses: FI 346 Derivative Markets
FI 360 Behavioral Finance
ECON 340 International Trade and Finance
FI 382 Management of Banks
FI 308 Management Control Systems
and Financial Holding Companies
FI 312 Capital Budgeting and Long-term Financing
FI 428 Business Valuation
FI 314 Working Capital Management
FI 317 Mergers and Acquisitions
FI 318 Venture Capital Investment Management Concentration — 18 units
FI 320 Financial Strategy and Value Creation
The range of electives associated with the investment management con-
FI 343 International Corporate Finance
centration provides an opportunity for you to add a final, specialized
FI 346 Derivative Markets
FI 360 Behavioral Finance emphasis to your program. The nine units of required coursework for
FI 382 Management of Banks the investment management concentration are appropriate for students
and Financial Holding Companies who are planning careers as security analysts, portfolio managers and
FI 428 Business Valuation investment advisors. Building on the principles you acquired in your
We recommend that students who may be interested in careers in core investments course, work in portfolio management and deriva-
investments select their electives from among the following courses: tives exposes you to the most advanced technologies of the field. And
you can choose between technical market analysis and fundamental
ECON 340 International Trade and Finance
analysis as you begin to refine your approach to security valuation. A
FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities
FI 346 Derivative Markets list of recommended finance electives that corresponds to the particular
FI 347 Financial Engineering and Risk Management demands of investment management careers is suggested, but you are
FI 350 Portfolio Management free to select other finance or economics courses if you wish.
FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities
FI 354 Wyckoff Method I
FI 355 Wyckoff Method II

42 Graduate Finance
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Required Courses — 9 units designation; thus, students can prepare to sit for the CFP® exam while
they are earning an advanced academic degree in financial planning.*
FI 346 Derivative Markets
*Golden Gate University is a “Registered Program,” which provides authorized coursework
FI 350 Portfolio Management covering all of the knowledge requirements of the CFP® . Golden Gate University does not
award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ designations. The right to use the marks
One of the following: CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the Certified Financial Planner Board
FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities or of Standards to those persons who have met its rigorous educational standards, passed the
CFP Board’s certification examination, satisfied a work experience requirement and agreed to
FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics and Professional Responsibility. Only persons regis-
tered with the CFP Board are permitted to sit for the certification examination. CFP® certifi-
cates and licenses are issued only by the CFP Board.
Electives — 9 units
Take three courses (nine units) of 300- or 400-level FI/ECON prefix Requirements for the Master of Science in
courses. We recommend that you choose from the following courses: Financial Planning
ECON 340 International Trade and Finance The MS in financial planning degree requires completion of 30 units of
FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities
advanced program coursework, with a cumulative grade point average
FI 347 Financial Engineering and Risk Management
of 3.00 (B) or better in courses taken at Golden Gate. Courses carry
FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities
FI 354 Wyckoff Method I three semester units of credit unless otherwise noted. All course prereq-
FI 355 Wyckoff Method II uisites must be satisfied prior to enrolling in a given course; prerequi-
FI 358 Technical Market Analysis Strategies sites are indicated in the section “Course Descriptions.” Individual
FI 360 Behavioral Finance foundation program courses may be waived if the student has previ-
FI 463 Real Estate Finance and Investment ously completed comparable courses at a regionally accredited college
or university. Students may be admitted to advanced program courses
before completion of the entire foundation program, but must com-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FINANCIAL plete the foundation program by the time that 12 units have been
PLANNING earned in the advanced program.
The master of science in financial planning is designed for students
who aspire to become financial planners, investment advisers or money Computer Proficiency Requirement
managers, or who may be interested in one of the many elements — Applicants are expected to demonstrate a working familiarity with
estate planning, insurance, taxes, real estate, for example — of this computers and software applications appropriate for graduate studies.
broad and rapidly growing field. Golden Gate has one of the oldest Deficiencies in computer proficiency may require additional work as
accredited programs in financial planning in the country, having determined by the faculty.
offered our first courses more than 20 years ago.
At the heart of this degree is a core of courses that examine the key Math Proficiency Requirement
functions of financial planning: financial planning principles, income tax Students admitted to this program are expected to possess a level of
planning, risk management, estate planning, investments, and employee mathematical skill at least equivalent to College Algebra (MATH 30).
benefits and retirement planning. Not only do these courses provide the Students may meet this requirement by satisfying one of the screening
academic foundation of the discipline, they also satisfy the educational criteria listed under the heading “Proficiency in Mathematics, English
requirements necessary for the premier Certified Financial Planner™ and Computer Skills Required for Certain Master’s Degrees” on
p. 148.

FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 12 UNITS


ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers
ECON 202 Economics for Managers
FI 203 Financial Analysis for Managers
MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers

ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS


Core Courses — 24 units
FI 420 Personal Financial Planning
FI 421 Personal Investment Management
FI 422 Retirement and Employee Benefits Planning
FI 425 Income Tax Planning
FI 426 Estate Planning
FI 430 Business Development in Financial Services
FI 434 Cases in Financial Planning
FI 483 Insurance Planning
Electives — 6 units
Take two 300- or 400-level graduate courses for a total of six units. FI
497 Internship: Finance may be taken for three of these units.
Graduate Finance 43
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

GRADUATE CERTIFICATES IN FINANCE Estate Planning Concentration – 18 units


Many business professionals recognize the importance of university
Required Courses – 12 units
coursework in finance, but have neither the time nor the need to com-
plete the requirements for a traditional academic degree. For such stu- TA 325 Estate and Gift Taxation
dents, a certificate is the ideal solution. The graduate certificate in TA 334 Estate Planning
TA 337 Individual Retirement Plans and Distributions
finance can be structured to serve as preparation for the Chartered
TA 344 Federal Income Taxation of Trusts and Estates
Financial Analyst (CFA) exam. For further information, refer to
“Admission to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Electives – 6 units
Enrollment” on p. 113. Take two courses (six units) of 300- or 400-level FI prefix courses. We
REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS recommend that you choose from the following courses:
FI 318 Venture Capital and Start-up Financing
FI 300 Corporate Finance
FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities
Four additional ECON or FI 300- or 400-level courses, for a total of
FI 350 Portfolio Management
15 units
FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities
FI 360 Behavioral Finance
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FINANCIAL FI 428 Business Valuation
PLANNING AND TAXATION FI 450 Practicum in Financial Planning
This innovative degree is designed for financial planners who have FI 460 Real Estate
already passed the CFP® examination and who wish to reinforce key FI 463 Real Estate Finance and Investment
planning skills, increase their expertise in the critical areas of taxation FI 497 Internship
FI 498 A-ZZ Selected Topics in Finance
or estate planning, and add the academic weight of a graduate certifi-
FI 499 Directed Study in Finance
cate and a master’s degree to their professional credentials. Partnering
Any other FI courses for which the prerequisites have been satisfied
with the nationally known GGU School of Tax, Golden Gate’s finan-
cial planning program permits you to build on your CFP® background Taxation Concentration – 18 units
and move directly into advanced study in the field. This degree pro- Required Courses – 6 units
gram is particularly well-suited for new or more experienced planners TA 330 Property Transactions
who aim to take their careers to a higher level. TA 338 Tax Timing
Requirements for the Master of Science in Electives – 12 units
Financial Planning and Taxation Four of the following for a total of 12 units:
The MS in financial planning and taxation (MS FP&T) is a 10-course
degree built around the graduate certificate in taxation or the graduate Finance Electives – 6 units
certificate in estate planning, depending on your concentration (see pp. Take two courses (six units) of 300- or 400-level FI prefix courses,
60-63 for more information about these certificates). The degree selected from the following:
requires completion of 30 units of advanced program coursework, FI 318 Venture Capital and Start-up Financing
with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00 (B) or better in courses FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities
taken at Golden Gate. Courses carry three semester units of credit FI 350 Portfolio Management
unless otherwise noted. All course prerequisites must be satisfied prior FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities
to enrolling in a given course; prerequisites are indicated in the section FI 360 Behavioral Finance
“Course Descriptions.” Applicants to this program must possess an FI 428 Business Valuation
undergraduate degree from an accredited college or university and FI 450 Practicum in Financial Planning
FI 460 Real Estate
have passed the Certified Financial Planner™ examination at the time
FI 463 Real Estate Finance and Investment
of admission. No foundation courses are required for this degree; pas-
FI 497 Internship
sage of the CFP® examination provides adequate evidence of appro- FI 498 A-ZZ Selected Topics in Finance
priate preparation for advanced study in financial planning and FI 499 Directed Study in Finance
taxation. Any other FI courses for which the prerequisites have been satisfied.

Tax Electives – 3 units


ADVANCED PROGRAM – 30 UNITS Any course (three units) with a TA prefix
Core Courses — 12 units
FI 430 Business Development in Financial Services General Elective – 3 units
FI 434 Cases in Financial Planning Any 300- or 400- level course (three units)
TA 318 Advanced Federal Income Tax
TA 329 Tax Research and Decision Making

Concentration — 18 units
Students choose one of the following areas of concentration for
18 units.
44 Graduate Finance
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

GRADUATE FINANCIAL PLANNING GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN


CERTIFICATE TECHNICAL MARKET ANALYSIS
The graduate financial planning certificate requires the completion of The graduate certificate in technical market analysis requires the com-
six courses (18 semester units), plus any necessary prerequisite courses. pletion of five courses (15 semester units), plus any necessary prerequi-
No comprehensive examination is required. Of particular interest to site courses. No comprehensive examination is required. Please note
some students will be the fact that completion of the graduate financial that some courses taken as part of certificate programs will have pre-
planning certificate meets the educational requirement of the Certified requisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through transfer of
Financial Planner™ (CFP®) designation.* equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at Golden Gate
Please note that some courses taken as part of certificate programs University) before the certificate courses can be completed.
will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through
REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS
transfer of equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at
Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be completed. For fur- FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities
ther information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs and FI 354 Wyckoff Method I
Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113. FI 355 Wyckoff Method II
FI 358 Technical Analysis of Trading:
REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS Strategy and Implementation
Any other ECON or FI 300- or 400-level course not previously taken.
FI 420 Personal Financial Planning
FI 421 Personal Investment Management
FI 422 Retirement and Employee Benefits Planning
FI 425 Income Tax Planning For further information contact the Department of Finance and
FI 426 Estate Planning Economics at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-
(Must be taken as part of the final six units of the program) 442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
FI 483 Insurance Planning Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
CA 94105-2968.
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
The six courses that make up the graduate financial planning certificate
also comprise much of the core of the MS degree in financial planning. visit www.ggu.edu.
Thus, students who complete the certificate program need only four
additional courses (as well as any foundation courses that may be
required) in order to complete the MS degree. Please speak with the
director of the financial planning program about this exciting opportunity.
* After successfully completing GGU’s graduate financial planning certificate, students are
eligible to sit for the CFP® examination if they register with the CFP Board. Students can sit
for the CFP® examination before completing the experience requirement. Golden Gate
University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ designations. The
right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the Certified
Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met its rigor-
ous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s certification examination, satisfied a work
experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics and
Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to sit
for the certification examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the CFP
Board (www.CFP-Board.org).

Graduate Finance 45
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Human Resource Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
PROGRAM OFFERED: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
• MBA with a concentration in Human Resource The master of science in human resource management degree is
Management (see p. 35) designed for any professional who is looking to have a positive impact
• MS in Human Resource Management on their organization and career. You’ll study the dynamics of effective
human resource management and learn how to consider the perspec-
• Graduate Certificate
tives of both employees and employers; the causes and effects of down-
(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.) sizing; the importance of upgrading skills; and how people react to
change. You’ll look at what managers and employees are likely to face
in the future, and how to ascertain that companies follow legal require-
ments in dealing with employees. You’ll get an ever-deepening under-
The effective, strategic use of human resources is critical to busi-
standing of how to interact with people — an asset not only in
ness success. Business profitability requires increasingly versa- business but in every aspect of your life. Our core program concen-
tile skill sets that are regularly updated. Companies need more trates on international, general and strategic human resource manage-
innovative and creative employees. Employees need companies ment, employment law and human resource information systems.
that make effective use of their talents and abilities. Global teams
Requirements for the Master of Science in
need to interact and work across cultures to attain competitive Human Resource Management
advantage. GGU’s leading-edge human resource management pro- The master of science degree in human resource management requires
gram is carefully structured to give you the foundation and in- completion of 33 units in the graduate program. Each course listed car-
depth training you’ll need as a human resource or personnel man- ries three semester units of credit. The foundation program course may
ager. Through our innovative curriculum, you’ll gain a thorough, be waived if the student has previously completed comparable courses
at a regionally accredited college or university. Students may be admit-
hands-on understanding of what is happening in the marketplace;
ted to advanced program courses before completion of the foundation
why it is happening; what the future trends may be; and how to
program course, but must complete the course by the time that 12
positively affect the leading and managing of human resources in units have been earned in the advanced program.
a changing, international business climate.
FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 3 UNITS

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION One of the following:


WITH A CONCENTRATION IN HUMAN MGT 140 Management Principles
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MGT 141 Organizational Behavior
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in human resource
management, see p. 35. ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS
Core Courses — 15 units
MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings
MGT 346 Human Resource Management
(Must be taken as the first three units of the advanced program)
MGT 358 Employment Law
MGT 364 Technology Applications in
Human Resource Management
MGT 370 Strategic Human Resource Management
(Must be taken as part of the final six units of the advanced program)

46 Graduate Human Resource Management


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Electives — 15 units

Five of the following:

MGT 341 Benefits Administration


MGT 342 Compensation Administration
MGT 343 Labor Relations
MGT 344 Training and Development
MGT 353 Organizational Development
MGT 356 Management Development Methods and Strategies
MGT 359 Managing the Employment Function
MGT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Management
MGT 398 Internship: Management
MGT 399 Directed Study
PSYCH 344 Tests and Measurements
PSYCH 351 Career Counseling and Development
PSYCH 353 Conflict Resolution: Skills and Techniques

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN


RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
The graduate certificate in human resource management is available
for those who want a less extensive program or who have specific
interests in the field. The certificate requires completion with a B aver-
age or better of one core course and any five of the following courses
(18 units). All courses must be completed at Golden Gate. The selec-
tion of these courses should be discussed with the Management
Department chair. For further information, refer to “Admission to
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS


MGT 346 Human Resource Management

Five of the following:

MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings


MGT 341 Benefits Administration
MGT 342 Compensation Administration
MGT 343 Labor Relations
MGT 344 Training and Development
MGT 358 Employment Law
MGT 359 Managing the Employment Function
MGT 364 Technology Applications in
Human Resource Management
MGT 370 Strategic Human Resource Management
MGT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Management
MGT 398 Internship: Management
MGT 399 Directed Study

For further information contact the Department of Human Resource


Management at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-
442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
CA 94105-2968.
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
visit www.ggu.edu.

Graduate Human Resource Management 47


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Information Technology Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

You will gain a solid grounding in program management skills,


PROGRAMS OFFERED: including projects with diverse constituents, local and global compo-
nents and the ability to align IT resources with business goals and
• MBA with a concentration in Information Technology
Management (see p. 35) objectives. You will learn to communicate effectively with diverse
groups of managers, users, clients, partners and stakeholders. You will
• MS in Information Technology Management
increase your ability to analyze, design, deploy and effectively use
• Graduate and Undergraduate Certificates information technologies as well as to make and justify decisions
involving technology that impact corporate return on investment.
(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.)
GGU’s program affords you the opportunity to work in several
UNIX and Windows computer laboratories equipped with contempo-
rary software applications such as Java, Oracle 10g, SAS and other
The convergence of people, business and information is the driving software.
force in technology-driven business today. In the 21st-century
Requirements for the Master of Science in
business world, business and information technologies are
Information Technology Management
increasingly interdependent in their support of operational and
strategic opportunities across the enterprise. The melding of these Math Proficiency Requirement

forces puts a premium on professionals who have theoretical and Students admitted to this program are expected to possess a level of
mathematical skill at least equivalent to College Algebra (MATH 30)
applied skills in these areas. GGU’s information technology man-
and Statistics (MATH 40). Students may meet this requirement by sat-
agement programs offer you the opportunity to gain expertise in
isfying one of the screening criteria listed under the heading
business and IT operations, including the interrelated areas of “Proficiency in Mathematics, English and Computer Skills Required
strategic information technology management, application develop- for Certain Master’s Degrees” on p. 148.
ment and management, network and telecommunications develop-
FOUNDATION PROGRAM – 12 UNITS
ment and management in the digitally enabled firm. By graduation,
ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers
you will have an in-depth knowledge of IT systems and the skills to FI 203 Financial Analysis for Managers
design, implement and manage their use within an organization. ITM 225 Management Information Systems
MGT 210 Management Theory and Communications

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS


WITH A CONCENTRATION IN INFORMA- Core Courses — 18 units
TION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT ITM 340 Information Technology Management in the
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in information Business Enterprise
(to be taken in first six units of advanced program)
technology management, see p. 35. ITM 342 Enterprise Architecture Planning
ITM 343 Budgeting and Finance for the IT Manager
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION ITM 344 Information Technology Governance, Portfolio and
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT Program Management
The MS in information technology management (MSITM) gives you a ITM 395 Strategic Information Technology Planning,
Organization and Leadership
broad background in both business and IT operations. You will gain (to be taken in last six units of the advanced program)
an understanding of how to implement integrated business and tech- OP 340 Project Management
nology tools. The MSITM will give you a broad managerial focus on (prerequisite for ITM 344)
the full range of IT architecture, infrastructure, platforms and applica-
Electives — 15 units
tions and the practical ability to apply technical solutions in dynamic,
fast moving environments. IT Infrastructure: 6 units
Any five 300-level graduate courses for a total of 15 units
Any two 300- or 400-level graduate courses for a total of six units
ITM 304 Managing Distributed Data Systems
ITM 306 Emerging Enterprise and Commercial Technologies
ITM 312 Network Infrastructure, Architecture and Design
ITM 313 Digital Communications
ITM 316 Enterprise Security
ITM 323 Decision Support Systems Strategy
48 Graduate Information Technology Management
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 330 The Network Society REQUIRED COURSES — 15 UNITS


ITM 331 Wireless Communications
ITM 340 Managing Information Technologies in the Business
ITM 308 Business Intelligence
Enterprise
ITM 309 Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation
ITM 342 Enterprise Architecture Planning
ITM 310 Distributed Systems
Three additional courses with the ITM prefix for nine units.
ITM 320 Geographical Information Systems
ITM 324 Web-based Systems
ITM 329 Business Continuity: Crisis Management,
Recovery and Restoration For further information contact the Department of Operations and
Students may take ITM 398 Internship: Information Technology as one Information Technology Management at e-mail: biz@ggu.edu; phone:
of the four electives. 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward
S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission
Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY visit www.ggu.edu.
MANAGEMENT
The graduate certificate in information technology management can be
configured to suit your unique professional goals and requirements.
The flexible structure allows you to acquire new knowledge or to
refresh your knowledge and skills in areas you need most.
Five courses (15 units) must be completed at Golden Gate
University with a B average or better. Enrollment as a degree candidate
is not required. Please note that some courses taken as part of certifi-
cate programs will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be sat-
isfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework or through taking the
courses at Golden Gate) before the certificate courses can be com-
pleted.
Courses successfully completed in this program may be trans-
ferred, if applicable, to the MSITM or any of the School of Business’s
MS degrees as appropriate. However, you must still satisfy the gradu-
ate admission requirements. For further information, refer to
“Admission to Certificate Programs and Registering for Open
Enrollment” on p. 113.

Graduate Information Technology Management 49


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Marketing and Public Relations


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INTEGRATED


PROGRAMS OFFERED: MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
• MBA with a concentration in Marketing (see p. 35) The master of science in integrated marketing communications (IMC)
• MS in Integrated Marketing Communications meets the need for a focused graduate education that prepares students
for versatile careers in marketing communications. Leading marketing
• MS in Marketing organizations today are creating and managing their communications
• Graduate Certificate in Integrated in an integrated fashion, with coordination in terms of messages, posi-
Marketing Communications tioning, and timing, all developed in support of overall organizational
• Graduate Certificate in Marketing objectives. There is strong growth among agencies that deliver inte-
grated solutions and among their client firms using those approaches.
• Graduate Certificate in Public Relations
Our program will help the student prepare for a key role in such
(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.) organizations.
We place a strong emphasis on practical content in our courses. To
that end, we make extensive use of real-world cases and utilize class
discussion to a great degree. Your classes will be highly participative
and will help you develop skills for working in a team-based problem-
solving setting. Because our classes are small, you’ll get to know your
The increased pace of business today has changed the rules classmates well, and they will enhance your network of colleagues.
For social and business networking opportunities, you will have
about how organizations communicate with their markets. GGU’s
the opportunity to join the student chapter of the American Marketing
Marketing Department monitors the developing trends in the
Association (AMA).
marketplace and the concurrent changes in marketing education
they make necessary. In that way, we provide you with a first-rate Requirements for the Master of Science in
marketing education that’s both cutting edge and grounded in the Integrated Marketing Communications
strong foundation skills you must have to compete in today’s The master of science degree in integrated marketing communications
requires completion of 45 semester units in the foundation and
business environment. You’ll learn to identify issues relating to
advanced programs. Nine of those units are in the foundation program
international marketing and technology, and create new solutions and can be satisfied at Golden Gate University, or through transfer
to them. We offer a range of specializations so you can develop a credit from undergraduate or graduate courses completed at other
deeper level of expertise in one of several important marketing accredited institutions. Students may be admitted to advanced program
areas. Through case studies of real-life problems, you develop courses before completion of the entire foundation program, but must
decision-making and communication skills in marketing classes complete the foundation program by the time that 12 units have been
earned in the advanced program. With the approval of the program
along with an understanding of marketing concepts for business in
director, students with sufficient backgrounds in the subjects covered
the 21st century. by required courses may substitute other courses.

English Language Requirement


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Our graduate integrated marketing communications curriculum is
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN MARKETING especially language intensive and requires you to have a good facility in
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in marketing, see spoken and written English. This is important both for mastering the
p. 35. techniques of business communications and for participating in the
graduate seminars. Students can demonstrate their competency by suc-
cessfully passing the English Placement Test or by completing ENGL
301 Graduate Writing II with a grade of B or better.

Math Proficiency Requirement


In addition to the courses listed below, students admitted to this pro-
gram are expected to possess a level of mathematical skill at least
equivalent to Intermediate Algebra (MATH 20). Students may meet
this requirement by satisfying one of the screening criteria listed under
the heading Proficiency in Mathematics, English and Computer Skills
Required for Certain Master’s Degrees on p. 148.
50 Graduate Marketing and Public Relations
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 9 UNITS Elective — 6 units


ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers Two of the following:
ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics
MKT 307 Sales Promotion and Sponsorships
MATH 40 Statistics
MKT 321 Direct and Database Marketing
MKT 325 Brand and Product Management
ADVANCED PROGRAM — 36 UNITS MKT 331 Business-to-Business Marketing
Core Courses — 18 units MKT 332 Sales Management
MKT 336 Marketing Research
MKT 300 Marketing Management
(Must be taken as part of the first six units of the advanced program.) MKT 352 Advanced Marketing Issues in e-Business
MKT 305 Integrated Marketing Communications MKT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Marketing
(with consent of program director)
MKT 308 Professional Practice Project in
MKT 398 Internship: Marketing
Integrated Marketing Communications (with consent of program director)
(To be taken as part of the final nine units of the degree.)
PR 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Public Relations
MKT 338 Consumer Behavior (with consent of program director)
MKT 339 Advertising Strategy PR 398 Internship: Public Relations
PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations (with consent of program director)

Elective — 3 units
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MARKETING
Choose any 300- or 400-level course for three units. Taught by leading professors and practitioners, the MS in marketing
integrates theory and application to prepare you for a successful career
Concentration — 15 units
in the field, considered by many to be the bedrock of business. Given
Students choose one of the following areas of concentration:
the breadth of the marketing field and the consequent diverse career
General Concentration — 15 units tracts, the degree is designed to give you the flexibility to design your
Required Courses — 9 units own course of study based on your career goals. You can work with an
advisor to tailor a program to meet your objectives.
MKT 307 Sales Promotion and Sponsorships
MKT 321 Direct and Database Marketing
MKT 332 Sales Management

Elective — 6 units
Two of the following:
MKT 325 Brand and Product Management
MKT 331 Business-to-Business Marketing
MKT 336 Marketing Research
MKT 352 Advanced Marketing Issues in e-Business
MKT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Marketing
(with consent of program director)
MKT 398 Internship: Marketing
(with consent of program director)
PR 330A Writing for Public Relations and Marketing
Communications
PR 332 Media Relations and the Corporate Spokesperson
PR 334 Managing Public Issues: Consumer Affairs and
Government Relations
PR 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Public Relations
(with consent of program director)
PR 398 Internship: Public Relations
(with consent of program director)

Public Relations Concentration — 15 units


Required Courses — 9 units
PR 330A Writing for Public Relations
and Marketing Communications
PR 332 Media Relations and the Corporate Spokesperson
PR 334 Managing Public Issues: Consumer Affairs
and Government Relations

Graduate Marketing and Public Relations 51


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Requirements for the Master of Science in


Marketing
The master of science degree in marketing requires completion of 33
units in the advanced program. Individual foundation program
courses or undergraduate prerequisites may be waived if the student
has previously completed comparable courses at a regionally accredited
college or university, or passed the appropriate CLEP Exam with an
acceptable score. Students may be admitted to advanced program
courses before completion of the entire foundation program, but must
complete the foundation program by the time that 12 units have been
earned in the advanced program.

Math Proficiency Requirement


Students admitted to this program are expected to possess a level of
mathematical skill at least equivalent to College Algebra (MATH 30).
Students may meet this requirement by satisfying one of the screening
criteria listed under the heading “Proficiency in Mathematics, English
and Computer Skills Required for Certain Master’s Degrees” on p. 148.

FOUNDATION PROGRAM — 12 UNITS


ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers
ECON 202 Economics for Managers
FI 203 Financial Analysis for Managers
MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers

ADVANCED PROGRAM — 33 UNITS


Core Courses — 12 units
MKT 300 Marketing Management
MKT 305 Integrated Marketing Communications
MKT 336 Marketing Research
MKT 337 Marketing Strategy and Planning
(Must be taken as part of the final 12 units of the advanced program.)

Required Courses— 15 units


Five of the following:
MKT 307 Sales Promotion and Sponsorships
MKT 321 Direct and Database Marketing
MKT 325 Brand and Product Management
MKT 331 Business-to-Business Marketing
MKT 332 Sales Management
MKT 334 Services Marketing
MKT 335 New Product Decisions
MKT 338 Consumer Behavior
MKT 339 Advertising Strategy
MKT 343 International Marketing
MKT 352 Advanced Marketing Issues in e-Business
MKT 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Marketing
MKT 398 Internship: Marketing
PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations

Electives — 6 units
Two courses from any 300-level courses for a total of six units.
Consult the advisers in the Department of Marketing and Public
Relations for recommended courses.

52 Graduate Marketing and Public Relations


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN INTEGRATED GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING


MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS The graduate certificate in marketing is designed for students interested
The graduate certificate in integrated marketing communications in either acquiring knowledge in marketing, or in refreshing or extending
(IMC) meets the need for a focused graduate preparation for employ- their knowledge in the marketing field. The certificate requires comple-
ment in marketing communications. Leading marketing organizations tion, with a B average or better, of six courses (18 units) in marketing
today are creating and managing their communications in an inte- (prefix MKT). With the approval of the department chair, students are
grated fashion, with coordination in terms of messages, positioning, free to design a certificate program to meet their individual needs in
and timing, all developed in support of overall organizational objec- order to enhance professional growth and aid in achieving career expec-
tives. There is strong growth among agencies that deliver integrated tations. Please note that some courses taken as part of certificate pro-
solutions and among their client firms using those approaches. Our grams will have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied
program will help the student prepare for a key role in such organiza- (through transfer of equivalent coursework or through taking the
tions. courses at Golden Gate University) before the certificate courses can be
The graduate certificate in integrated marketing communications completed.
requires completion of 18 semester units of graduate-level work. Please
REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS
note that some courses taken as part of certificate programs will have
prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through transfer of MKT 300 Marketing Management
equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at Golden Gate Five additional courses with the MKT prefix
University) before the certificate courses can be completed. For further
information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs and GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN PUBLIC
Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113. RELATIONS
English Language Requirement As more and more organizations realize the importance of precise,
two-way communications with the public, savvy public relations pro-
Our graduate integrated marketing communications curriculum are
fessionals are in increasing demand. The graduate certificate in public
especially language intensive and require you to have a good facility in
relations is for those who wish for a less extensive program than is
spoken and written English. This is important both for mastering the
required for the MS degree in integrated marketing communications
techniques of business communications and for participating in the
with a concentration in public relations.
graduate seminars. Students can demonstrate their competency by suc-
The graduate certificate in public relations is a professional devel-
cessfully passing the English Placement Test or by completing ENGL
opment program designed primarily for working professionals who
301 Graduate Writing II with a grade of B or better.
want to update their skills in their fast-changing field or to study areas
REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS of specialization in which they are interested but for which they have
no formal training.
MKT 300 Marketing Management
The certificate in public relations requires completion, with a B
MKT 305 Integrated Marketing Communications
average or better, of the following 18 units at Golden Gate University.
MKT 307 Sales Promotion and Sponsorships
MKT 321 Direct and Database Marketing Please note that some courses taken as part of certificate programs will
MKT 339 Advertising Strategy have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through trans-
PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations fer of equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at Golden
Gate University) before the certificate courses can be completed. For
further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs and
Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

Graduate Marketing and Public Relations 53


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

English Language Requirement For further information contact the Department of Marketing and
Our graduate integrated marketing communications are especially lan- Public Relations at e-mail biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
guage intensive and require you to have a good facility in spoken and
Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
written English. This is important both for mastering the techniques of
CA 94105-2968.
business communications and for participating in the graduate semi-
For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
nars. Students can demonstrate their competency by successfully pass-
visit www.ggu.edu.
ing the English Placement Test or by completing ENGL 301 Graduate
Writing II with a grade of B or better.

REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS


MKT 305 Integrated Marketing Communications
PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations
PR 330A Writing for Public Relations
and Marketing Communications
PR 332 Media Relations and the Corporate Spokesperson
PR 334 Managing Public Issues:
Consumer Affairs and Government Relations
One 300-level course with any of the following prefixes: ACCTG,
ENGL, FI, MKT or PR

54 Graduate Marketing and Public Relations


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Operations and Supply-chain Management


EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
PROGRAMS OFFERED: OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY-CHAIN
• MBA with a concentration in Operations and Supply-chain MANAGEMENT
Management (see p. 35) For those who may not need a degree but want to update or broaden
• Graduate Certificates their skills, a graduate certificate in operations and supply-chain man-
agement is available. The graduate certificate program normally
(For undergraduate programs, please go to p. 17.) involves four courses (12 units) with the operations management (OP)
prefix and two other courses (six units) as approved by the department
for a total of 18 units. All courses must be completed at Golden Gate
Operations and supply-chain management professionals apply a with a B average (3.00) or better. Enrollment as a degree candidate is
not required, but students must consult with the department chair or
total systems approach to design, execute and improve the key
program director prior to enrolling to determine the appropriate
processes that create and deliver the organization’s products and coursework required. In some cases, additional prerequisite course-
services. Their role and vision are essential in formulating suc- work may be required depending on the student’s background.
cessful corporate strategies. GGU has one of the largest and most Students who qualify for admission to degree programs may apply
comprehensive operations and supply-chain management pro- credit earned in these certificate programs toward degree requirements.
grams in California, opening the door into industries that are the For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs
and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
wave of the future, including high-tech manufacturing, engineer-
ing and construction, biotech and the transportation and logistics For further information contact the Department of Operations and
industry. Professionals in this field are responsible for the internal Information Technology Management at e-mail biz@ggu.edu; phone:
workings of their companies. These include product and service 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward
S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission
design, transformation process selection, purchasing, transporta- Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
tion, choosing appropriate technology, adopting efficient work For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
methods, operations planning (including location facilities layout, visit www.ggu.edu.
capacity planning and operations scheduling), outsourcing, opti-
mal configuration of the supply chain for streamlining the flow of
people and materials and continuously improving the quality of
the final product.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


WITH A CONCENTRATION IN OPERATIONS
AND SUPPLY-CHAIN MANAGEMENT
For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in operations and
supply-chain management, see p. 35.

Graduate Operations and Supply-chain Management 55


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Psychology
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Statement of Purpose
PROGRAMS OFFERED: Applicants to the MA in psychology degree program must submit a
• Master of Arts in Psychology with statement of purpose. Please provide any information that you think
concentrations in: Counseling • Industrial/Organizational will help us get to know you so that we can make an informed decision
Psychology • combined concentration in Counseling and about your application. It should include your reasons for choosing to
Industrial/Organizational Psychology • Marriage and Family pursue a graduate degree in psychology as well as your future educa-
Therapy (MFT) • combined concentration in Marriage and tional and vocational goals. Be as specific as possible about your inter-
Family Therapy and Industrial/Organizational Psychology ests and qualifications. Indicate any awards or honors you may have
• Graduate Certificate in Applied Psychology earned, publications you may have authored, or any pertinent work
• Graduate Certificate in Conflict Resolution experience you may have.

Requirements for the


Master of Arts in Psychology
The study of psychology prepares individuals for some of today’s These degrees require completion of 33-64 semester units in the gradu-
ate program, as follows. Courses listed carry three semester units of
top employment opportunities. As businesses have come to recog-
credit unless otherwise noted. Undergraduate proficiencies may be
nize the importance of teamwork, good leadership and organiza-
waived if the student has previously completed comparable courses at
tional flexibility, the need for psychologically trained profession- another accredited college or university, or passed the appropriate
als has increased. Throughout society, there is also a growing CLEP Exam or Challenge Exam with an acceptable score. Students
demand for counselors, therapists, mediators, consultants and may be admitted to advanced program courses before completion of
other psychologically oriented professionals. GGU’s psychology the entire undergraduate proficiencies program, but must complete the
undergraduate proficiencies program by the time that 12 units have
degrees are unique in their flexibility and their emphasis on the
been earned in the advanced program.
real-world application of psychological theory. We offer combined
concentrations and certificates that allow our student to cus- Math Proficiency
tomize their degree to match their existing experience and the In addition to the courses listed below, students admitted to this pro-
future trends of the workplace. gram are expected to possess a level of mathematical skill adequate to
complete the research requirements of this degree program.

MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY


UNDERGRADUATE PROFICIENCIES —
We offer a master of arts degree in psychology with concentrations in
3-6 UNITS
counseling, industrial/organizational psychology, marriage and family
Counseling Concentration and Marriage and
therapy (MFT), a combined concentration in counseling and indus-
Family Therapy Concentration — 6 units
trial/organizational psychology, and a combined concentration in
industrial/organizational psychology and marriage and family therapy. PSYCH 100 Theories of Personality (three units)
To be admitted to the master’s program in psychology, you must have One of the following:
a 3.00 GPA, or the consent of the chair of the Psychology Department. MATH 40, Quantitative Research Methods or Social/Behavioral Science
These graduate psychology degrees are professional degrees that Research Methodology (three units)
provide training in the application of psychological principles and
knowledge to a broad range of work settings and career tracks. This Industrial/Organizational Psychology
applied psychology curriculum is designed to serve three types of stu- Concentration — 3 units
dents: 1) those seeking a master’s qualification for entry into profes- MATH 40, Quantitative Research Methods or Social/Behavioral Science
sional practice; 2) those interested in psychology as a means of Research Methodology (three units)
continuing career development; and 3) those intending to pursue grad- Combined Concentrations: Counseling and
uate study in psychology at the doctoral level. Industrial/Organizational Psychology
A broad exposure to the range of psychological thought and prac- Concentration; and Industrial/ Organizational
Psychology and Marriage and Family
tice is important in helping you understand the field more fully and in
Concentration — 6 units
selecting the career path within psychology that’s right for you. Part of
this preparedness comes from the practicum or internship option. First- PSYCH 100 Theories of Personality (three units)
hand experience in a wide range of settings in the San Francisco Bay One of the following:
Area enhances classroom work, and is available to any student. MATH 40, Quantitative Research Methods or Social/Behavioral Science
Research Methodology (three units)

56 Graduate Psychology
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ADVANCED PROGRAM — 33–64 UNITS Required Courses — 21 units


Core Courses — 12 units PSYCH 341 Organizational Behavior and Process
PSYCH 342 Organizational Development,
PSYCH 300 Introduction to Applied Psychology Assessment and Intervention
PSYCH 304 Cross-cultural Aspects of Psychology PSYCH 343 Leadership and the Development
PSYCH 306 Group Dynamics and Social Processes of Managerial Excellence
PSYCH 308 Applied Psychological Research PSYCH 344 Tests and Measurements
and Independent Project PSYCH 350 Applied Industrial Psychology
Concentration — 21–52 units Two of the following:
MGT 300 Managerial Analysis and Team Dynamics
Students choose one of the following concentrations for 24–52 units: MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings
MGT 343 Labor-management Relations
Counseling Concentration — 24 units
MGT 346 Human Resource Management
This curriculum prepares you for professional counseling work not PSYCH 351 Career Counseling and Development
requiring a license in organizational settings such as employee assistance PSYCH 352 Structure, Theory and Ethics of Conflict Resolution
programs, social service agencies, and school or college counseling cen- PSYCH 353 Conflict Resolution: Skills and Techniques
ters. It also prepares students for graduate study leading to the PhD or PSYCH 395 Field Research in Industrial/
PsyD degree. Organizational Psychology
PSYCH 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Applied Psychology
Required Courses — 24 units PSYCH 398 Internship: Applied Psychology
PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and Counseling Skills PSYCH 399 Directed Study in Applied Psychology (1-3 units)
PSYCH 321 Psychopathology Any other course approved by the program chair (3 units)
PSYCH 322 Psychological Assessment
PSYCH 323 Alternative Methods of Therapeutic Intervention Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT)
PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for Counselors Concentration — 37 units
Nine units of the following: This curriculum meets the MFT licensure requirements as required by
PSYCH 302 Individual and Family Lifespan Development:
section 4980.38(a) of the Business and Professions (B&P) code. The
Theories and Applications for Therapists
program satisfies all the educational requirements set by the California
PSYCH 324 Child/Adolescent Psychology, Assessment and
Treatment Board of Behavioral Science Examiners and may provide some hours
PSYCH 325 Principles of Couple and Family Counseling of supervised experience fulfilling part of the practical experience
PSYCH 329 Psychopharmacology requirements. Licensed marriage and family therapists provide psycho-
PSYCH 331 Human Sexuality (1 unit) logical services in community mental health agencies, private clinics, or
PSYCH 333 Chemical Substance Dependency: in independent private practice.
Assessment and Treatment (1 unit)
PSYCH 334 Relational Abuse: Assessment, Required courses — 37 units
Treatment and Reporting (2 units) PSYCH 302 Individual and Family Lifespan Development:
PSYCH 351 Career Counseling and Development Theories and Applications for Therapists
PSYCH 352 Structure, Theory and Ethics of Conflict Resolution PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and Counseling Skills
PSYCH 353 Conflict Resolution: Skills and Techniques PSYCH 321 Psychopathology
PSYCH 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Applied Psychology PSYCH 322 Psychological Assessment
PSYCH 398 Internship: Applied Psychology PSYCH 323 Alternative Methods of Therapeutic Intervention
PSYCH 399 Directed Study in Applied Psychology (1-3 units) PSYCH 324 Child/Adolescent Psychology,
Any other course approved by the program chair (3 units) Assessment and Treatment
PSYCH 325 Principles of Couple and Family Counseling
Industrial/Organizational Psychology PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for Counselors
Concentration — 21 units PSYCH 329 Psychopharmacology
This curriculum prepares you for work in organizational settings. PSYCH 331 Human Sexuality (1 unit)
Individuals trained in industrial and organizational psychology work PSYCH 333 Chemical Substance Dependency:
in corporate human resource departments; consulting firms; govern- Assessment and Treatment (1 unit)
ment agencies at national, state, or local levels; nonprofit and social PSYCH 334 Relational Abuse: Assessment,
Treatment and Reporting (2 units)
service agencies; educational and healthcare institutions; and as private
PSYCH 394 Practicum in Counseling Psychology (6 units)
consultants.

Graduate Psychology 57
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Combined Counseling and PSYCH 343 Leadership and the Development


Industrial/Organizational Psychology of Managerial Excellence
Concentration — 36 units PSYCH 344 Tests and Measurement
This curriculum prepares you for work in organizational settings and PSYCH 350 Applied Industrial Psychology
PSYCH 394 Practicum in Counseling Psychology (6 units)
for counseling work not requiring licensure. The combined concentra-
tion is ideal for individuals interested in the broad spectrum of applied
psychology and provides a maximum level of career flexibility in psy- GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN APPLIED
chology. Graduates will find opportunities in business consulting, orga- PSYCHOLOGY
nizational psychology, school and career counseling, conflict Qualified students wishing to enroll in the program may earn a gradu-
resolution, coaching, teaching, interdisciplinary writing and research ate certificate in applied psychology by completing, with a B average or
and preparation for doctoral studies. better, five courses (15 units) with the “PSYCH” prefix at Golden
Required courses — 36 units Gate. These five courses are chosen in consultation with the program
director. For further information, refer to “Admission to Certificate
PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and Counseling Skills
Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
PSYCH 321 Psychopathology
PSYCH 322 Psychological Assessment
PSYCH 323 Alternative Methods of Therapeutic Intervention GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN CONFLICT
PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for Counselors RESOLUTION
PSYCH 341 Organizational Behavior and Process The graduate certificate in conflict resolution prepares you for work in
PSYCH 342 Organizational Development, Assessment
mediation, negotiation and dispute resolution. You will learn the skills
and Intervention
and concepts of non-adversarial problem solving and apply them in
PSYCH 343 Leadership and the Development
of Managerial Excellence both public and private sectors, including family law, business, com-
PSYCH 344 Tests and Measurement merce, tax, insurance and domestic disputes. The certificate requires
PSYCH 350 Applied Industrial Psychology completion of six courses (18 units) with a B average or better at
Two additional courses with the PSYCH prefix from approved courses in Golden Gate. Arrangements may be made for specific industries or
any psychology degree concentration. interests to have a graduate certificate in conflict resolution especially
designed to meet the regulatory requirements of that field. For further
Combined Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT) information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs and
and Industrial/Organizational Psychology Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
Concentration — 52 units
REQUIRED COURSES — 18 UNITS
This curriculum prepares you for work in organizational settings, pri-
vate practice licensed counseling and non-licensed counseling. The PSYCH 304 Cross-cultural Aspects of Psychology
combined concentration is ideal for individuals interested in the broad PSYCH 352 Structure, Theory and Ethics of Conflict Resolution
spectrum of applied psychology and provides a maximum level of PSYCH 353 Conflict Resolution: Skills and Techniques
career flexibility in psychology. Graduates will find opportunities in Three of the following:
private practice counseling, business consulting, school and career
MGT 300 Managerial Analysis and Team Dynamics
counseling, conflict resolution, coaching, teaching, interdisciplinary
MGT 343 Labor-management Relations
writing and research and preparation for doctoral studies. MGT 346 Human Resource Management
MGT 348 Negotiating in Business
Required courses — 52 units
PSYCH 306 Group Dynamics and Social Processes
PSYCH 302 Individual and Family Lifespan Development: PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and Counseling Skills
Theories and Applications for Therapists PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for Counselors
PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and Counseling Skills PSYCH 341 Organizational Behavior and Process
PSYCH 321 Psychopathology PSYCH 342 Organizational Development, Assessment
PSYCH 322 Psychological Assessment and Intervention
PSYCH 323 Alternative Methods of Therapeutic Intervention PSYCH 396A-ZZ Selected Topics in Applied Psychology
PSYCH 324 Child/Adolescent Psychology, Assessment PSYCH 397 Practicum in Conflict Resolution
and Treatment Any other graduate course approved by the program chair (3 units).
PSYCH 325 Principles of Couple and Family Counseling
PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for Counselors
PSYCH 329 Psychopharmacology
PSYCH 331 Human Sexuality (1 unit) For further information contact the Department of Psychology at e-
PSYCH 333 Chemical Substance Dependency: mail biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax: 415-442-6579; website:
Assessment and Treatment (1 unit) www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of Business, Golden Gate
PSYCH 334 Relational Abuse: Assessment, University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
Treatment and Reporting (2 units) For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
PSYCH 341 Organizational Behavior and Process visit www.ggu.edu.
PSYCH 342 Organizational Development,
Assessment and Intervention

58 Graduate Psychology
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Public Administration
EDWARD S. AGENO SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

The goal of the executive MPA program is to provide you with the
PROGRAM OFFERED: management, analytical and communication skills, problem-solving
techniques and subject-based knowledge required to manage effectively
• Executive Master of Public Administration
complex organizations in the public and nonprofit sectors. In addition,
• MBA with a concentration in Public Administration the program provides you with a critical understanding of the major
political, social, economic and environmental problems confronted by
The professional practice of public management is an art as well contemporary public and nonprofit organizations. A strong sense of
as a science. Today’s successful leaders in the public or nonprofit professional commitment to the highest standards of ethical behavior
as well as respect for the values upon which the profession of public
sector need intuition, creative problem-solving abilities and self-
administration is founded are important goals of the programs.
confidence, knowledge of the discipline, and communication and
For the opportunity to socialize and network within your field,
analytical skills. Since the 1960s, GGU has offered a public you are encouraged to join the American Society for Public
administration degree program of exceptional quality and academ- Administration. GGU also has a chapter of the public administration
ic rigor for the working student. Our executive master of public honor society, Pi Alpha Alpha.
administration program prepares you for a leadership role in the
Requirements for the Executive Master of
management of government and nonprofit agencies. This program Public Administration
will provide you with an in-depth study of public administration, The executive MPA is composed of nine 4-semester-hour courses.
and train you on the skills and tools you’ll need to become a suc-
REQUIRED COURSES — 36 UNITS
cessful contributor to local, state and federal government and
EMPA 300 Theory, Ethics and Practice in Public Service
public service agencies, nonprofit organizations and international
EMPA 301 Research Methods and Analysis
institutions. Some executive MPA program students have won EMPA 302 Public Policy Analysis and Program Evaluation
prestigious awards, such as the Presidential Management EMPA 303 Organizational Analysis and Development
Fellowship and have research projects published in the Pi Alpha EMPA 304 Public Enterprise Management and
Public Sector Business Relations
Alpha Honor Society Online Journal. The Ageno School of
EMPA 305 Budgeting and Financial Management
Business is a member of the National Association of Schools of EMPA 306 Public Service and the Law
Public Affairs and Administration (NASPAA). EMPA 307 Personnel Management and Labor Relations
EMPA 396 Graduate Research Project in Public Management

EXECUTIVE MASTER OF
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The executive master of public administration program is offered to
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN PUBLIC
students interested in a thorough understanding of the processes and
ADMINISTRATION
practices associated with the management of public sector organiza- For requirements for the MBA with a concentration in public adminis-
tions at the federal, state and municipal levels of government. It will tration, see p. 35.
introduce you to the relevant set of knowledge and skills required to
function effectively in a managerial or executive role within such
For further information contact the Department of Public
organizations. Besides intergovernmental relations, the program will
Administration at e-mail biz@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-6500; fax:
expose you to the latest best practices in privatization, as well as gov-
415-442-6579; website: www.ggu.edu; or Edward S. Ageno School of
ernment, business and community partnerships. Business, Golden Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco,
Unlike the traditional MPA that includes a core of common classes CA 94105-2968.
and an emphasis program to prepare the student for work in a specific For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
focus area of their choice, the executive MPA program assumes that visit www.ggu.edu.
you already have developed competence within a specific functional
area. It provides in-depth exposure to the critical areas of executive
and managerial focus common to middle and upper-level management
in all public organizations. This includes: planning; process manage-
ment; financial management; human resources and labor relations;
organizational development and change; law and administrative
process; public policy formulation, analysis and implementation; and
ethics.
Graduate Public Administration 59
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

School of Taxation

Founded in 1967, the School of Taxation is one of the largest and Library
most successful programs of its kind in the country, with nearly You can support your studies through access to one of the West Coast’s
100 percent job placement. The rigorous curriculum prepares you premier business libraries as well as GGU’s Law Library. Both libraries
to become a first-tier taxation expert and achieve the goals you have computer access to business and media databases. The University
Library houses a comprehensive collection of tax materials and offers
have set for yourself.
access to Web-based tax-research tools. For more information, please
Since many of our students are already tax practitioners, the programs refer to “University Libraries,” p. 11.
are designed to meet the needs of working professionals seeking to For further information, please call the School of Taxation, or
improve their careers and their lives. Our tax courses bring contempo- write to:
rary issues into the classroom, allowing for spirited investigation with
your peers. A relevant and practical curriculum combined with hands- School of Taxation
on skills training gives you the necessary tools to be an effective leader Golden Gate University
in this very specialized field. 536 Mission Street, Room 5314
The School of Taxation offers a master of science in taxation that San Francisco, CA 94105-2968
can be accomplished on a part-time or a nine-month full-time basis. Phone: 415-442-7880
The cohort begins in late July each year. The school also offers gradu- Fax: 415-543-2607
ate certificates in estate planning, taxation or international taxation. E-mail: tax@ggu.edu
These programs are offered in San Francisco, Los Angeles and Seattle, Website: www.ggu.edu
as well as fully online through GGU’s highly respected CyberCampus.
GGU also offers an LLM in taxation through the School of Law. For Benefits
more information, refer to “School of Law,” p. 10. • Largest tax program in the nation
• Faculty who are leading tax accountants and tax attorneys
Relevant Education • Courses built to fit the demands of career-minded adults
Tax courses are designed to give you an understanding and ability to • Continuing education credit for attorneys and CPAs
handle tax planning, compliance and controversies. Each class melds • Tax season internship opportunities in our full-time program
theory and practical experience by tackling real-world problems
through a case-study approach. Students learn by applying the Internal
Revenue Code and administrative and judicial interpretations to a
variety of realistic problem sets.
With a strong set of analytical, logical and technical skills, com-
bined with a comprehensive understanding of tax theory and concepts,
you will be well prepared to tackle today’s ever-changing laws and
business environment.

Program Structure
To meet the needs of our busy students, part-time and full-time
programs are available. At our San Francisco campus, the full-time
program can be completed in an intense nine-month period, with
classes offered during the day. This option begins once a year in late
July. Due to the popularity of this program, applications must be
submitted no later than June 1. Applications for the part-time program
are accepted year round.
With the exception of the full-time program that meets daily, over
a nine-week term, courses usually meet once a week during 16-week
terms. To maximize student and teacher interaction, we keep our class
sizes small.

60 School of Taxation
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Graduate Taxation Programs


SCHOOL OF TAXATION

Golden Gate University’s School of Taxation is one of the largest CERTIFICATES


and most successful programs of its kind and offers a specialized ADVANCED STUDIES IN TAXATION INTERNATIONAL TAXATION
program to put you ahead of the competition in the growing field ESTATE PLANNING TAXATION
of taxation. With high-quality, in-depth instruction from practicing
professionals and experienced tax educators, you’ll be able to FACULTY
apply what you learn today in the workplace tomorrow. We offer a Classes are taught by an experienced group of full-time faculty and
graduate degree in taxation, as well as four graduate certificates. adjunct professors who have current experience in the fields in which
they teach. Over 80 percent of GGU classes are taught by practicing
professionals who bring on-the-job insight directly to class for you to
TAXATION debate and discuss. Outside of class, most of our adjunct professors
Having a master of science in taxation degree makes you highly attrac- work as CEOs, directors, vice presidents, entrepreneurs, consultants,
tive in today’s job market and results in higher starting salaries. GGU partners and managers at companies of all sizes.
has earned a reputation for providing the most comprehensive and
applicable tax education available today. GGU’s tax program is the FORMAT
largest and one of the most respected graduate tax programs in the GGU’s School of Taxation offers several options: a full-time, nine-
country, with all of the Big Four firms hiring GGU graduates and most month day program; part-time evening in-person classes in San
regularly sending their employees to the university to update their tax Francisco, Seattle and Los Angeles; and a fully-accredited online pro-
education. Our offerings are highly focused and prepare you to be a gram through GGU’s CyberCampus. Many of GGU’s in-person courses
knowledgeable tax professional. You will gain a thorough and current are Web-enhanced, offering enriched, dynamic curriculum and
knowledge of tax law concepts and practices, as well as trends in the resources. For information regarding the program’s site options, see
discipline in an environment that promotes the development of analyti- “Degree Offerings by Location” on p. 6.
cal and communication skills. GGU’s School of Taxation provides one
of the most cost-effective sources of high-quality continuing profes- For further information contact the School of Taxation at e-mail:
sional education. Each academic unit equals 15 CPE hours, or 45 tax@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-7880; fax: 415-543-2607; website:
hours for the typical three-unit course. For lawyers, MCLE credit may www.ggu.edu; or School of Taxation, Golden Gate University, 536
also be earned. The MS in taxation also fulfills the California State Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
Bar’s educational requirement for Certified Specialists in Taxation Law.

Graduate Taxation Programs


This section contains a full alphabetical listing of all Golden Gate University taxation programs.

Graduate Degree
Master of Science in Taxation......................................................................................................................................................62

Graduate Certificates
Graduate Certificate in Estate Planning........................................................................................................................................62
Graduate Certificate in International Taxation ..............................................................................................................................63
Graduate Certificate in Taxation ..................................................................................................................................................63
Graduate Certificate in Advanced Studies in Taxation ..................................................................................................................63

PLUS Program for students whose native language is not English..................................................................................................64

Graduate Taxation Programs 61


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Taxation
SCHOOL OF TAXATION

ADVANCED PROGRAM — 30 UNITS*


PROGRAMS OFFERED: Core Courses — 21 units
• MS in Taxation TA 318 Advanced Federal Income Taxation
• Graduate Certificate in Advanced Studies TA 319 Federal Tax Procedure
in Taxation TA 322A Federal Income Taxation of
Corporations and Shareholders I
• Graduate Certificate in Estate Planning TA 328 Federal Income Taxation of Partners and Partnerships
• Graduate Certificate in International TA 329 Tax Research and Decision Making
Taxation TA 330 Property Transactions
TA 338 Tax Timing
• Graduate Certificate in Taxation
Electives — 9 units
Students in the part-time program will take nine additional units with
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION the TA prefix. It is highly recommended that students take TA 356
Our MS in taxation degree program is one of the finest tax programs Limited Liabilities Companies and S Corporations: A Choice of Entity
in the nation. Our curriculum consists of approximately 30 courses (three units).
covering general and specialized tax subjects such as estate and gift Students in the full-time program will take, if eligible, three
tax, partnerships, C corporations, LLCs and S corporations, California additional units with the TA prefix and six units of Tax Internship
and multi-state tax, international tax, retirement plans, tax issues for (TA 398).
individuals, and tax research.
One way to obtain a GGU MS in taxation is through our full-time *Students transferring credit from accredited law schools, colleges and
cohort program, which commences in late July, enabling you to earn universities may be granted as many as six units of credit toward the
the MS degree in only nine months by attending intensive day classes MS (tax) requirements for graduate tax courses successfully completed
in San Francisco. All classes are taught by expert tax accountants and at those institutions.
tax lawyers. The program typically culminates with a 10-week tax-
season internship for eligible students. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ESTATE
For those who prefer to study part time, GGU offers convenient PLANNING
evening classes in San Francisco, Seattle and Los Angeles, so you can The graduate certificate in estate planning is a 12-unit program that
earn your degree at your own pace. In addition, you can earn the MS provides practitioners with a broad-based education in the specialized
in taxation or certificates through our fully accredited online field of estate planning. Designed and administered by attorneys and
CyberCampus program. accountants who are estate planners, the courses in the certificate pro-
gram will give you a solid foundation in federal tax law and relevant
Requirements for the
state law. You’ll acquire the tools you need to advise clients on how to
Master of Science in Taxation
formulate, implement and revise estate plans. You’ll hone your skills
The master of science degree in taxation requires completion of 30
on contemporary case studies, using the same legal documents you’ll
semester units. Each course listed carries three semester units of credit,
encounter in practice. Our courses qualify for CPE (for California
unless otherwise noted.
CPAs) and for CLE (for California attorneys).
All applicants should have earned an undergraduate degree from
All courses must be completed at Golden Gate with a B average
an accredited institution with at least a 3.00 grade-point average.
(3.00 grade-point average) or better. Please note that some courses
Individuals with an undergraduate GPA below 3.00 are welcome to
taken as part of certificate programs will have prerequisites. These pre-
apply and will be considered for admission based on employment his-
requisites must be satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework
tory, professional accomplishments, recommendations, etc. Certificate
or through taking the courses at Golden Gate) before enrolling in the
and open enrollment students must meet the same standards and pre-
certificate courses. For further information, refer to “Admission to
requisites that apply to degree candidates.
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 9 UNITS


TA 325 Estate and Gift Taxation
TA 334 Estate Planning
TA 344 Federal Income Taxation of Trusts and Estates

62 Graduate Taxation Programs


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ELECTIVES — 3 UNITS ELECTIVES — 3 UNITS


One of the following: Three units of any course(s) with a TA prefix.
TA 337 Individual Retirement Plans and Distributions
TA 349E Advanced Business Planning
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ADVANCED
STUDIES IN TAXATION
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN
INTERNATIONAL TAXATION The graduate certificate in advanced studies in taxation is for tax pro-
fessionals who already have a graduate tax degree, but who wish to
The graduate certificate in international taxation is a 15-unit certificate
update and broaden their knowledge of tax law.
for those students interested in a broad-based education in the interna-
The certificate requires completion of 12 units of graduate courses.
tional taxation field. Because the certificate deals primarily with corpo-
This course of study must be completed within a five-year period, and
rations, students should have an adequate background in corporate
the student must maintain an overall B average (3.00 grade-point aver-
taxation before commencing the program.
age) in all courses taken in satisfaction of the certificate requirements.
All courses must be completed at Golden Gate with a B average
Please note that some courses taken as part of certificate programs will
(3.00 grade-point average) or better. Please note that some courses
have prerequisites. These prerequisites must be satisfied (through trans-
taken as part of certificate programs will have prerequisites. These pre-
fer of equivalent coursework or through taking the courses at Golden
requisites must be satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework
Gate University) before enrolling in the certificate courses.
or through taking the courses at Golden Gate) before enrolling in the
Qualifying courses include all those leading to the MS in taxation
certificate courses. For further information, refer to “Admission to
at the university. With the dean’s approval, students may repeat up to
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
two 3-unit courses that were previously taken as part of the student’s
REQUIRED COURSES — 9 UNITS MS degree curriculum.
Admission to the advanced studies in taxation program is open to
TA 321 Principles of International Taxation
those individuals who have received an MS or MBA in taxation or an
TA 350A Taxation of Foreign Persons with US Activities
TA 350B Taxation of US Persons with Foreign Activities LLM in taxation) degree from Golden Gate. Admission for those stu-
dents whose graduate tax degrees were obtained from schools other
ELECTIVES — 6 UNITS than GGU is conditional upon prior approval of the dean. For further
Two of the following: information, refer to “Admission to Certificate Programs and
Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.
TA 350D Transfer Pricing
TA 350E International Mergers, Acquisitions
and Joint Ventures
TA 352 Taxation of Electronic Commerce and Remote Sellers For further information contact the School of Taxation at e-mail:
tax@ggu.edu; phone: 415-442-7880; fax: 415-543-2607; website:
www.ggu.edu; or School of Taxation, Golden Gate University, 536
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN TAXATION Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968.
Qualified students may earn a 15-unit graduate certificate in taxation, For the most up-to-date program information and course listings,
giving them practical, general tax knowledge. Students must have visit www.ggu.edu.
earned an undergraduate degree from an accredited institution with at
least a 3.00 grade-point average. Individuals with an undergraduate
GPA below 3.00 are welcome to apply and will be considered for
admission based on employment history, professional accomplishments
and recommendations.
The certificate courses are available at all of our locations. In addi-
tion, the entire graduate certificate in taxation may be taken on the
Internet in highly interactive Web-based classes.
All courses must be completed at Golden Gate with a B average
(3.00 grade-point average) or better. Please note that some courses
taken as part of certificate programs will have prerequisites. These pre-
requisites must be satisfied (through transfer of equivalent coursework
or through taking the courses at Golden Gate) before enrolling in the
certificate courses. For further information, refer to “Admission to
Certificate Programs and Registering for Open Enrollment” on p. 113.

REQUIRED COURSES — 12 UNITS


TA 318 Advanced Federal Income Taxation
TA 329 Tax Research and Decision Making
TA 330 Property Transactions
TA 338 Tax Timing

Graduate Taxation Programs 63


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

PLUS+ Program
FOR STUDENTS WHOSE NATIVE LANGUAGE IS NOT ENGLISH

Preparation in Language and University Studies (PLUS+) enrolls uni- location. Students who are admitted to other GGU regions are welcome
versity-admitted non-native speakers of English in academic-prepara- to enroll in PLUS and arrange to live nearby for their first trimester at
tion classes that combine educational support and language instruc- the university. Attendance at the PLUS Orientation is considered
tion along with enrollment in university coursework leading to an aca- mandatory for successful enrollment in PLUS.
demic degree or certificate.
Full-time enrollment in PLUS is required for applicants who wish to be
admitted to academic programs at Golden Gate University with
PLUS+ COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
English proficiency below regular admission standards (see p. 111). The Culture of the US Classroom
Enrollment in selected PLUS classes is available to other students sub- 2.5 units
ject to availability. Those students who are otherwise academically (Units are not applicable to a degree or certificate program.)
qualified for admission may be provisionally admitted to the University Provides you with the knowledge of what to expect from your US edu-
through the PLUS+ program with the following TOEFL scores: under- cation and what US educators expect from students in a professional-
graduate [475 PBT, 153 CBT, 53 IBT]; graduate [500 PBT, 173 CBT, practitioner environment. Specific skills include analyzing a course
61 IBT]. syllabus, managing time effectively, using university resources, plan-
PLUS participants enroll in university classes that give credit ning a term of study, avoiding plagiarism, taking part in group work,
toward their academic degree or certificate, based on official evalua- anticipating exam questions, using educational technology and more.
tions by the admissions office. In PLUS, you learn how to give in-class
presentations, work in groups, participate in discussions, research and Case Study Methods
write university-quality papers, analyze case studies and more. The 5 units
goal of PLUS is to help you succeed in your first trimester of university (Units are not applicable to a degree or certificate program.)
study, and establish a strong foundation for your continuing academic Introduces you to critical analysis. You will learn to read, analyze, and
coursework in a professional-practitioner learning environment. discuss cases in small-group and whole-class settings, take various roles
Successful completion of a term in PLUS leads to the fulfillment of in case-analysis discussion, and write up both long and short case
the English language proficiency admission requirement. For you to study forms. You will learn to use this valuable, hands-on approach to
succeed in PLUS, you must achieve or exceed an overall 3.0 GPA for learning while improving your written and spoken English.
your PLUS coursework. If you do not achieve a 3.0 GPA in your PLUS
classes, you will be required to enroll for one trimester in the PLUS
Applied Critical Thinking
5 units
Directed Study. Most students need only one trimester in PLUS to ful-
(Units are not applicable to a degree or certificate program.)
fill the English language proficiency admission requirement.
PLUS classes meet daily from Monday through Thursday. Provides knowledge that is vital to the development of good research
Individual consultations with instructors are provided for assistance and writing skills. You will learn to read critically, evaluate sources,
with written and spoken English, as well as with university course write thesis statements, analyze ideas, organize your writing, apply
assignments. Most university classes meet in the late afternoon and new concepts and improve the grammar of your written English.
early evening, and complement the PLUS class schedule. Academic Communication Skills
2.5 units
PLUS+ COURSE REQUIREMENTS (Units are not applicable to a degree or certificate program.)
PLUS students complete 15 hours of coursework per week in addition Provides you with skills that will give you the tools for class participa-
to one university class. Placement depends on performance on the tion and improve your spoken English. You will learn about and prac-
PLUS pretest. tice various types of oral presentation, group work, class discussion,
listening and note-taking skills and more.
PLUS+ courses include:
• The Culture of the US Classroom Directed Study
• Case Study Methods 1-3 units
• Applied Critical Thinking (Units are not applicable to a degree or certificate program.)
• Academic Communication Skills Provides an individualized learning plan under the supervision of a fac-
• Directed Study ulty member, based on assessment of need for non-native speakers of
• Individual Appointments with PLUS Instructors (required)
English. May not be taken concurrently with any other university
In these classes, PLUS students gain valuable knowledge and directed study. Prerequisite: consent of the program.
practice in the academic skills needed to be successful in university life
in the US.
PLUS is offered only at Golden Gate University’s San Francisco

64 PLUS+ Program
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Course Descriptions

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES Only one directed study may be taken for credit by a candi-
Each undergraduate course is assigned a number according to the date for a master’s degree. The dean’s approval is required.
following plan: Courses carry from one to three units of credit in one
1–99 Lower-division courses trimester or term, depending upon the number of semester hours
100–199 Upper-division courses assigned to that course. Primary focus and consideration are
Uppercase “A” and “B” following a number indicate related given to expected learning outcomes and the way in which they
courses that may be taken out of sequence (unless prerequisites are effected. Generally, for traditional in-person instruction, aca-
are noted). demic credit is assigned on the basis of one semester credit hour
Directed study, with permission of the instructor, department for each 15 hours of classroom contact. However, credit is not
chair or program director and the dean, is available to advanced entirely derived by a simple arithmetic conversion of contact
students in several fields (see p. 130). hours but considers factors such as course assignments and activi-
Courses carry from one to six units of credit in one trimester ties, course materials and the nature of the learning experience,
or term, depending upon the number of semester hours assigned required outside preparation and assessment instruments. These
to that course. Primary focus and consideration are given to factors are the sole factors for determining credit hours for classes
expected learning outcomes and the way in which they are affect- involving distance learning.
ed. Generally, for traditional in-person instruction, academic cred-
it is assigned on the basis of one semester credit hour for each 15 PREREQUISITES AND COREQUISITES
hours of classroom contact. However, credit is not entirely Prerequisites are courses that must be taken before the course for
derived by a simple arithmetic conversion of contact hours but which they are required. Prerequisites, if any, are listed following
considers factors such as course assignments and activities, course the description.
materials and the nature of the learning experience, required out- Co-requisites are prerequisites, which if not taken before a
side preparation and assessment instruments. These factors are course for which they are required may be taken at the same time
the sole factors for determining credit hours for classes involving as the course for which they are required. Like prerequisites, co-
distance learning. requisites are listed after the course description.

California Articulation Number


The California Articulation Number (CAN) System identifies
ACCOUNTING (ACCTG)
many transferable, lower division, major preparation courses
Undergraduate Courses
commonly taught on California college and university campuses.
While this program has been slated for discontinuation, it contin- ACCTG 1A Introductory Financial Accounting — 3
ues to be used by articulation officers throughout California. units
GGU will continue to recognize the CAN system until is it no Introduces financial accounting emphasizing accounting terminol-
longer accepted in the California higher education system. ogy, ethics and the role of accounting information in business
The system assures students that CAN courses on one partic- decisions. Coursework will provide you with a basic understand-
ipating campus will be accepted “in lieu of” the comparable CAN ing of the accounting process; financial statements; and the con-
courses on another participating campus. For example: CAN tent of certain asset, liability and owner’s equity accounts. The
ECON 2 on one campus will be accepted for CAN ECON 2 on corporate form of business is discussed in detail. The focus of the
every other participating campus that has also qualified CAN course will provide you with an understanding of accounting
ECON 2. Each campus retains its own numbering system, but information in a decision context. The course includes a comput-
adds the CAN designation parenthetically in its publications. erized practice set. (CAN BUS 2)
Check with counseling offices, departmental offices or articu-
lation officers for current listings of CAN qualified courses. A ACCTG 1B Introductory Managerial Accounting —
CAN catalog listing campuses and courses is published in January 3 units
and June. Introduces you to managerial accounting focusing on business
decisions using internal accounting information. Introduces and
GRADUATE COURSES explores Activity Based Costing (ABC), cost-volume analysis,
Graduate courses are assigned numbers according to the follow- costing systems, cost behavior, budgeting, standard costing and
ing plan: performance measurements. Prerequisite: ACCTG 1A.
200–299 Foundation Program Courses
300–499 Advanced Program Courses
800–899 Doctoral Seminars
Course Descriptions 65
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ACCTG 100A Intermediate Accounting I — 3 units ACCTG 106 Strategic Uses of Accounting
Examines current pronouncements and practical applications. Information — 3 units
You will read, discuss and implement the most current accounting Examines advanced cost accounting techniques including deci-
requirements as prescribed in the FASB statements and other cur- sion-making theory and problem solving using computer spread-
rent accounting pronouncements. Topics include statement pres- sheets. Topics include budgets, standard costs, distribution costs
entation, required disclosures, in-depth study of current assets, the and direct costing. Prerequisite: ACCTG 105.
time value of money, inventories and problem solving using com-
puter spreadsheets. Prerequisites: ACCTG 1A and MATH 20. A ACCTG 108A Federal Income Tax I — 3 units
knowledge of spreadsheets is recommended. Introduces federal taxation for individuals. You will study taxable
income, gross income exclusions and inclusions, capital gains,
ACCTG 100B Intermediate Accounting II — 3 units depreciation, business and itemized deductions, personal exemp-
Continues intermediate accounting with an emphasis on current tions, passive activity losses, tax credits and methods of account-
pronouncements and practical applications. You will read, discuss ing. This course is required for students in the BS in accounting
and implement the most current accounting requirements as pre- and the MBA with a concentration in accounting degree pro-
scribed in the FASB statements and other current accounting pro- grams. Master of accountancy students must take ACCTG 360.
nouncements. Topics include plant and equipment, intangible Prerequisite: ACCTG 1A. Students who have passed the Enrolled
assets, current liabilities, long-term debt, stockholders’ equity, Agents Exam are not required to take this course; another upper
investments, and problem solving using computer spreadsheets. division accounting course must be substituted for those students
Prerequisite: ACCTG 100A. in the bachelor’s degree program. Satisfies part of the educational
requirements to sit for the CFP® examination.*
ACCTG 100C Intermediate Accounting III — 3 units
Continues intermediate accounting with an emphasis on current ACCTG 108B Federal Income Tax II — 3 units
pronouncements and practical applications. You will read, discuss Introduces taxation of installment and deferred payment sales,
and implement the most current accounting requirements as pre- partnership taxation, income taxation of estates and trusts, cor-
scribed in the FASB statements and other current accounting pro- porations (“S” and “C”), and other specialized corporate tax
nouncements. Topics include earnings per share, leases, pensions, matters. Prerequisite: ACCTG 108A.
deferred taxes, accounting changes, statement of cash flows,
financial statement analysis, full disclosure and problem solving ACCTG 108C Tax Strategy and Research — 3
using computer spreadsheets. Professional writing is emphasized units
through various assignments. This course is required for students Examines advanced topics through research of California and
in the BS in accounting and the MBA with a concentration in federal taxation. Prerequisite: ACCTG 108B.
accounting degree programs. Master of accountancy students
ACCTG 109 Financial Statement Analysis — 3
must take ACCTG 305. Prerequisite: ACCTG 100B.
units
ACCTG 103 Advanced Accounting: Consolidations Presents concepts, methods and tools for analyzing and interpret-
— 3 units ing the content of financial statements prepared on the basis of
Presents advanced accounting topics related to partnerships; sim- generally accepted accounting principles and on the basis accept-
ple and complex business combinations; foreign operations ed in certain international settings. Using lecture, discussion, case
including consolidation into US GAAP financial statements; and studies, and projects, the course serves as a capstone to the study
accounting issues related to the formation, consolidation and liq- of financial accounting theory by adjusting the attention of the
uidation of corporations. Prerequisite: ACCTG 100C. student from that of the preparer to that of one of the broad
classes of users. You will perform analyses on companies and
ACCTG 104 Governmental and Not-for-Profit industries of your own choosing. Prerequisites: ACCTG 100C,
Accounting — 3 units MATH 40 and FI 100.
Focuses on accounting theory, techniques and reporting require-
ments for local governmental units, colleges and universities, ACCTG 111 Auditing — 3 units
healthcare providers, voluntary health and welfare organizations, Examines auditing theory and practice, emphasizing audit stan-
and other not-for-profits. Prerequisite: ACCTG 100C. dards, reports and professional ethics, sampling, accountants’ lia-
bility, and audit programs. Prerequisite: ACCTG 100B and
ACCTG 105 Cost Management — 3 units MATH 40.
Surveys the methods and procedures used in determining cost for *Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ desig-
manufacturing, including cost-volume-profit relationships, costing nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met
systems in the manufacturing and merchandising sectors, process its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satis-
and job costing, master and flexible budgeting, variances and fied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics
and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to
responsibility accounting, and allocation of overhead. sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the
Prerequisites: ACCTG 1A or ACCTG 201, and MATH 20. CFP Board.

66 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ACCTG 119 Accounting Information Systems — 3 ACCTG 300 Accounting Research and
units Communication — 3 units
Examines accounting systems as integral components of manage- Examines advanced theory and methods of accounting research
ment information systems. Coursework will introduce you to gen- emphasizing professional methods of communication. You will
eral systems and information theory, databases, and systems analyze, interpret and apply authoritative accounting literature to
analysis. You will be required to implement a computerized various topics. Prerequisite: ACCTG 305.
accounting system. Prerequisites: ACCTG 100A and UGP 100.
ACCTG 302 Analysis of Accounting Information —
ACCTG 146 Business Law — 3 units 1.5 units
Focuses on business law and its effects on audit performance. Focuses on the application of data analysis to accounting and
Topics include the law of contracts, negotiable instruments, sales, auditing problems and on researching the professional literature
bankruptcy, partnerships, corporations, secured transactions and for mandated requirements and procedures when using data
accountants’ legal liability. analysis techniques. Using a combination of lecture, problem solv-
ing, and case studies, you will survey the various types of prob-
ACCTG 159 Accounting Research and lems the accountant could face in practice and present alternative
Communication — 3 units approaches to the problem resolution. Each student will collect,
Presents the theory and methods of accounting research and analyze, and draw conclusions using real data. Prerequisites:
applying technical literature to selected problems. Should be MATH 40 (or MATH 240), ACCTG 310, and ACCTG 320
taken as part of the final twelve units in your degree program.
Prerequisites: ACCTG 100C, ENGL 1A and ENGL 1B. ACCTG 304 Issues in Governmental and Not-for-
Profit Accounting — 3 units
ACCTG 197A–ZZ Special Topics in Accounting — Studies the concepts, methods, and reporting issues in accounting
1–3 units for federal, state and local governments and for other nonprofit
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and entities, including voluntary health and welfare agencies, hospi-
theories in accounting. Topics will be selected by the department tals, colleges and universities, and religious organizations. In addi-
chair. This course may be taken more than once, provided the tion, the course will overview some of the issues of management’s
same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- information requirements and taxation problems and the role
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. that the accountant plays. Prerequisite: ACCTG 100B.
ACCTG 198 Internship: Accounting — 3 units ACCTG 305 Advanced Financial Accounting — 3
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in an units
accounting setting. You will be responsible for your own place- Examines advanced topics in intermediate financial accounting.
ment in an internship approved by the department chair. A writ- You will read, discuss, and apply the most current accounting
ten internship proposal is required before consideration for this pronouncements to accounting problems such as deferred taxes,
course. A written report is required upon completion of the leases, pension, and the Statement of Cash Flows with accordance
internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department. with FASB and other current accounting pronouncements. You
will work on projects in groups and individually researching
ACCTG 199 Directed Study in Accounting — 1–3
advanced topics and current issues, presenting your research to
units
your classmates. This course is only open for students in the mas-
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
ter of accountancy degree program. This course may not be taken
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
if ACCTG 100C has been completed. Prerequisite: ACCTG
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
100B.
Graduate Courses ACCTG 306 Advanced Issues in Financial
ACCTG 201 Accounting for Managers — 3 units Reporting — 3 units
Introduces financial and managerial accounting for non-account- Covers business combinations, international financial reporting
ing majors. Areas of study include financial statement analysis, issues, foreign currency accounting, and introduces students to
financial accounting concepts and principles and managerial cost accounting for derivatives. In addition to understanding the
systems. This course will not satisfy the Financial Accounting process of consolidations, you will look at why businesses com-
proficiency requirement for the MBA with a concentration in bine in the first place and will understand the importance of
accounting or the master of accountancy degrees. assessing current value. You will understand and appreciate the
major issues in the move toward international harmonization of
financial accounting. You will develop a rudimentary understand-
ing of hedging and the use of derivatives as well as how to
account for these financial instruments. Prerequisite:
ACCTG 305.

Course Descriptions 67
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ACCTG 309 Analysis and Use of Financial ACCTG 321 Strategic Cost and Management
Statements — 3 units Control Systems — 3 units
Focuses on the analysis of information incorporated in financial Examines the emerging role of the accountant as chief financial
statements, including the impact of alternative accounting proce- information officer and financial adviser to management teams.
dures and assumptions. Offers ways to adjust for selected report- Focuses on examination of the strategic decision-making process
ing differences. Discusses applications using cross sectional and and the need for accounting information. Through lectures, read-
time series analysis. Uses case studies of US and international ings, problems and cases you will study topics that include per-
firms as well as discussions of computer databases and computer- formance measurement for responsibility centers, structuring of
based assignments. Course will include a project based on compa- investment and profit centers, transfer pricing, control of man-
ny and industry of your own choosing. Prerequisites: ACCTG aged costs, incentive systems, budgeting systems and long-range
100B, MATH 40, ECON 1 and ECON 2 (or ECON 202). Co- planning. Prerequisite: ACCTG 105 or ACCTG 201.
requisite: ACCTG 305.
ACCTG 331 Consulting: The Role of the
ACCTG 310 Auditing — 3 units Accountant — 1.5 units
Focuses on the environmental, professional and technical aspects Examines the role and the services of consulting within the
of internal and external auditing. You will study ethics, auditor’s accounting profession. Through lectures, presentations, readings,
legal responsibility and liability, auditor’s report, audit evidence, discussions, and case analysis, you will overview the consulting
internal controls, statistical sampling and requirements of profes- industry, professional standards, and ethical responsibilities of the
sional associations and regulatory agencies. This course cannot be Certified Public Accountant. Using forensic services, assurance
taken if ACCTG 111 or its equivalent has been taken. services, and performance measurement services as examples of
Prerequisites: ACCTG 100B, MATH 40, ACCTG 146. these opportunities, the student will move beyond the traditional
audit and tax roles of the accountant. Prerequisites: ACCTG
ACCTG 313 Performance Auditing — 3 units 100B or FI 300 or consent of the department.
Provides an overview of performance auditing, (including internal
business audits) focusing on audit process and reporting. By the ACCTG 334 Consulting: Tax Planning — 3 units
end of the course, you will be able to apply the tools needed to Familiarizes you with the many federal tax planning opportuni-
conduct a performance audit in a governmental or business entity. ties and pitfalls that must be considered in making management
Prerequisite: ACCTG 1A or ACCTG 201. decisions. Emphasizes recognition of the tax consequences of
common business transactions, including domestic and interna-
ACCTG 316 Accounting for SEC Reporting — 3 tional tax planning opportunities. Prerequisite: ACCTG 108A or
units ACCTG 360.
Introduces the structure and functions of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The course will provide you with ACCTG 335 Consulting: Business Valuations — 3
an understanding of the accounting requirements for SEC report- units
ing and registration. Prerequisite: ACCTG 103 or ACCTG 306 or Provides a basic foundation in the principles and methods of
FI 317. valuing closely held businesses. Upon completion of this course,
you should be able to prepare a basic valuation of a closely held
ACCTG 319 Accounting Information Systems — 3 enterprise, understand the key issues related to stock options and
units warrants, and critically review valuation reports prepared by oth-
Examines accounting systems as integral components of manage- ers. Prerequisite: ACCTG 309 or consent of the department.
ment information systems. Coursework will provide you with an
understanding of general systems theory, information theory, ACCTG 336 Consulting: Buying and Selling
databases and systems analysis. You will focus on detailed exami- Businesses — 3 units
nation of specific accounting applications. Prerequisites: ACCTG Provides the opportunity to build the skills necessary to assist
100A and UGP 100. small business owners in buying or selling their businesses. In
addition to analyzing case studies of actual businesses, the stu-
ACCTG 320 Issues in Modern Management dents will participate in a real consulting engagement. As a mem-
Accounting — 3 units ber of a buyer or a seller team, the students will review actual
Focuses on current trends in managing the accounting function company data, interview company management, prepare an
within an organization and defines the role of the top financial industry analysis, a SWOT analysis, financial projections and
officers and the expertise they provide. Topics will demonstrate business valuation calculations for the company. They will negoti-
the accountant’s role in the decision making, implementation and ate a sales price and terms for the sale of the company and pres-
evaluation process of the firm. Prerequisite: ACCTG 105 or ent their findings to company management in the final class ses-
ACCTG 201, MATH 40, and ECON 202 (or ECON 1 and sion. Prerequisite: ACCTG 309 or ACCTG 335 or FI 300.
ECON 2).

68 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ACCTG 341 Assurance: Current Issues — 1.5 units ARTS (ARTS)


Examines current issues and topics in the area of assurance and
attestation such as techniques for integrating professional stan- Undergraduate Courses
dards related to fraud and special procedures engagements.
Prerequisite: ACCTG 310. ARTS 105 Contemporary Arts and Culture — 3
units
ACCTG 360 Federal Taxation — 3 units Explores selected issues in contemporary arts (1960-present) in
Studies federal taxation emphasizing taxation of individuals. This various cultures of the world. Includes reading, discussion and
is a comprehensive course that covers taxable income, gross extensive media presentations of music, theater, dance, visual arts,
income exclusions and inclusions, capital gains, depreciation, architecture and literature. Analyzes traditional and experimental
business and itemized deductions, personal exemptions, passive forms of the arts worldwide. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A.
activity losses, tax credits, and the various methods of accounting.
This course is only open for students in the master of accountan- ARTS 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Arts — 1–3 units
cy degree program. This course may not be taken if ACCTG Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
108A has been completed. Prerequisite: ACCTG 1A. Co-requi- theories in the creative a,.rts. Topics will be selected by the
site: ACCTG 100A. department coordinator. This course may be taken more than
once, provided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: con-
ACCTG 361 Taxation of Corporations and Other sent of the department.
Entities — 3 units
Studies federal income tax with a focus on more advanced topics ARTS 199 Directed Study in Arts — 1–3 units
applicable to individuals, corporations and partnerships. Income Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
taxation of estates and trusts, and gift and estate taxes are also faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
covered. Prerequisite: ACCTG 360 or consent of the department. trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

ACCTG 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Accounting — COMMUNICATIONS (COMM)


1–3 units
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and Undergraduate Courses
theories in accounting. Topics are compiled and selected by the
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro- COMM 35 Speech Communication — 3 units
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites will vary based Teaches the principles of effective public speaking. You will pre-
on topic. pare and deliver speeches, and become a supportive and critical
audience for others’ speeches. Your own speech video will pro-
ACCTG 398 Internship: Accounting — 1–6 units vide a tool for, and record of, your speaking improvement and
Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi- success. (CAN SPCH 4)
ence in an accounting setting. Available for students without prior
accounting firm experience. You are responsible for your own COMM 40 Understanding Communication — 3 units
placement in an internship, subject to approval to by the dean. A Examines the theory and practice of communication, from the
written internship proposal is required before consideration for ancient world through today’s mass media, networked organiza-
this course. A written report is required upon completion of the tions, and virtual workspaces. Looks at the social and cultural
internship. Prerequisites: consent of the department. aspects of communication in small group interactions, organiza-
tional development and interpersonal behavior.
ACCTG 399 Directed Study — 1–6 units
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific COMM 199 Directed Study in Communication —
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a 1–3 units
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas- faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
ter’s degree. Prerequisite: Completion of five, advanced graduate trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
Accounting courses, or consent of the department.

Course Descriptions 69
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

CRITICAL THINKING (CRTH) ECON 108 International Economics — 3 units


Surveys international trade and monetary theory, the forces and
Undergraduate Courses institutions that guide our external relations, and the issues and
problems that constrain growth in foreign trade. Provides you
CRTH 10 Critical Thinking — 3 units with a thorough grounding in the interaction of US business and
Trains you in developing effective study and learning skills, as those abroad. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A, ENGL 1B, ECON 1,
well as active critical reading and writing skills. You will analyze ECON 2 and MATH 30.
how language operates in everyday situations, in personal rela-
tionships, the professional world, and the media. You will devel- ECON 109 Economic Development — 3 units
op abilities to evaluate and construct arguments as well as tech- Studies the problems of theory and policy that are common to the
niques of persuasion applicable in personal, professional, and aca- developing nations of the world. The fundamental problem of
demic situations. Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENGL 1A. increasing per capita income is related to capital formation, popu-
lation growth and internal migration, international trade, market
CRTH 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Critical Thinking policies, and the ability to attract and use foreign aid. Emphasis is
— 1–3 units placed on the relation between the political system and the econo-
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and my. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A, ENGL 1B, ECON 1 and ECON 2.
theories in critical thinking. Topics will be selected by the depart-
ment coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, pro- ECON 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Economics —
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the 1–3 units
department. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
theories in economics. Topics will be selected by the department
CRTH 199 Directed Study in Critical Thinking — chair. This course may be taken more than once, provided the
1–3 units same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart-
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. ECON 199 Directed Study in Economics — 1–3
units
ECONOMICS (ECON) Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
Undergraduate Courses trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

ECON 1 Principles of Microeconomics — 3 units Graduate Courses


Introduces the process and analysis of resource allocation in a
decentralized market economy. Special focus on the coordination
ECON 202 Economics for Managers — 3 units
of consumer and producer decisions through price adjustments Surveys macroeconomics and microeconomics, domestic and
under alternative market structures and public policies. (ECON 1 international economic policies, and major issues in business eco-
and ECON 2 need not be taken in sequence and can be taken nomics; emphasis on the application of economic analysis to cur-
simultaneously.) Prerequisite: MATH 20. (CAN ECON 4). rent economic issues. Prerequisite: MATH 30.

ECON 2 Principles of Macroeconomics — 3 units ECON 340 International Trade and Finance — 3
Introduces the nature and analysis of data and phenomena that
units
impact the national economy. Special focus on the problems of Explores the theory of international trade and foreign investments
inflation, recession, unemployment, international trade and finan- and the foundation of the world trading order; commercial poli-
cial system instability. (ECON 1 and ECON 2 need not be taken cies of US and major trading countries; national policies affecting
in sequence and can be taken simultaneously.) Prerequisite: trade; commodity agreements and cartels; customs unions, direc-
MATH 20. (CAN ECON 2). tion, volume and composition of US and world trade; the case for
multilateral trade; GATT; US Trade Reform Act of 1979; US
ECON 103 Money and Banking — 3 units export regulations and US government-assistance programs with
Studies money and the capital market; monetary policies; struc- exports and foreign investments. Prerequisite: ECON 202.
ture, conduct and performance of the banking system; interna-
tional finance. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A, ENGL 1B, ECON 1,
ECON 2 and MATH 30.

70 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ECON 380 Financial Markets and Institutions — 3 ENGL 1A Expository Writing — 3 units
units Introduces the comprehensive skills of expository writing and
Examines the transfer of funds in the economic system through critical reading. You will learn to analyze various types of reading
financial intermediaries. Topics include the flow of funds, capital material and will strengthen your writing skills in a variety of
markets, debt, liquidity, nature of money in the US economy, the genres. These skills will support your academic work and prepare
innovations and interrelationships of institutions within the you to meet the reading and writing demands of professional
changing financial services industry, governmental regulation and activities. Prerequisites: Satisfactory score on the English
agencies, and the impact of public policy on economic transfers. Placement Exam or a grade of C or better in ENGL 10B. (CAN
Prerequisite: ECON 202. ENGL 2).

ECON 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Economics — ENGL 1B Research Writing — 3 units


1–3 units Provides extensive practice in research and writing techniques
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and that can be applied in both academic and professional settings.
theories in economics. Topics are compiled and selected by the You will learn to analyze various types of reading material and
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro- will practice information-gathering techniques, library and online
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites will vary based research strategies, and the use of surveys, interviews and field
on topic. observations. Prerequisite: Students must complete ENGL 1A
with a grade of C or better.
ECON 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific ENGL 120 Business Writing — 3 units
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a Helps you develop the skills necessary for effective business writ-
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only ing. You will write, edit and format letters, memos, reports and a
one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas- research paper. You will analyze business articles and other pro-
ter’s degree. Prerequisite: consent of the department. fessionally oriented material. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A; ENGL 1B
or consent of the department. Students must complete ENGL 1B
ENGLISH (ENGL) with a grade of C or better.

ENGL 198A–ZZ Special Topics in English — 1–3


See also: LITERATURE (LIT) units
Examine specific topics in English. Topics are selected by the
Undergraduate Courses department coordinator. You may take this course more than
once, provided the topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of
NOTE: All students wishing to enroll in ENGL 1A must take the the department.
English Placement Exam during the first week of the trimester or
term. The results of the exam will be used to determine if ENGL ENGL 199 Directed Study in English — 1–3 units
10A or ENGL 10B will be required prior to enrolling in ENGL Provides individual study of selected topics under the supervision
1A. of a faculty member. You may enroll in only one directed study
course each trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
ENGL 10A Writing Skills Workshop I — 3 units
Reviews the basics of well-formed sentences, paragraphs and Graduate Courses
essays. Earns three units of lower-division general elective credit.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory score on the English Placement Exam. ENGL 301 Graduate Writing II — 3 units
Prepares graduate students to write in both academic and profes-
ENGL 10B Writing Skills Workshop II — 3 units sional settings. Reviews unity, coherence, clarity, conciseness,
Teaches you the skills for composing well-formed essays for both audience analysis and document formatting. Using library and
academic and professional writing purposes. Earns three units of online research, you will prepare documents appropriate for pres-
lower-division general elective credit. Prerequisites: Satisfactory entation in your professional field. Required of all MBA students
score on the English Placement Exam or a grade of C or better in who score 3.0 or below on the Analytical Writing Assessment sec-
ENGL 10A. tion of the GMAT.

Course Descriptions 71
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

EXECUTIVE MBA EMBA 460 Career Development and Planning —


1–4 units
Graduate Courses Uses a workshop method consistently throughout the year to pro-
vide you with opportunities to learn and obtain skills and knowl-
EMBA 430 Managerial Economics — 1–4 units edge necessary for effective career and life planning. The focus of
Analyzes the management processes associated with resource this class is to develop a concrete action/development plan that
acquisition and allocation, theories of demand, production, cost integrates self-awareness with a life goal. This, in turn, results in
and pricing with emphasis on applications and the forecasting of career/lifestyle choices that fit your personalized vision.
business and financial conditions. Quantitative methods are
stressed. The emphasis will be on the practical application of eco- EMBA 465 Marketing Management — 1–4 units
nomic analysis and information in making strategic decisions and Introduces the basic principles of marketing management, the
integration into the strategic plan. vocabulary of marketing management, and the strategic implica-
tions of marketing decision making in the domestic and global
EMBA 440 Accounting for Decision Making — 1–4 marketplace. You will focus on the marketing environment, the
units competitive challenges of changing market environment, and
Introduces, in an accelerated format, the fundamental concepts strategic marketing planning in which the marketing mix is
and terminology of accounting for business enterprises: generally adapted to various marketing activities including, market segmen-
accepted accounting principles, the financial accounting process, tation, consumer behavior, product development, marketing infra-
analysis and interpretation of financial statements, and contempo- structure, quality and marketing research. You will be involved in
rary cost management principles. Emphasis is on the use of a range of individual and group activities including a case analy-
accounting and financial information in making strategic deci- ses, the development of a comprehensive marketing assessment
sions and integrated into the strategic plan. and country analysis for the international trip, and the marketing
planning component of the strategic planning project.
EMBA 450 Financial Management — 1–4 units
Looks at the field of financial management from a managerial EMBA 470 Operations Management — 1–4 units
perspective. In addition to presenting the techniques that man- Explores the impact of the operations-related functions on the
agers use to assess a firm’s financial health, the course explores firm’s strategies and competitiveness and their links with other
financial decisions that are made with the intention of enhancing key functional areas of the business. You will develop an in-depth
shareholder value. These decisions involve corporate investments, understanding of business processes related to the acquisition and
should term as well as long term; financing of the firm’s invest- allocation of resources, products and services design, process
ments; and acquisition of other businesses for the purpose of ver- design and improvement techniques, supply-chain management,
tical or horizontal integration and expansion. It will examine the production systems of goods and services, and technology deploy-
analytical framework of each of these decisions and their implica- ment to support and improve the entire value chain. You will be
tion for increasing the wealth of the shareholders. A parallel prac- introduced to contemporary operations management concepts
tice throughout the 12-month program will be the ongoing inte- such as just-in-time systems, flexible production systems, agile
gration and application of this in the strategic projects by devel- production systems, mass customization, process reengineering,
oping the financial planning component of the strategic planning and quality management programs. A parallel practice through-
project. out the 12-month program will be the ongoing integration and
application of this in the strategic projects by developing the oper-
EMBA 455 Leadership and Organizational
ational planning component of the strategic planning project.
Performance — 1–4 units
Analyzes organizational theories and frameworks, corporate cul- EMBA 475 International Management — 1–4 units
tures, qualities of excellent companies and the dynamics of orga- Reviews the global market by analyzing the economic structure of
nizational change; in-depth study of management decision mak- various regions, their resource base, trade patterns and capital
ing, leadership styles, employee performance and managing dur- flows. Focuses on the role of multinational corporations (MNCs)
ing uncertainty and crisis. Integrates textbook materials, articles, in the international economy, and on the changing economic and
case studies, and your management experience. A parallel practice political constraints within which MNCs operate. Examines the
throughout the 12-month program will be the ongoing integra- major issues facing MNCs such as product development, organi-
tion and application of this in the strategic projects and interna- zational structure, operations management and global marketing
tional cases. strategies. A parallel practice will be the integration of this course
material into the strategic planning project and the international
case analysis.

72 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

EMBA 475IT International Trip — 1 unit EXECUTIVE MPA (EMPA)


Covers the international trip, leveraging the international case
assignments that were done in the marketing and international Graduate Courses
business courses as well as the other previous courses. You will be
expected to explore through the company visits and question and EMPA 300 Theory, Ethics and Practice in Public
answer sessions with these companies their issues and plans in Service — 4 units
addressing the situations that you analyzed in your international Introduces you to key thinkers in public administration, examines
case assignments. the boundaries of the field and its overlaps with political science,
international studies and political economy. You will better
EMBA 480 Government and the Legal Environment understand and appreciate the rigors and riches in the field of
— 1–4 units public administration.
Examines the critical impact of non-market forces including the
legal, political, social and cultural roles played by the private EMPA 301 Research Methods and Analysis — 4
business institution. The focus is on commercial law and such units
contemporary issues in business-government relations as lobby- Provides you with the writing, analytical and research tools
ing, anti-trust policy, government regulation and de-regulation. In required by professional public managers. Emphasis is on the
addition to purely legal concerns, consideration is given to the methods of problem identification, developing a research strategy
ethical and social obligations of both the individual manager and and formal research proposal; identification of secondary sources
the corporation as a whole. A parallel practice will be the integra- essential to public policy and management research; use of the
tion of this course material into the strategic planning project and Internet as a research tools; appropriate research methodologies;
the international case analysis. and, a special emphasis on improving your ability to write con-
cisely and in a persuasive style. Training in the use of multi-media
EMBA 490 Strategic Planning — 1–4 units presentation methods will be provided as well.
Covers the development and implementation of strategies for
gaining competitive advantage. You will consider the strategic EMPA 302 Public Policy Analysis and Program
problems encountered by top-level managers in a competitive Evaluation — 4 units
global market from an integrated perspective. You will learn var- Explores the environment of the policy analyst, including an
ied approaches to analyzing strategic situations, developing a examination of the frames of reference that both guide and con-
competitive strategic plan and managing policies to implement strain work in the field. You will be introduced to policy analyti-
these strategies including: controlling organization-wide policies, cal paradigms, will examine historical themes in the policy litera-
leading organizational change and the allocation and leverage of ture, and will use the major tools used in policy analysis and pro-
resources. The major objective of the course is to develop the gram evaluation, including benefit-cost analysis, factor analysis
capability to do strategic analysis and the resulting formulation of and time series analysis. The advantages and disadvantages of
strategic plans. A parallel practice throughout the twelve-month these tools will be critically examined. Case studies will be used
program will be the ongoing integration and application of this in extensively as example and source material for theory building.
the strategic projects and international cases.
EMPA 303 Organizational Analysis and
EMBA 490P Strategic Project — 1–4 units Development — 4 units
Covers the final preparation and presentation of the strategic Examines the development and current emphases in organization
projects, integrating the individual functional and contextual theory from scientific management to the present. The focus is on
components of the strategic plan that were developed in the previ- the uses of pertinent theories in public management as well as the
ous courses. Emphasis is on building a “big picture” set of objec- specific diagnosis and intervention tools and strategies employed
tives and plans that respond to the needs of the firm and aligns in organizational development and change. Specific emphasis is
the functional and contextual plans toward that set of objectives. given to experiential skill-building techniques, action research,
Consistent with this is building a compelling presentation that work design and organizational development methods.
establishes the appropriateness of your solution plan.
EMPA 304 Public Enterprise Management and
Public Sector Business Relations — 4 units
Focuses on the growing trend toward market-based public service
delivery systems. Public administrators in many levels of govern-
ment are being challenged to become more entrepreneurial in
their management of public enterprises. Contracting with private
firms to provide public services is becoming the norm, rather than
the exception. The course examines these trends and provides you
with needed competencies related to contract management, mar-
keting, customer service and quality management.

Course Descriptions 73
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

EMPA 305 Budgeting and Financial Management — FINANCE (FI)


4 units
Examines financial administration in public and not-for-profit Undergraduate Courses
organizations. Topics include: concepts and activities in public
financial management, budgeting, taxation, revenue planning, FI 100 Financial Management — 3 units
borrowing, fiscal controls, and the analytical skills needed to Introduces financial analysis and management in terms of its most
direct and control public fiscal activities. Particular attention is important functions: raising funds at minimum cost and risk and
given to the nature of public expenditure controls, the budget allocating those funds between competing short- and long-term
cycle (preparation, submission, review, adoption, execution and uses. Topics include financial statement analysis, discounted cash
evaluation), financial management, legislative and accounting flow analysis, financial markets and interest rate determination,
analysis of budgets. stock and bond valuation models, capital budgeting methodolo-
gies and working capital management. Concepts of risk and
EMPA 306 Public Service and the Law — 4 units return, cost of capital calculation and capital structure are intro-
Introduces public service managers and executives to administra- duced. Prerequisites: ACCTG 1A, and MATH 20 or MATH 30.
tive law and related administrative procedures. The major consti-
tutional and statutory provisions that impact public service activi- FI 101 Strategic Decisions in Financing and
ties are discussed. Major topics include constitutional law and Investment — 3 units
special provisions of the California Constitution, the Freedom of Expands and completes the discussion of issues raised in Finance
Information Act, the Federal and California Administrative 100 and extends the examination of the field of finance to include
Procedures Acts, The Brown Act and the Privacy Act. Cases will such important areas as dividend policy, leasing, mergers and
be used extensively to illustrate concepts and the application of acquisitions. Case analysis is used extensively. Prerequisite: FI
the law. 100.

EMPA 307 Personnel Management and Labor FI 102 Financial Analysis — 3 units
Relations — 4 units Introduces tools for an applied approach to the analysis of finan-
Covers contemporary issues surrounding employer/employee rela- cial problems. Topics include funds flows, ratio analysis, cash-
tions in public sector organizations. Topics include images of pub- flow budgets and projections, and financial and operating lever-
lic service, work life in organizations, staffing, training and devel- age models. Includes identification of sources of financial infor-
opment, merit systems, labor relations, equal employment oppor- mation. Prerequisite: FI 100.
tunity and affirmative action and job evaluation. Particular atten-
FI 105 Modeling for Financial Analysis — 3 units
tion is given to developments in public service employees’ collec-
Presents the techniques of financial analysis and modeling using
tive bargaining legislation, improved employee participation pro-
electronic spreadsheet tools. Includes basic operations such as
grams, and strategies and techniques used in conflict resolution.
organizing spreadsheets, entering numbers and text, performing
EMPA 396 Graduate Research Project in Public calculations, using financial commands, creating charts, embed-
Management — 4 units ding spreadsheets in word processing documents, file manage-
Presents the capstone course taken in the final trimester of the ment, etc. It emphasizes advanced spreadsheet methods for doing
EMPA program. You will undertake a major research project to sensitivity analysis, break-even ratio analysis, capital budgeting,
integrate and synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired in the sales forecasting, funds forecasting, cash budgeting, cash flow and
program. The research project is expected to have practical utility, financial ratio analysis, and capital structure analysis. This is a
hopefully in relationship to your organization. hands-on course that develops spreadsheet skills and shows how
to use the results to make better financial decisions. It highlights
EMPA 399 Directed Study — 4 units the use of spreadsheets for communicating as well as calculating.
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific Prerequisites: UGP 100 and FI 100.
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. The FI 106 International Corporate Finance — 3 units
project to be undertaken should include an element of creativity Brings a study of corporate financial practices into the interna-
and lend itself to completion within 150 hours. Ordinarily, direct- tional arena. Multinationals confront the familiar problems of
ed individual study courses must be completed within one financing and investment in unique new forms as these firms seek
trimester. Only one directed study course may be taken for credit to expand across national borders. Topics include foreign
toward a master’s degree. Prerequisite: consent of the department. exchange risk management, long-run investment decisions, inter-
national financial markets, international banking and trade
financing. Prerequisite: FI 100.

74 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FI 120 Investments — 3 units Graduate Courses


Introduces the theory of portfolio analysis and the characteristics
of various investment instruments with a focus on securities FI 203 Financial Analysis for Managers — 3 units
investment analysis, with some consideration of other investment Introduces financial analysis and management in terms of its most
forms. Topics include sources of investment information, important functions: raising funds at minimum cost and risk and
risk/return analysis, money-market investments, measuring invest- allocating those funds between competing short- and long-term
ment performance. Satisfies part of the educational requirements uses. Topics include financial statement analysis, discounted cash
to sit for the CFP® examination.* Prerequisite: FI 100. flow analysis, financial markets and interest rate determination,
stock and bond valuation models, capital budgeting methodolo-
*Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ desig- gies and working capital management. Concepts of risk and
nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the return, cost of capital calculation and capital structure are intro-
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met
its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satis- duced. Prerequisites: ACCTG 201 (or ACCTG 1A) and MATH
fied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics 20 or MATH 30.
and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to
sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the FI 300 Corporate Finance — 3 units
CFP Board.
Presents an intermediate level treatment of corporate finance that
FI 141 International Banking and Finance — 3 units builds on the conceptual and technical foundation of FI 203.
Surveys operational aspects of international banking. Topics Topics include risk and return models, cost of capital calculations,
include financing international operations, sources of capital, the real options in capital budgeting, capital structure theory and
foreign-exchange market, transaction and translation risks, inter- practice, leasing, option valuation and the analysis of option-like
national financial institutions (including the Euro-currency mar- securities, financial risk management and multinational finance.
ket), international collections, lending policies, government regu- Prerequisites: ACCTG 201 (or ACCTG 1A and ACCTG 1B),
lations, services available to the global manager. Prerequisite: FI ECON 202 (or ECON 1 and ECON 2), FI 203 (or FI 100 or FI
100. 300A) and MATH 40.

FI 160 Personal Financial Planning — 3 units FI 300A Managerial Finance — 3 units


Introduces the process of comprehensive personal financial and Introduces the principles of financial management at the level of
estate planning. Topics include historical context of personal the strategic business unit, in the departments and divisions of the
financial planning and services, career opportunities, analysis of firm. You will focus on understanding capital budgeting and on
personal financial statements, time-value-of-money applications, planning and control decisions: how the firm’s funds are to be
consumer decision-making analysis, personal risk/insurance analy- allocated across the universe of investment opportunities, and
sis, house-buying analysis, savings and investment strategies, how the successes of these efforts are to be monitored and evalu-
income/retirement/ estate tax planning. Satisfies part of the educa- ated. In addition, liquidity or cash management, a daily preoccu-
tional requirements to sit for the CFP® examination.* pation of the financial manager will be explored. You will learn
Prerequisite: ACCTG 1A. the concepts, tools, and techniques necessary to making value-
adding decisions in the SBU. In the process, the integration of
FI 197 Internship: Finance — 3 units finance with the other functional areas and strategic concerns of
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in a job the firm will be emphasized. Case analysis and team projects are
directly related to your academic major and career goals. You will used as appropriate. Prerequisites: ACCTG 201, MATH 240
be responsible for your own placement in an internship approved
by the department chair. A written internship proposal is required FI 305 Financial Reporting and Analysis — 3 units
before consideration for this course. A written report is required Combines theoretical concepts underlying the presentation of
upon completion of the internship. Prerequisite: consent of the financial statements with the practical techniques of financial
department. analysis. Topics include accounting processes; examination of the
components of the balance sheet, the income statement and the
FI 198A–ZZ Selected Topics in Finance — 3 units statement of cash flows; application of the various quantitative
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and techniques of financial analysis, such as ratio interpretation and
theories in finance. Topics will be selected by the department EPS evaluation; and the meaning and significance of the auditor’s
chair. This course may be taken more than once, provided the opinion. Prerequisite: FI 300.
same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart-
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.

FI 199 Directed Study in Finance — 1–3 units


Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

Course Descriptions 75
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FI 307 Financial Modeling — 3 units FI 318 Venture Capital and Start-up Financing — 3
Presents the theory and practice of financial management with units
emphasizing computer-based modeling and forecasting. Uses Examines the strategic and financial issues facing high-growth
spreadsheet and other software products to analyze the impact of start-ups. Helps you develop a sophisticated understanding of the
financial decisions related to financial statement analysis, cash tools and techniques employed by successful entrepreneurs in rais-
budgeting, cost of capital determination, capital budgeting and ing start-up, growth, and acquisition capital for their ventures.
capital structure choices. The course covers a variety of tech- You will explore alternative financing sources, notably venture
niques, such as sensitivity and scenario analysis, optimization capital and “angel” investors. In addition, you will review the
methods, Monte Carlo simulation, regression and time-series exit strategies available to companies, including IPOs and merg-
analysis and neutral network models. Prerequisite: FI 300. ers. Topics discussed include: the history and current direction of
the venture capital industry, valuation techniques for new ven-
*Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner® desig- tures and established private firms, raising venture capital and
nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner® is granted by the alternative financing, entrepreneurial management issues in capi-
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP® Board) to those persons who have
met its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP® Board’s Certification Examination, tal raising, maintaining control and direction, and harvesting the
satisfied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP® Board’s Code of venture via IPO or merger. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI
Ethics and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP® Board are
permitted to sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued 300A.
only by the CFP® Board.
FI 320 Financial Strategy and Value Creation — 3
FI 308 Management Control Systems — 3 units units
Surveys systems for controlling and monitoring resource utiliza- Demonstrates the use of competitive strategy to create sharehold-
tion within the context of the organization’s objectives. Topics er value, industry attractiveness, firm-based resources and com-
include performance measurement for responsibility centers, petitive advantage in a variety of settings, including technology-
structuring of investment and profit centers, transfer pricing, con- intensive and mature industries. Introduces the use of transaction
trol of managed costs, incentive systems, budgeting systems and cost economics and the capital-asset pricing model to analyze ver-
long-range planning. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A. tical integration, diversification and global strategies. Extensively
FI 312 Capital Budgeting and Long-term Financing — 3 units uses case studies to build strategy development skills. This course
Analyzes capital budgeting and long-term financing decisions in may not be taken by MBA students. Prerequisite: FI 300.
depth. Topics include interaction of investment and financing
decisions, project cash flow analysis, risk analysis, alternative val- FI 340 Investments — 3 units
uation methods, capital structure theory and the selection of vari- Presents the theory and practice of investment analysis. Topics
ous financing methods. Prerequisite: FI 300. include efficient market theory; risk and return analysis for
stocks, bonds and cash equivalents; modern portfolio theory;
FI 314 Working Capital Management — 3 units asset pricing models; bond pricing and the term structure of inter-
Examines financial decisions that affect the value of the firm in est rates; effects of taxes and inflation on investment choices; and
the short run. Topics include receivables management, inventory derivative asset analysis. Prerequisite: FI 300.
management, marketable securities management, short-term lia-
bility management and cash management. Prerequisite: FI 300. FI 343 International Corporate Finance — 3 units
Surveys the international aspects of financial management. Topics
FI 317 Mergers and Acquisitions — 3 units include the international currency arrangement for the settlement
Surveys the field of mergers and acquisitions, using case studies. of private and public transactions; the theory of international
Topics include accounting for acquisitions, tax implications of financial adjustments; functions of financial institutions including
mergers, legal aspects of mergers, the role of investment bankers the Federal Reserve System, the Euro-currency market, IBRD and
in mergers, valuing business, merger negotiation, risk manage- IMF; financing of trade including EXIM and FCIA and commer-
ment, leveraged buyouts, tenders and defenses. Prerequisite: FI cial banks; foreign-exchange markets; management of currency
300. exposure; estimating country debt-servicing capacity; and external
debt-financing problems. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI
300A.

FI 344 Fundamental Analysis of Securities — 3


units
Presents the concepts and theory underlying stock and bond
analysis. Topics include understanding financial statements;
income manipulations; common stock valuation techniques;
industry analysis; company analysis; fixed income securities
analysis; other investments such as convertibles, warrants, options
and short-term fixed income securities; efficient market theory.
Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A.

76 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FI 346 Derivative Markets — 3 units FI 360 Behavioral Finance — 3 units


Introduces theory and practice in the forward, futures, swap and Introduces the theories developed by research into cognitive bias-
options markets. Topics include commodity derivatives, currency es, investor emotions and herd effects; it explores the applications
derivatives, stock options, stock index futures and options, inter- of these theories in corporate finance and investment manage-
est rate derivatives, arbitrage strategies, Black-Scholes and ment and suggests approaches through which sophisticated
Binomial option-pricing models and computer applications. investors can exploit the opportunities created by nonrational
Prerequisite: FI 340. investors. Traditional (or standard) finance builds its theories on
the presumption that assets are valued in modern financial mar-
FI 347 Financial Engineering and Risk Management kets through the buy-and-sell decisions of rational, profit-maxi-
— 3 units mizing investors. An accumulating body of research challenges
Covers risk management techniques for corporations and man- this fundamental presumption, suggesting instead that investment
agers of equity, bond and derivative portfolios. Topics include decisions are motivated by a complex array of nonrational psy-
measurement of corporate risk exposure, portfolio risk exposure chological factors.
and value at risk for financial institutions; hedging the price risk
of commodities, exchange rates, interest rates and equity markets; FI 382 Management of Banks and Financial
credit risk management; portfolio insurance; portfolio immuniza- Holding Companies — 3 units
tion; synthetic assets; and computer applications. Prerequisite: FI Analyzes the management of the operations of banks, savings and
340; Co-requisite: FI 346. loans, credit unions and other lending institutions. Topics include
the banking industry, firm organizational structure, the legal and
FI 350 Portfolio Management — 3 units regulatory environment, performance analysis, services and finan-
Applies the theoretical principles of portfolio management to cial statements, constraints on management decisions, and mar-
domestic and international asset allocation, the management of keting strategies. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A.
equity and fixed income portfolios and the use of derivatives to
manage portfolio risk. Topics include passive and active manage- FI 420 Personal Financial Planning — 3 units
ment; quadratic optimization; international diversification; tacti- Introduces the broad scope of financial planning as it relates to
cal asset allocation; market timing; factor models for risk meas- personal goals/values, as well as its role in the financial services
urement, optimization and performance attribution; hedging; and industry. Topics include careers in financial services, management
computer applications. Prerequisite: FI 340. of personal financial statements, time-value-of-money analysis,
calculator/computer applications, insurance, social security,
FI 352 Technical Analysis of Securities — 3 units house-buying strategies, investments, retirement planning, income
Examines empirical evidence concerning non-efficient markets in tax and estate planning. Satisfies part of the educational require-
which technical analysis is thought to apply. Topics include trend ments to sit for the CFP® examination.* Prerequisite: FI 203 (or
analysis, turning-point analysis, charting techniques, volume and FI 100) or FI 300A.
open interest indicators, contrary opinion theories, and technical
theories such as Dow theory and Elliott waves. Prerequisite: FI FI 421 Personal Investment Management — 3 units
203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A. Investigates the investment process from the perspective of the
individual investor. Typically, such investors have small portfolios
FI 354 Wyckoff Method I — 3 units and must work with lower-quality information, greater time con-
Studies the Richard D. Wyckoff method, a complete, time-tested straints, and less-sophisticated analytical skills than their institu-
and effective approach to market analysis and trading. The action tional counterparts. This course will discuss approaches and tech-
sequence is a unique active-learning way to acquire the skills and niques that enable individual investors to build and manage port-
judgment needed to apply the Wyckoff method. Prerequisite: FI folios that offer returns commensurate with their risks.
352 or consent of the department. Familiarity with the universe of securities, the mechanics of trad-
ing, the many and varied sources of investment information, and
FI 355 Wyckoff Method II — 3 units
with the vocabulary of investing will be emphasized. Satisfies part
Continues the study of the Richard D. Wyckoff method, a com-
of the educational requirements to sit for the CFP® examina-
plete, time-tested and effective approach to market analysis and
tion.* Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A. This course is
trading. The action sequence is a unique active-learning way to
not open to students who have completed FI 340.
acquire the skills and judgment needed to apply the Wyckoff
method. Prerequisite: FI 352 and FI 354, or consent of the
*Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ desig-
department. nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met
FI 358 Technical Market Analysis Strategies — 3 its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satis-
fied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics
units and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to
Provides advanced studies in technical analysis and trading. sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the
CFP Board.
Money management, investor psychology and technical analysis
elements are considered. Focuses upon development of a trading
plan. Prerequisite: FI 352 or consent of the department.

Course Descriptions 77
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FI 422 Retirement and Employee Benefits Planning FI 430 Business Development in Financial Services
— 3 units — 3 units
Strategies used by financial planners to help clients assess employ- Presents a qualitatively oriented approach for financial services
ee benefits and to reduce the tax burden while planning for retire- professionals (e.g., in investments, banking, financial and estate
ment. Topics include: retirement needs analysis, defined benefit planning, real estate, insurance, consulting and accounting) want-
and contribution plans; profit sharing; 401k; 403b; ESOP; IRA; ing to develop greater business development skills in attracting
SEP-IRA; Roth-IRA; Keogh; TSA; social security benefits and and maintaining clients. Topics include seven habits of highly
integration; vesting; employee benefits analysis; funding vehicles; effective professionals, principle-centered professionalism and
plan installation and administration; asset balancing; buy-sell ethics, client assessment, helping clients make financial decisions,
agreements, ERISA; stock redemption and cross-purchase plans; negotiating, financial sales and practices, ethical and professional
evaluation of retirement timing; life-cycle planning, retirement issues, and professional presentations.
lifestyle issues, distribution planning, and post-retirement finan-
cial and qualitative assessment of needs. Satisfies part of the edu- FI 434 Cases in Financial Planning — 3 units
cational requirements to sit for the CFP® examination.* Co-req- Uses case studies that apply financial planning principles to strate-
uisite: FI 420 (or FI 160) or FI 425 (or ACCTG 108A), or con- gic personal wealth management for advising clients in the com-
sent of the department. prehensive financial and estate-planning approach. Topics
include: integrating and balancing client needs with financial
FI 425 Income Tax Planning — 3 units products and strategies, update on taxation and new financial
Strategies used by financial planners to help clients achieve products, writing a comprehensive financial plan, presenting the
greater tax efficiency. Topics include income tax concepts and cal- plan, implementing the plan, providing periodic review, profes-
culations, income tax research methods, gross income realization, sional literature and resources, qualitative client factors and
exclusions and deductions, passive activities, alternative minimum analysis, financial counseling techniques, and computer resources.
tax, tax considerations of business forms, taxable and nontaxable Prerequisites: FI 420, FI 421, FI 422, FI 425, FI 426 and FI 483.
property transactions, compensation planning, family tax plan-
ning, audit risk and dealing with the IRS. Satisfies part of the FI 450 Practicum in Financial Planning – 3 units
requirements to sit for the CFP® examination.* Prerequisite: FI A practicum is defined as “A course, especially one in a special-
420 or FI 160. ized field of study, that is designed to give students supervised
practical application of previously studied theory.” Through this
FI 426 Estate Planning — 3 units Practicum you will learn to work with clients in determining their
Introduces estate planning tools and strategies to assist a client in needs and developing appropriate financial planning recommen-
developing, maintaining and transferring his/her wealth consistent dations. It is designed to help you make the transition from the
with objectives. Topics include professional role differentiation learning phase of your career to the actual practice of financial
between financial advisers, CPAs, and estate-planning attorneys; planning. At the heart of this process is an opportunity to work
writing disclaimers in a financial plan; gift and estate taxation; with experienced mentors as you develop a comprehensive finan-
ownership of personal and real property issues; wills; letter of last cial plan for a real client. And while classroom time will include
instructions; trusts; trustees/personal representatives and their lectures, expert panels, and guest speakers, significant time will
fiduciary responsibilities; probate strategies; implications for indi- also be devoted to role-playing exercises and critiques intended to
viduals; general/limited partnerships; closely held businesses; cor- prepare you for your client discovery and plan presentation meet-
porations; life insurance funding; post-mortem planning; creative ings. Prerequisites: FI 420, FI 421, FI 422, FI 425, FI 426, and FI
estate planning strategies consistent with client goals and values; 483. Alternatively, completion of a course of study that qualifies
charitable giving strategies; California estate planning issues; and you to sit for the CFP Board’s comprehensive exam, or passage of
how to implement and monitor the estate plan. Satisfies part of the CFP™ exam, with the consent of the program director.
the educational requirements to sit for the CFP® examination.*
Prerequisite: FI 420. FI 460 Real Estate — 3 units
Analyzes real estate concepts and presents an overview of the
FI 428 Business Valuation — 3 units industry. Topics include the nature of real estate assets as distinct
Surveys valuation and financial planning methods and strategies from non-real-estate assets; the institutions, market forces and
for closely held businesses for a broad range of purposes. Topics regulatory groups that affect real estate; special attention to the
include financial statement and ratio trends and analyses; eco- terminology and language used in connection with the conversion
nomics industry and comparable company analyses; research of land from non-urban to urban use; examination of activities
techniques for obtaining company, industry and economic infor- and functions of those engaged in developing, building, apprais-
mation; income and cash-flow valuation and planning methods ing, financing, marketing, leasing and planning; and their interre-
vs. balance sheet valuation; owner’s interests as they relate to con- lationships. This course fulfills part of the educational require-
trol, compensation, profit sharing, taxes and fringe benefits; and ments of the California Department of Real Estate for salesperson
related estate-planning issues. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or and broker licensing, contact the DRE for more information.
FI 300A. Prerequisite: FI 203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A.

78 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

FI 463 Real Estate Finance and Investment — 3 *Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ desig-
nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the
units Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met
Presents an analytical and applications approach to real estate its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satis-
finance and investment. Topics include real estate markets and fied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics
and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to
institutions, real estate project analysis, conventional and creative sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the
financing, governmental and tax-related issues, real estate invest- CFP Board.
ment products, yield analysis and decision models. This course
fulfills part of the educational requirements of the California HISTORY (HIST)
Department of Real Estate (DRE) for salesperson and broker
licensing, contact the DRE for more information. Prerequisite: FI Undergraduate Courses
203 (or FI 100) or FI 300A.
HIST 88 Business in World History — 3 units
*Golden Gate University does not award the CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ desig- Looks at the history of globalization from the perspective of
nations. The right to use the marks CFP® and Certified Financial Planner™ is granted by the European, Asian, African, and American civilizations, from the
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards (CFP Board) to those persons who have met beginnings of long-distance ocean navigation to the present era of
its rigorous educational standards, passed the CFP Board’s Certification Examination, satis-
fied a work experience requirement and agreed to abide by the CFP Board’s Code of Ethics satellite communication and cyberspace. Examines economic,
and Professional Responsibility. Only persons registered with the CFP Board are permitted to social, and cultural effects of exploration, trade, migration and
sit for the Certification Examination. CFP® certificates and licenses are issued only by the
CFP Board. settlement, technological development, and cultural exchange.
Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENGL 1A.
FI 483 Insurance Planning — 3 units
Explores personal risk analysis and insurance planning in the con- HIST 198A–ZZ Special Topics in History — 1–3
text of personal financial planning. Topics include: career issues; units
contractual and agency legal issues; insurance distribution systems Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
(including Internet); evaluating insurers; personal risk assessment; theories in history. Topics will be selected by the department coor-
risk strategies; alternative risk transfer approaches; life insurance dinator. This course may be taken more than once, provided the
programming and product analysis; key-person insurance; busi- same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart-
ness continuation applications; life insurance use in income and ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
estate tax planning; applicability of other insurance products (e.g.,
HIST 199 Directed Study in History — 1–3 units
health, disability, general liability, property and casualty); HMOs,
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
group insurance plans; workers compensation; relevant aspects of
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
social security; negligence issues; errors and omissions policies;
trimester. Prerequisites: consent of the department.
and professional ethics. Satisfies part of the educational require-
ments to sit for the CFP® examination. Co-requisite: FI 420 (or
FI 160) or consent of the department.* HUMANITIES (HUM)

FI 497 Internship: Finance — 3 units Undergraduate Courses


Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi-
HUM 156 Business and Civilization — 3 units
ence in a job directly related to your academic major and career
Examines the historical interactions between business and such
goals. You are responsible for your own placement in an intern-
other aspects of civilizations as religion, philosophy, art, science,
ship approved by the department chair. A written internship pro-
economic life, and government and military policies. Studies how
posal is required before consideration for this course. A written
the values, institutions and actions of business are shaped by the
report is required upon completion of the internship. Prerequisite:
civilization of which they are an intrinsic part. Case studies are
consent of the department.
chosen from the western and nonwestern world and from a wide
FI 498A–ZZ Selected Topics in Finance — 1–3 units spectrum of historical periods. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A.
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
HUM 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Humanities — 1–3
theories in finance. Topics are compiled and selected by the
units
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro-
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: FI 300. Other
theories in the humanities. Topics will be selected by the depart-
prerequisites will vary based on topic.
ment coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, pro-
FI 499 Directed Study in Finance — 1–3 units vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific department. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
ter’s degree. Prerequisites: FI 300; consent of the department.

Course Descriptions 79
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

HUM 199 Directed Study in Humanities — ITM 102 Advanced Programming Concepts with
1–3 units Java — 3 units
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a Provides a continuation of ITM 101, emphasizing object- and
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per event-oriented programming. While the course is based on the
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. Java programming language, it is not primarily a computer lan-
guage (Java) class. Rather, it is a class in basic programming prin-
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGE- ciples applicable to a variety of languages and programming envi-
MENT (ITM) ronments. You will study the most up-to-date programming tech-
nologies including object-oriented programming, visual program-
Undergraduate Courses ming, and programming for the Internet. Topics include object-
based programming, object-oriented programming, strings and
ITM 10 Small Computers for Business — 3 units characters, graphics, basic graphical user interface (GUI) compo-
Provides you with hands-on learning of popular business applica- nents, multithreading, bit manipulation and introductory data
tion tools. You will develop skills in word processing, spread- structures. Prerequisite: ITM 101 or consent of the department.
sheets, database and business presentations. Skills in
Internet/World Wide Web use will be presented, including naviga- ITM 103 Introduction to Visual Basic — 3 units
tion and search. An overview of computer theory is included, to Provides an introduction to Visual Basic programming for stu-
create an understanding of computer function, and the relation- dents with an introductory knowledge of computer programming.
ship of microcomputer technology to the business environment. Topics include introduction to graphical, event-oriented program-
The class material will address the requirements for Microsoft ming under Microsoft Windows; the Visual Basic development
Office Specialist certification. environment; creating and using controls to build a Graphical
User Interface (GUI); the Visual Basic programming language;
ITM 100 Mobile Wireless Communications — 3 units debugging techniques; introduction to Visual Basic graphics; han-
Explores the different types of mobile wireless communications. dling mouse input; file input-output; data access and selected
Focuses on some key mobile wireless technologies and studies advanced topics such as Object Linking and Embedding (OLE). A
their advantages and limitations. You will understand the hard- significant section of this course will cover using Visual Basic as a
ware and software requirements for mobile wireless communica- graphical “front-end” for desktop database development.
tions and will research the available mobile wireless devices. You
will learn about the concept of wireless communications; wireless ITM 113 Database Management Systems — 3 units
regulations and frequency allocations; key wireless technologies Provides a solid foundation in database management systems,
— GSM, TDMA and CDMA; Wi-Fi; Bluetooth; WAP (wireless concentrating on the benefits, structures and views of data. You
applications protocol); worldwide mobile wireless applications; will analyze the existing database design methodologies, and use
available mobile wireless products; and the advantages and issues Oracle and SQL.
as well as future trends of mobile wireless communications.
Features a case study approach on the applications of mobile
ITM 115 Digital Communications — 3 units
wireless technologies. Prerequisite: ITM 115 or consent of the Introduces you to the telecommunications profession through its
department. history, acronyms, architecture, technologies and systems as well
as major telecommunications players and vendors, regulatory
ITM 101 Fundamental Programming Concepts with bodies and their roles. Focuses on digital communications and
Java — 3 units technologies, switching systems, transmission modalities, net-
Provides an introduction to fundamental programming concepts works architectures and interoperabilites. You will learn how to
and methods based on the Java programming language. Designed prepare a business plan and case study analysis; to prepare and
to be a first course for students with little or no prior program- evaluate technical requests for proposals (RFPs) and SWOT
ming experience, it is not primarily a computer language (Java) analyses; to describe how voice and data are digitized and sent
class. Rather, it is a class in basic programming principles applica- over networks; to assess the technologies required for digital com-
ble to a variety of languages and programming environments, munications. Research and analytical skills will be deepened
introducing you to the most up-to-date programming technolo- through SWOT analyses, case studies and general research.
gies including object-oriented programming, visual programming Ethical considerations for RFP generation will be discussed, as
and programming for the Internet. Topics include introduction to will global assessment of digital communications.
computers, programming languages and Java; problem solving
using object-oriented and algorithmic development methods;
ITM 125 Management Information Systems — 3
good programming practices and style; primitive data types; vari-
units
ables; arithmetic operations; assignment operations; relational Studies the managerial aspects of information systems in business
and logical expressions; branching (if/else); loop control structures organizations. Emphasis is placed on the planning, implementa-
(while, for, do/while); multi-way branching (switch, break, contin- tion, evaluation, budgeting and management of information sys-
ue); debugging strategies and tools; subprograms, object-based tems. Emerging technological trends will be explored.
functions (methods), arrays, exception handling, files and Prerequisite: UGP 100 or consent of the department.
streams.
80 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 130 Network Security — 3 units ITM 150 Network Design — 3 units
Defines network security in the context of networks, information Provides in-depth coverage of network design, and knowledge of
and computer systems. This course identifies threats and vulnera- different types of network infrastructures involving LAN, WAN
bilities; major aspects of encryption, digital signatures and other and dial-access services. Focuses on gathering customers’
authentication procedures are covered. LAN, Wireless and other Internetworking requirements, identifying solutions, and design-
aspects of network security are reviewed with discussions focus- ing the network infrastructure and elements to ensure the basic
ing on firewalls, VPN and ISO17700 compliance. Strong empha- functionality of proposed solutions. Focuses on the technology,
sis is placed on analysis, monitoring and evaluation of network methods and best practices available today for network design.
security. Intrusion and detection strategies are reviewed. An You will learn the methodology of network design for the inter-
overview of vendors and other security resources is covered. network infrastructure; how to design routed and switched net-
Course content will be aligned with the expectations for the works involving LAN, WAN and dial-access services for business
Comp TIA Security+ Certification. and organization; and will be aligned with expectations for the
Cisco CCDA Exam.
ITM 133 Systems Analysis: Analysis and Design —
3 units ITM 185 Area Networks — 3 units
Covers the application of systems development concepts to the Introduces multi-layer switching technology for area networks.
analysis and logical design of computer systems, emphasizing Identifies the key components — gateways, routers, switches,
methodologies and tools specific to automated business systems. hubs — necessary to effect multi-layer switching. Describes how
Prerequisites: UGP 100 and ITM 125. MLS functions on a switch and how to configure a switch to par-
ticipate in multi-layer switching in different area networks.
ITM 143 Structured Query Language and PL/SQL Different trunking protocols as well as VLAN configurations and
— 3 units operations are also studied You will learn how to configure the
Provides a solid foundation in the syntax and the use of the switch devices to improve spanning tree convergence; how to
Structured Query Language (SQL). This course builds upon the establish the connectivity between devices within a switch block;
introduction to SQL provided in ITM 113. SQL is the standard the connectivity from an end user station to an access layer
language for most of the current relational database management device, and will become acquainted with expectations for the
systems. You will learn how to create applications using the pro- Cisco CCNP Exam.
gramming language known as PL/SQL. The following topics will
be covered: writing basic SQL select statements, restricting and ITM 191 Capstone: Creating Value in the IT Career
sorting data, single row functions, displaying data from multiple — 3 units
tables, aggregating data using group functions, the syntax and use Explores understanding, creating and communicating value
of the PL/SQL programming language, how to create functions, through technology, for the benefit of both the enterprise and
procedures, packages and triggers. This course makes extensive your career. In measuring your progress toward the BSIT degree,
use of ORACLE. Prerequisite: ITM 113 or consent of the depart- we will take a look backward to assess what you have accom-
ment. plished, and will take a look ahead and project what you will
have to offer as an IT professional in the global, real-time, real-
ITM 144 Database Administration Fundamentals — world enterprise. As part of the process, we take a long and seri-
3 units ous look at the “soft skills” that industry experts agree are key to
Provides a solid foundation on database administration. You will a student’s employability and success in the workforce and/or
learn how to get started with the database server, how to manage graduate school. Those areas include ethics, leadership, research
a database instance, how to create a database, the basics of the and writing skills, and a global perspective. With these and a keen
database architecture, how to manage the physical database awareness of how technology may be used to create value, you
structure, tablespaces, datafiles, storage structures, undo data, will be prepared for the transition to real world concerns and
database objects and database users. Extensive use of ORACLE. equipped for career longevity. Competing in the global market-
Prerequisites: ITM 113 or consent of the department. place will also be a focus: global industry and regulatory policy as
well as social, economic, and cultural issues that impact IT.
Business value creation through technology is the focus both of
the subject matter of the course and the project requirements.
Case study analyses and writing a business plan for a technology
proposal will be part of the requirements. As part of the capstone
project, you will create an employability skills portfolio that will
add value to your applications for jobs and/or graduate school.
Must be taken in the last 12 units of the BSIT.

Course Descriptions 81
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 197 Internship: Information Technology — 3 ITM 301 Information Technology Program
units Management — 3 units
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in the Centers on planning, estimating and controlling information tech-
information technology industry. You will be responsible for your nology (IT) programs for the whole enterprise. You will learn
own placement in an internship approved by the department management tools and techniques to improve cost, time and qual-
chair. A written internship proposal is required before considera- ity areas of IT program management and its corresponding sys-
tion for this course. A written report is required upon completion tems and projects management. A global perspective to IT pro-
of the internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department. gram management will be covered, as well as team management
and the use of other approaches to systems developments, such as
ITM 198 A–ZZ Special Topics in Information rapid prototyping and the ramifications of outsourcing for multi-
Technology — 3 units national organizations. Automated tools and case studies will be
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and used. The standard software tool for this course is Microsoft
theories in the information technology industry. Topics will be Project. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
selected by the department chair. This course may be taken more
than once, provided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: ITM 302 Network-based Systems — 3 units
consent of the department. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. Surveys different types of network-based systems including host-
based systems, server-based systems, web-based systems, SOHO-
ITM 199 Directed Study in Information Technology networking systems, multimedia systems and wireless systems;
— 3 units and investigates the technologies employed by those systems.
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a Specifically, the principles and paradigms of distributed systems
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per will be covered in greater detail. You will learn the basics of data
trimester. Prerequisites: consent of the department. communications, TCP/IP, wireless technologies, Web infrastruc-
ture, XML, Web services and information security. You will also
Graduate Courses learn the features and applications of all major network-based
ITM 225 Management Information Systems — 3 systems and perform system analysis and design. Co-requisite:
units ITM 300.
Studies the managerial aspects of Information Systems in business
ITM 303 Enterprise-wide Applications — 3 units
organizations. Emphasis is placed on the planning, implementa-
Provides an overview of issues involved in the analysis, planning
tion, evaluation, budgeting and management of information sys-
and implementation of enterprise-wide applications. Enterprise
tems. Emerging technological trends will be explored.
resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management
ITM 300 Enterprise Information Systems and (CRM) systems are emphasized, including the key factors associ-
Technologies — 3 units ated with selection, integration, culture, project management and
Introduces you to the contemporary, technology-mediated, global technologies. You will learn the value and uses of ERP/CRM sys-
business environment. Assists you in developing management tems and you will be able to manage the design and implementa-
skills from basic through strategic, while interacting with current tion of these systems. The value of ERP systems and enterprise
and evolving technologies that lift the contemporary digital enter- process reengineering and the latest ERP technologies are dis-
prise. You will become acquainted with information architecture cussed. ERP topics will include, but are not limited to, supply-
and infrastructure, converged network and application tools and chain management, e-procurement, data warehousing and analyt-
concepts, enterprise technology tools, databases, distributed com- ics, web portals and knowledge management. CRM topics will
puting, storage and information distribution, systems and infor- include the methods, technologies and capabilities needed to sup-
mation security, customer and sales force management, as well as port CRM. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
evolving tools. Provides a broad survey of information technology
in current business conditions. Gives you a basic understanding of
the most relevant aspects of information technology. You will also
gain an understanding of the differences between a data-process-
ing system, a management-information system, a decision-support
system, office automation and an expert system.

82 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 304 Managing Distributed Data Systems — 3 ITM 308 Business Intelligence — 3 units
units Provides an in-depth focus on the use of information technologies
Introduces you to concepts and practices of contemporary data- and systems to improve the processes and outcomes of human
base technologies and data systems, their design and deployment, decision-making. Topics will include individual decision support
and their use as operational and strategic tools. Assists you in systems, data warehousing and knowledge management, execu-
developing knowledge of a broad range of database technologies tive information systems, and group decision-support systems.
and applications, including database types, the database-manage- You will learn to evaluate commercially available business-intelli-
ment system (DBMS), data mining, data security, and the role of gence systems and plan, implement and administer these systems.
data within the organization as levers for both operational infor- Other topics to be covered include, but are not limited to, infor-
mation and strategic impact. You will become acquainted with mation valuation, knowledge management principles and systems,
specific technologies and applications such as the relational data- artificial intelligence, fuzzy logic, CRM systems, data warehous-
base, the database management system, data mining, data ware- ing and data mining. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
housing, data marts, online analytical processing, distributed
databases, data security, data and privacy. You will also be intro- ITM 309 Systems Analysis, Design and
duced to contemporary tools such as customer relationship man- Implementation — 3 units
agement, sales force automation, business intelligence systems and Introduces information analysis and the logical and physical spec-
multimedia database applications. Co-requisite: ITM 300. ifications of the system. You will learn structured information
requirements determination, problem need identification, feasibili-
ITM 305 Enterprise Requirements Management — ty assessment; and systems analysis, design and implementation
3 units for business enterprises. Surveys alternative methodologies, uses
Provides a solid understanding of enterprise requirements man- cases studies and CASE tools. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
agement. You will learn how to identify, collect, organize and
store enterprise requirements for future planning, design, evalua- ITM 310 Distributed Systems — 3 units
tion and implementation of information technology systems and Examines digital communication architecture, technologies and
strategic applications. Special emphasis will be given to the enter- strategies. Studies distributed processing systems, distributed data-
prise infrastructure that will support enterprise-wide applications base systems and networking systems. Surveys current architec-
at different hierarchical levels and in different functional areas. tures and future directions, design and operational considerations.
Co-requisite: ITM 300. Uses case studies. Prerequisite: ITM 304.

ITM 306 Emerging Enterprise and Commercial ITM 311 Software Evaluation and Selection — 3
Technologies — 3 units units
Introduces you to leading-edge technologies, with an emphasis on Introduces you to issues of systems planning, integration, analy-
evaluation and application of those technologies for business. sis, purchase, implementation, maintenance and support. You will
Innovative technologies must be understood and evaluated consider both management and technical matters. Management
according to their impact on technology infrastructure, and their issues will include needs analysis, systems change, managing sys-
real and long-term utility in business practice. You will consider tems projects, addressing risk, working with companies and ven-
the role and implementation of emerging, innovative technologies dors, and articulating system value and return on investment.
to effect competitive advantage, local, regional and global busi- Technology issues will include understanding the role of technolo-
ness strategies. You’ll consider their role in traditional business gy in the enterprise, technology and productivity, technology as a
practice, as well as recent organizational trends such as expanded strategic tool, and the study of various contemporary systems:
industry sets, partnerships, and alliances among diverse and com- strategic technologies, enterprise resource planning systems, mid-
petitive firms. Co-requisite: ITM 300. dleware, use of the Web and Internet protocols as a part of infra-
structure, as well as customer relationship management and sales
ITM 307 Digital Security in the Network World – 3 force automation systems. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
units
Provides an in-depth overview of the issues, concerns and tech-
nologies involved in providing digital security in a globally con-
nected world. You will learn what digital security is and its histo-
ry; the global nature of threats; about the security structures,(e.g.,
an overview of cryptography and its use); hackers, terrorists and
organized crime; security terminology; and the security process of
design, detection and response. You will use case studies and pre-
pare research briefings and RFPs appropriate to deepening your
course knowledge. Co-requisite: ITM 300.

Course Descriptions 83
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 312 Network Infrastructure, Architecture and ITM 316 Enterprise Security — 3 units
Design — 3 units Focuses on the technologies, networks, information systems and
Focuses on today’s major network infrastructures and architec- enterprise networks that are vulnerable to security breaches.
tures as well as design methodologies. Different types of network Sources of current security attacks are reviewed and analyzed.
infrastructures and architectures, especially the e-business model, Key procedures, technologies and systems for securing the enter-
are investigated and studied. You will learn data communications prise network and e-business are examined. You will learn the
standards and protocols, internetworking, performance considera- elements of enterprise networking, VPNs and area networks;
tions, switching, routing, network management, globalization, e- cryptography and encryption considerations; how to construct
business security, data-storage and backup. You will also learn the and maintain a secure enterprise network; access and authentica-
hardware and software requirements for each type of architecture tion procedures; analyze case studies to examine secure online
as well as research the available tools and their uses. Networking transactions: virtual private networks (VPN), secure payment
monitoring, managing and trouble-shooting tools are also investi- schemes; SET, SSL (secure socket layer) and TLS protocol stan-
gated. Emerging network infrastructures and architectures are dards; digital signatures; public key infrastructure and encryption;
also researched and studied. Co-requisite: ITM 300. secure multipurpose Internet mail extensions (S/MIME); how to
prepare an enterprise/e-business security plan; to survey and ana-
ITM 313 Digital Communications — 3 units lyze security vendors and resources. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
Focuses on digital communications and technologies, different
digitalization techniques, switching systems, transmission media, ITM 317 Databases on the Web — 3 units
signaling and addressing schemes, networking protocols and Introduces the concepts and techniques necessary to incorporate
architectures and inter-networking. You will learn how to prepare database applications and content into Web pages. The World
and evaluate technical requests for proposals (RFPs) and SWOT Wide Web has become an important vehicle for networked data-
analyses; to understand and describe how voice is digitized, then base applications. Topics to be covered include an overview of
integrated with data and sent over digital switching networks; the DBMS (database management systems) technologies, using
technologies and devices required for digital communications and HTML forms to access server-side databases, and “front-end”
applications such as VoIP, wireless digital communications, case database development tools for the Web. Tools such as Oracle,
study analysis and global assessment of digital communications. ColdFusion, IntraDev and IntraBuilder will be discussed.
Research and analytical skills will be deepened through SWOT Prerequisite: ITM 304.
analyses, case studies and general research. Co-requisite: ITM
300. ITM 318 Ng Wireless Systems — 3 units
Introduces emerging wireless technologies and their potential
ITM 314 Data Management Systems — 3 units applications and services today, as well as in coming generations.
Explains the architecture of database-management systems. The Due to the rapid development of wireless technology and deploy-
major topics covered are how to manage a database system, how ment of wireless networks, some wireless carriers are already test-
to understand and perform backup and recovery operations, and ing their 4th generation (4G) services and products focusing on
how to conduct database-performance tuning. Uses Oracle. the next generation broadband wireless mobile communications
Prerequisite: ITM 304. which converge wireless access, wireless mobile, wireless LAN
and packet-division-multiplexed (PDM) networks. The 4GMF is
ITM 315 Strategic IT Planning and Administration launched on a new, different platform so as to complement (and
— 3 units not to compete with) WWRF, Darpa XG, mITF, K4G, J4G,
Examines the strategic planning, organizing and administration of FuTURE, F4G, B3G, 802.20. You will learn the definitions and
the information technology function in the organization. You will features of 1G, 2G, 2.5G , 3G and 4G; different types of tech-
learn to plan, design and implement complex IT systems; and the nologies; advantages and issues of 3G/4G wireless; potential
management and administrative support requirements for success- applications; impact of 3G/4G technologies to our society; com-
ful IT administration. Topics will include the design, integration patibility and migration issues of different generations. You will
and implementation of technically complex and geographically analyze the merits and impacts of Ng technologies via case stud-
diverse systems, the strategic uses of information and information ies, and prepare an RFP to select and evaluate various wireless
technologies, global and cultural implications, network-based sys- technologies in a given business enterprise. Co-requisite: ITM
tems, information security and integrity, cultural variables and 300.
corporate-level IT management. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
ITM 319 Data Warehouses and Data Marts — 3
units
Provides advanced coverage of data warehousing and data marts.
You will be exposed to the components of data warehousing and
data marts and will learn how to identify their requirements.
Focuses on design and implementation. There will be extensive
use of Oracle in our computer labs. Prerequisite: ITM 304.

84 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 320 Geographic Information Systems — 3 ITM 323 Decision Support Systems Strategy — 3
units units
Introduces information technology managers to geographic infor- Introduces the concept of decision-support systems strategy for an
mation systems (GIS) and their applications. You will learn the enterprise. You will learn how knowledge-based systems can sup-
combination of software and hardware through which you can port the decision-making process. You will also learn various
manipulate, analyze and display spatially referenced information aspects of artificial intelligence applied to the enterprise — like
— information that is referenced by its location on the earth’s expert systems, natural language processing, reasoning, problem
surface. By linking data to maps, a GIS can reveal relationships solving, human cognition and group decision-support systems.
not apparent with traditional item-referenced information systems You will work with an expert system shell applied to an enter-
and database-management products. By displaying information in prise problem. Co-requisite: ITM 300.
a graphical form, you can communicate complex spatial patterns
succinctly. This course is applicable to IT managers in technology, ITM 324 Web-based Systems — 3 units
business and government fields. GIS plays a major role in fields Introduces you to the architecture of the Internet and World Wide
like market research, site selection, real estate, civil engineering Web. You will learn the history of the Internet, the server-client
and telecommunications — both fixed and wireless (cable net- paradigm, HTML (hypertext markup language), website design
works, traffic pattern analysis, etc). City and county governments and organization, HTTP (hypertext transfer protocol), TCP/IP,
are incorporating GIS as part of their planning and decision-mak- CGI (common gateway interface), server- and client-side program
ing processes. States and the federal government are adopting GIS and script deployment, web server installation and configuration,
to manage operations from highway planning to environmental and necessary Unix skills. After completing this course, you will
resource conservation. Through lectures, lab work (using ArcGIS have a working knowledge of the architecture of a web site and a
software) and discussion, this course will introduce the concepts familiarity with the architecture and structure of the Internet and
needed to use GIS effectively and correctly, and develop basic pro- its basic services. You will also have an introductory knowledge
ficiency in GIS software usage. Applications will primarily focus of basic features and concepts related to the Internet and World
on urban and regional analysis, through business, environmental Wide Web, with an emphasis specific to WWW site design, cre-
and geological applications. Co-requisite: ITM 300. ation and maintenance. Special emphasis will be placed on
Extensible Mark-Up Language (XML). Co-requisite: ITM 300.
ITM 321 Network Security — 3 units
Defines network security in the context of networks, information ITM 325 Business Data Analysis — 3 units
and computer systems operating on a global basis. Networking Introduces the computer programming language Statistical
architecture, technologies and systems are briefly introduced; ISO Analytical System (SAS) in a hands-on course. Oriented towards
compliance requirements are covered; network threats and vul- beginners to SAS. SAS is used by many Fortune 1000 companies
nerabilities are explored. You will learn about network security in the US, and in other prominent businesses around the world.
analysis, prevention and monitoring; the history of network secu- Students from all majors can take this course. We will make
rity; the role of cryptography in network security; an in-depth extensive use of a computer lab. Students with access to a com-
overview of digital security vendors and security resources; analy- puter (Mac or PC compatible), a modem and an Internet account
sis and presentation of security case studies and preparation of an from a private Internet provider will able to access the SAS sys-
RFP for network security applications. Co-requisite: ITM 300. tem available in the Golden Gate University computer network
from remote sites for assignments and projects. We will make
ITM 322 Gaining and Sustaining Competitive IT extensive use of electronic mail for communication among stu-
Advantage — 3 units dents and the instructor. Topics will include the programming
Examines information technology (IT) systems as a key strategic logic to produce an SAS program, working with temporary and
tool for gaining and sustaining competitive advantage, and permanent SAS files, using built-in procedures and functions, pro-
explores how IT is used to achieve enterprise goals. You will learn ducing simple and complex reports, building SAS business appli-
the strategic role of IT; how IT is used in both enterprise opera- cations and using the UNIX operating system. Co-requisite: ITM
tions for cost control and reduction, and in market intelligence 300.
and marketing for competitive positioning and revenue enhance-
ment. You will also learn to develop IT strategy and, through the
use of case studies, how to determine the return-on-investment
for IT systems. Since IT systems are based on complex network-
based systems, special attention is given to the international
aspects of IT strategy in the design and deployment of these sys-
tems. Co-requisite: ITM 300.

Course Descriptions 85
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 326 Data Mining — 3 units ITM 331 Mobile Wireless Communications — 3 units
Explores the use of computers employing artificial intelligence Explores the different types of mobile wireless communications.
and “machine learning” techniques to discover previously Focuses on some key mobile wireless technologies and studies
unknown and potentially useful information from a data set. You their advantages and limitations. You will understand the hard-
will learn basic theoretical concepts and practical techniques for ware and software requirements for mobile wireless communica-
data mining. Topics will include overview of data mining, appli- tions and will research the available mobile wireless devices. You
cations of data mining, data preparation, defining a study, intro- will learn concepts of wireless communications; wireless regula-
duction to the use of neural networks for classification studies tions and frequency allocations; key wireless technologies —
(supervised learning) and clustering studies (unsupervised learn- GSM, TDMA and CDMA; mobile TCP/mobile IP; WAP (wireless
ing), interpreting model results, and data visualization techniques. application protocol); worldwide mobile wireless applications;
Class projects will include the hands-on use of one or more data- available mobile wireless products; and the advantages, issues and
mining software packages. Prerequisites: ITM 304 and MATH future trends of mobile wireless communications. Features a case
40. study approach to the application of mobile wireless technologies.
Prerequisite: ITM 313.
ITM 327 Structured Query Language — 3 units
Provides an in-depth coverage of Structured Query Language ITM 340 Managing Information Technologies – 3
(SQL) and PLSQL. SQL is the standard relational database-access units
and programming language for computers of all sizes. You will be Provides an introduction to the business knowledge and manage-
exposed to Oracle/SQL and will have extensive use of our com- ment skills necessary for leadership roles in IT departments.
puter labs during the course. Prerequisite: ITM 304. Emphases include aligning IT to the needs of business processes
and enabling business value. You will learn and utilize IT man-
ITM 328 Advanced Data Modeling — 3 units agement frameworks such as COBIT and ITIL. The culminating
Provides advanced coverage of data modeling and design. You project in the course asks you to address a management chal-
will use Entity-Relationship Diagrams (ERD), Semantic Object lenge, in which you apply process tools and management frame-
Modeling (SOM), database planning and normalization. There works to the solution of a business problem. Should be taken as
will be extensive use of Oracle in our computer labs. Prerequisite: the first course in the MSITM advanced program.
ITM 304.
ITM 342 Enterprise Architecture Planning – 3 units
ITM 329 Business Continuity: Crisis Management, Examines the elements of enterprise architecture and how the IT
Recovery and Restoration — 3 units manager links the business mission, strategy, and processes of an
Emphasizes the development of protocols and procedures organization to its IT strategy. You will examine the different EA
designed to minimize business and enterprise risks associated with methodologies and approaches, and understand where they fit
disasters and other major disruptions to ensure the rapid recovery into the IT function. Key linkages between business strategy, IT
of critical business functions. You will learn how to write a disas- project portfolio management, and EA will be explored. Using
ter plan; the importance of rapid response and business recovery; case studies, you will learn how to apply the tenets of the EA dis-
how to identify critical business functions; considerations for cipline to define and chart the course of IT strategy to solve
developing alternative business operations, including virtual conti- strategic business problems. Co-requisite: ITM 340
nuity and collaboration with inter-company business-continuity
planning teams; and internal and external communications ITM 343 Budgeting and Finance for the IT Manager
requirements. Co-requisite: ITM 300. – 3 units
Presents an intermediate level treatment of managerial finance for
ITM 330 The Network Society — 3 units the unique needs of the IT manager. B builds on the conceptual
Reviews the historical sequence of the information technology and technical foundation of the managerial finance course.
revolution and the emergence of the information technology para- Topics include capital structure theory and practice, capital budg-
digm. You will learn the cultural, institutional and economic com- eting, leasing, project cash flow analysis, risk analysis, the selec-
ponents of the network enterprise and how the informational tion of various financing methods as well as the financial implica-
society continues to transform work and employment. The course tions of external contract structures. Prerequisite: FI 100 or FI
will include in-depth discussions about the geography and uses of 203 or FI 300A.
the Internet and its role in shaping global political, social and eco-
nomic realities. This course offers you a chance to develop a
macro view of the continuing global evolution of the network
society and its larger impacts and potential consequences. Co-req-
uisite: ITM 300.

86 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

ITM 344 IT Governance, Portfolio, and Program ITM 398 Internship: Information Technology
Management – 3 units Management — 3 units
Introduces the processes of IT governance, IT project portfolio Offers you the opportunity to participate in graduate-level work
management, and IT program management. You will learn how experience in the information technology field. You are responsi-
to establish an organizational and governance or control structure ble for your own placement in an internship approved by the
to facilitate the alignment and delivery of IT projects with busi- department chair. A written internship proposal is required before
ness strategy. You will learn how to identify and take the lead in consideration for this course. A written report is required upon
effective IT decision making, manage multiple IT investments completion of the internship. Prerequisite: Completion of five
using principles of portfolio management, and organize and con- advanced graduate seminars or consent of the department.
trol and the program delivery process. You will learn how to
charter and organize a program management office (PMO), ITM 399 Directed Study — 3 units
demonstrate the interrelationship between IT governance and Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific
portfolio management, articulate the frameworks and objectives project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
of effective project portfolio management, and how to manage substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
and control the delivery of multiple IT project investments. one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
Contemporary IT management texts, case studies, and selected ter’s degree. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
readings will be used. Prerequisite: OP 340
LITERATURE (LIT)
ITM 395 Strategic Information Technology
Planning, Organization and Leadership – 3 units Undergraduate Courses
Bringing together the skills and knowledge developed in the other
core courses, this capstone course for the MSITM degree explores LIT 150 Business in Literature — 3 units
the organizing, administration and strategic planning of the infor- Examines business and social values in American life as reflected
mation technology function in the organization. Introduces in stories, novels, and plays of the past and present. Prerequisite:
advanced coverage of the areas of IT and business strategy inte- ENGL 1A.
gration, IT services outsourcing, IT budgeting and IT manage-
ment frameworks. These are applied across a series of challenging
LIT 160 Business in Movies — 3 units
case studies, and culminate in a final project in which you struc- Looks at business in American life as reflected in movies, from
ture IT to solve business problems and link IT and business strat- slapstick comedy to Wall Street drama.
egy. Prerequisites: All ITM core: ITM 340, ITM 342, ITM 343,
LIT 198A–ZZ Selected Topics in Literature — 1–3
OP 340, and ITM 344; ITM 395 must be taken as part of the
units
final six units in the MS ITM Advanced Program.
Examine specific topics, authors or genres in English, American
ITM 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Information or world literature. You may take this course more than once,
Technology — 3 units provided the topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and department.
theories in areas encompassed by the School of Business graduate
LIT 199 Directed Study in Literature — 1–3 units
degrees. Topics are compiled and selected by the department
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
chairs. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
ITM 397 Technology Innovation and Business trimester. Prerequisites: consent of the department.
Value: Capstone — 3 units
Provides an opportunity for you to complete a project in which MANAGEMENT (MGT)
you will demonstrate the strategic, technical and management
skills you have developed over the course of your MSITM degree Undergraduate Courses
program as you have interacted with the current and evolving
MGT 100 The Manager as Communicator — 3 units
technologies that lift the contemporary enterprise. This course
Seeks to improve communication skills in various management
will also bring together all you have learned about ROI analyses,
situations such as interviewing, oral presentation, group leader-
innovation impact analysis, prototype plans, how to evaluate
ship and decision making. You are encouraged to develop individ-
innovation opportunities to solve business problems globally,
ual evaluative criteria with the aid of the instructor and fellow
managing programs, accuracy of financial analysis/recommenda-
students. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A, ENGL 1B; one Management
tions, business plans and transparency of business decisions. Must
(MGT) or Marketing (MKT) course.
be taken during the last nine units of your degree program.

Course Descriptions 87
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MGT 140 Management Principles — 3 units MGT 176 Compensation Decision Making — 3 units
Teaches the application in formal organizations of the principles Reviews the elements necessary to make sound compensation
of management, staffing, planning, organizing, controlling and decisions. Topics include types of compensation plans, employee
leading as well as management concepts of motivation, morale motivation, economic theory, labor markets, compensation sur-
and communications. Case studies are included. veys, job analysis and evaluation, performance assessment, com-
pensation methods, employee benefits, non-economic rewards
MGT 141 Organizational Behavior — 3 units and compensation administration. Prerequisite: MGT 173.
Studies the impact that individuals, groups and organizational
structure and processes have on behavior within organizations. MGT 177 Training Methods and Administration — 3
Examines the foundations of individual and small group behavior units
and how this behavior affects organizational processes and per- Examines the role of the training function within the field of
formance. Utilizes case studies, role plays, and experiential exer- Human Resource Management. You will identify performance
cises and requires extensive student participation. problems related to training, practice a variety of training meth-
ods and materials and decide the methods of evaluation. You
MGT 145 Law of Contracts, Sales and Commercial design a training package and do a brief training session in class.
Transactions — 3 units Demonstrations of interactive video and computer programs.
Reviews law and legal theory relating to business; essentials of a Prerequisite: MGT 173.
binding contract; law of sales; nature and use of negotiable
instruments; and Uniform Commercial Code. MGT 179 Introduction to International Business —
3 units
MGT 156 Management Policy and Strategy — 3 Examines environmental, economic, political and social con-
units straints on doing business abroad; effects of overseas business
Focuses on the development of company policy and strategy, investments on domestic and foreign economies; foreign market
examines the impact of a company’s internal and external envi- analysis and operational strategy of a firm; management prob-
ronment on strategic decisions and assigns case practice in analyz- lems and development potential of international operations.
ing and formulating business policy and strategy. Lower-division
requirements must be satisfied. To be taken in the last 12 units of MGT 188B Doing Business in East and Southeast
the BBA degree. Prerequisites: FI 100, MGT 140 and MKT 100. Asia — 3 units
Focuses on the conduct of business between the United States and
MGT 173 Human Resource Management — 3 units our major trading partners in East and Southeast Asia. You will
Surveys the principles and practices in managing personnel; prepare a market analysis for one of these countries and a prod-
human resource planning, recruiting, selection, training; develop- uct or service of your choice. You will learn how to identify what
ment of personnel policies; government regulation including products and services are in demand, how to conduct business,
EOC, OSHA, wage-and-hour laws; introduces labor relations and what barriers to trade exist and what trade assistance is available
collective bargaining. for US companies. Co-requisite: MGT 179.
MGT 174 Labor-Management Relations — 3 units MGT 188C Doing Business in Western Europe — 3
Traces the growth of the labor movement and management reac- units
tions and policies; examines the role of government, contempo- Focuses on the conduct of business between the United States and
rary problems, current practices in collective bargaining, griev- our major trading partners in Western Europe. You will prepare a
ance handling, state and federal labor legislation. Prerequisite: market analysis for one of these countries and a product or serv-
MGT 173. ice of your choice. You will learn how to identify what products
and services are in demand, how to conduct business, what barri-
MGT 175 Personnel Recruitment, Selection and
ers to trade exist, and what trade assistance is available for US
Placement — 3 units
companies. Co-requisite: MGT 179.
Examines the personnel process of human resource planning; gen-
erating applications (internal and external); analyzing qualifica- MGT 188D Doing Business in Latin America — 3
tions, selection methods and decisions (including test evaluation); units
interview methods and practice; placement and exit programs Focuses on the conduct of business between the United States and
(outplacement, retirement, etc.); and legal considerations. Utilizes our major trading partners in Latin America. You will prepare a
simulation case practice, role play etc. Prerequisite: MGT 173. market analysis for one of these countries and a product or serv-
ice of your choice. You will learn how to identify what products
and services are in demand, how to conduct business, what barri-
ers to trade exist, and what trade assistance is available for US
companies. Co-requisite: MGT 179.

88 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MGT 190 Entrepreneurship and Small Business — MGT 300 Managerial Analysis and Team Dynamics
3 units — 3 units
Reviews the principles and practices of entrepreneurship and Develops skills needed for individual effectiveness as a manager,
small businesses. Explores entrepreneurship as an alternative to including business analysis and problem-solving, leadership,
regular corporate executive career paths, entrepreneurial strate- group dynamics and teamwork. Must be taken in the first six
gies, ownership alternatives, buying/selling business, franchising, units of the MBA Advanced Program.
venture capital and other related subjects. Both academic and
hands-on real world exercises will be included. Prerequisite: Any MGT 301 Entrepreneurship — 3 units
Accounting course. Studies the underlying principles and theories of entrepreneurship,
exploring its “how tos” and “pitfalls.” Entrepreneurial strategies
MGT 197 Internship: Management — 3 units and management alternatives will be examined. Emphasis on
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in a job starting new ventures, acquiring other businesses and making
directly related to your academic major and career goals. You will existing enterprises profitable. You will be able to work on proj-
be responsible for your own placement in an internship approved ects while learning the “ins” and “outs” of being successful and
by the department chair. A written internship proposal is required happy entrepreneurs. Both academic and practical considerations
before consideration for this course. A written report is required will be emphasized.
upon completion of the internship. Prerequisite: consent of the
department. MGT 305 Managing People in International Settings
— 3 units
MGT 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Management — Presents issues and challenges for managing a multinational work
1–3 units force in light of an organizations strategic objectives and the larg-
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and er global environment in which multinational organizations oper-
theories in management. Topics will be selected by the depart- ate. Discusses techniques and strategies for managing perform-
ment chair. This course may be taken more than once, provided ance in multinational settings to insure effective and efficient per-
the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- formance. Topics include cross-cultural teams and leadership and
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. international dimensions of human resource management.

MGT 199 Directed Study in Management — 1–3 MGT 306 Legal Aspects of International Business
units Transactions — 3 units
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a Reviews the origin, nature and scope of international law; exam-
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per ines the bases for jurisdiction; sovereign immunity; dispute resolu-
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. tion; US export controls; trade regulation; and extraterritorial
application of US laws governing international business transac-
Graduate Courses tions. Also examines the legal aspects of establishing an overseas
operation; joint venturing abroad; using a foreign distributor;
MGT 204 International Business and Strategy — 3
exporting technology; and the Export Administration Act,
units
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and relevant antitrust laws.
Examines common trade theories and how these affect govern-
ment policy and regulation. Considers alternative strategies for MGT 320 Management Leadership: Theory and
the conduct of multinational and global business. Explores the Practice — 3 units
different international configurations of business-government - Examines theories of leadership, their history and their applica-
society relationship systems and how these affect international tion to current management theory and practice. Uses lectures,
business strategies. Considers policy, strategy and management case methods and discussions in review of classic models and
challenges in marketing, finance, production and personnel faced emerging trends; compares entrepreneurial, hierarchical and team
by multinational and global corporations. management. Examination of one’s own leadership styles and
those of others. Prerequisite: MGT 140 or MGT 141.
MGT 210 Management Theory and
Communications — 3 units MGT 338 The Manager as Communicator — 3 units
Teaches the application in formal organizations of the principles Examines professional communication skills in a variety of inter-
of management, staffing, planning, organizing, controlling, lead- personal and group situations. Develops an understanding of the
ing, and communicating, as well as management concepts of communication process and allows you to evaluate your skills
motivation, morale and communications. Students are encour- critically. Practices, analyzes ineffective communication behavior,
aged to develop individual evaluative criteria for communications efficient interpretation of meanings and developing listening skills.
style with the aid of the instructor and peers. Stresses nonverbal communication and persuasive skills.

Course Descriptions 89
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MGT 341 Benefits Administration — 3 units MGT 353 Organizational Development — 3 units
Reviews the health/welfare and retirement-plan management Applies behavioral science theory to corporate change and prob-
fields. Examines benefit planning and negotiation; controlling lem solving through the organizational development method;
benefit costs; administering benefit programs; legal issues, includ- examines the role of the facilitator and client, data collection, cli-
ing ERISA impact; future trends. Co-requisite: MGT 346. mate studies, diagnosis, interventions such as data feedback and
confrontation; planning and institutionalizing change. You will
MGT 342 Compensation Administration — 3 units practice the techniques of the facilitator.
Examines procedures and strategies for determining compensa-
tion systems in contemporary organizations, considering both tra- MGT 356 Management Development Methods and
ditional and more innovative methods of compensation. Strategies — 3 units
Addresses the need for strategically focused compensation systems Surveys management development within and outside of organi-
and examines the related variables that impact employee motiva- zations. Focuses on career-management systems: the recruiting,
tion and performance in a variety of organizational settings. Co- selection, and assessment process; training techniques; appraisal;
requisite: MGT 346. career planning; exit programs; examines “in-house” practices
and programs; and additional resources for education and devel-
MGT 343 Labor Relations — 3 units opment.
Examines issues and trends in the relationship between organized
labor and management in a variety of organizational settings. MGT 358 Employment Law — 3 units
Provides an in depth understanding of the National Labor Surveys federal and state laws and their impact on the employ-
Relations Act and the role of the National Labor Relations ment relationship, with particular emphasis on Title VII of the
Board. Addresses the negotiation and collective bargaining Civil Rights Act and other laws that regulate the terms and condi-
process as well as forms of alternative dispute resolution. Co-req- tions of employment. Emphasis placed on the role of the Equal
uisite: MGT 346. Employment Opportunity Commission and on judicial interpreta-
tion of newer laws whose terms are ambiguous and hence present
MGT 344 Training and Development — 3 units special challenges to organizations. Discusses the roles of the
Provides a rigorous study of the functions and roles of individual employer, federal government and public and private interest
employee and team training and development to insure effective groups and their impact on employer/ employee relations. Co-req-
performance. Examines the role of training from a strategic per- uisite: MGT 346.
spective including planning and assessment, design and delivery,
evaluation of training and integration of training with perform- MGT 359 Managing the Employment Function — 3
ance management and compensation systems. Includes study of units
technology applications in training. Co-requisite: MGT 346. Examines techniques and strategies for recruiting, selecting, moti-
vating and retaining a high quality work force. Considers alterna-
MGT 345 Business, Government and Society — 3 tive forms of work organization and their impact on employee
units careers as well as organizational efficiency and effectiveness.
Examines the relationships of business, government and society in Studies techniques of human resource planning and strategies for
the social, economic and political systems of the United States managing employee separation, including termination, retirement
and the world. Issues in business/government relations, regula- and layoffs to insure smooth personal and organizational transi-
tion, business ethics, law and international competition are dis- tions while maintaining compliance with relevant employment
cussed, and case material is used. laws. Co-requisite: MGT 346.
MGT 346 Human Resource Management — 3 units MGT 362 Developing Strategies for Competitive
Provides an overview of the critical functions and activities of Advantage — 3 units
human resource management from the perspective of the general Covers the development and implementation of strategies for
manager. Illustrates the need for an integrated approach towards gaining competitive advantage. You will consider the strategic
human resource planning, staffing, training, performance man- problems encountered by top-level managers in a competitive
agement, compensation and benefits, labor relations and employ- global market from an integrated perspective. You will learn var-
ee separation. Special attention paid to the role of HR in assuring ied approaches to analyzing strategic situations, developing a
compliance with legal regulation of the employment relationship. competitive strategy and managing policies to implement these
strategies including: controlling organization-wide policies, lead-
MGT 348 Negotiating in Business — 3 units
ing organizational change and the allocation and leverage of
Examines the knowledge and skills needed to be an effective
resources. You will consider such emerging topics as competitive
negotiator. Applications include employment and salary negotia-
dynamics, technology-based competition, business-governmental
tions; negotiating with employees/employers; sales negotiations;
relationships, corporate social responsibility and cooperative
and negotiating with colleagues. Stresses knowledge, discipline
strategy. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of MGT 300;
and skill that you need to achieve your objectives during negotia-
MGT 362 must be taken as part of the final six units in the MBA
tions.
Advanced Program.

90 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MGT 364 Technology Applications in Human MARKETING (MKT)


Resource Management — 3 units
Investigates various technological applications to assist an organi- Undergraduate Courses
zation in managing its employees. Examines system requirements
and available standard or customized software options for pro- MKT 100 Principles of Marketing — 3 units
cessing HR-related information, including Internet and intranet Provides an introduction to the theory and practice of marketing.
development, and usage for human resource planning, staffing, You will learn about price policies, channels of distribution, pro-
training, compensation, career management and legal compliance. motion techniques, the management of products and services, and
Prerequisite: MGT 346. marketing research. The course also covers the impact of govern-
ment regulations and competitive practices, integration of market-
MGT 366 Methods of Action Research and ing with other activities of the business enterprise, and strategic
Consultation — 3 units implications of marketing actions.
Applies both classical and contemporary organization theory to
complex organizations. Examines diagnostic and analytic research MKT 102 Consumer Behavior — 3 units
skills and assessment of organizational phenomena that need to Investigates the cultural, psychological and behavioral factors
react to external conditions. You will practice methods and skills affecting consumers’ actions and the demand for consumer prod-
for consulting together with action research methods. A major ucts and services. You will learn the impact of consumer behavior
field-based research project, which can include an action interven- on the marketing strategies of firms and the role of marketing in
tion component, is required. Prerequisites: MGT 140 or MGT shaping consumer demand. Prerequisite: MKT 100
141; UGP 100; and MATH 40 or consent of the department.
MKT 103 Marketing Research — 3 units
MGT 370 Strategic Human Resource Management Examines the research methods and techniques applicable to
— 3 units problem solving in marketing. Through a project-based class, you
Analyzes the critical role of human resource management in will learn to prepare a market research proposal, gather survey
achieving an organization’s strategic objectives. Examines tech- data, statistically analyze results and present a professional report.
niques for developing a holistic, integrated approach toward the This class emphasizes the importance of marketing research in
various human resource functions that is aligned with the organi- domestic and international markets. Students also gain a sound
zation’s strategy. Compares and contrasts models of traditional knowledge of internet-based research tools. Prerequisite: MKT
human resource management with strategic human resource man- 100.
agement and the application of strategic HR in a variety of tradi-
MKT 105 Integrated Marketing Communication — 3
tional and nontraditional organizational settings. Prerequisite:
units
MGT 346.
Analyzes the total range of activities involved in marketing com-
MGT 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Management — munication: advertising, selling, sales management, public rela-
1–3 units tions and sales. You will learn strategies and tools to develop
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and favorable inter- and intracompany relationships. Prerequisite:
theories in management. Topics are compiled and selected by the MKT 100.
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro-
MKT 120 Business Marketing and Sales — 3 units
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites will vary based
Covers the development and application of marketing and sales
on topic.
principles and skills in the business-to-business setting. You will
MGT 398 Internship: Management — 3 units learn how to analyze business buying behavior. You will learn
Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi- about industrial product planning, channel decisions, promotion-
ence in management. You are responsible for your own placement al applications and pricing practice in the business-to-business
in an internship approved by the department chair. A written context. You will learn the techniques of good selling skills and
internship proposal is required before consideration for this the techniques for organizing, staffing, motivating and evaluating
course. A written report is required upon completion of the the sales force. You will learn about customer relationship man-
internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department. agement and the common kinds of CRM software. Prerequisite:
MKT100.
MGT 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific MKT 124 International Marketing — 3 units
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a Identifies international marketing opportunities; the impact of
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only varying cultural, economic, legal and political environments on
one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas- marketing strategy; technical and financial features; determinants
ter’s degree. Prerequisite: Completion of six graduate seminars in and principles of foreign marketing policy as they relate to
the Advanced Program; consent of the department. domestic marketing practice. Prerequisite: MKT 100.

Course Descriptions 91
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MKT 197 Internship: Marketing — 3 units MKT 307 Sales Promotion and Sponsorships — 3
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in market- units
ing. You will be responsible for your own placement in an intern- Focuses on how to achieve marketing objectives through direct
ship approved by the department chair. A written internship pro- inducements that offer an extra value or incentive for a
posal is required before consideration for this course. A written product/service to ultimate consumers, sales force or distributor
report is required upon completion of the internship. Prerequisite: as well as through special events, sports, and causes, which
consent of the department. together form a multi-billion dollar industry. You will learn how
to help an organization of any size develop closer relationships
MKT 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Marketing — 1–3 with target markets as well as trade partners and how to enhance
units the value of marketing communications strategies. Through lec-
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and tures, case studies, and practical exercises you will learn how to
theories in marketing. Topics will be selected by the department incorporate sales promotion activities into an Integrated
chair. This course may be taken more than once, provided the Communications plan, how to plan an event, create pricing and
same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- location strategies, and how to cost effectively promote them.
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. Sponsorship development will be studied from the points of view
of both event planner and corporate sponsor. Emphasis through-
MKT 199 Directed Study in Marketing — 1–3 units
out will be on Integrated Marketing Communications.
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. MKT 308 Professional Practice Project in
Integrated Marketing Communications — 3 units
Graduate Courses Provides you with the opportunity to carry out a professional
MKT 300 Marketing Management — 3 units practice project in integrated marketing communications. This
Focuses on marketing management and problem solving. You will project may or may not be team based; its output will be an inte-
learn methods for managing product positioning, pricing, distri- grated marketing communications plan for an actual product or
bution and external communications. You will learn about cus- service, working with the firm or organization. Through research
tomer behavior, demand determination and marketing research. on the product’s marketing strategy current marketing communi-
You will be exposed to marketing in a variety of contexts such as cations problems and target market(s), you will develop a cost-
for-profit, nonprofit, Internet and the global context. Emphasis is effective and measurable plan using a blend of the various pro-
on developing fully integrated marketing programs as well as motion tools. Registration in this course is restricted to students
interfunctional coordination. The case method is used. in the master of science program in integrated marketing commu-
nications. This course should be completed in the final nine units
MKT 305 Integrated Marketing Communications — of the program only. Please note that students are required to
3 units notify the IMC program director at least two months prior to the
Enables you to prepare, present and manage an integrated mar- start of the relevant trimester. Prerequisite: MKT 305
keting communications plan using a blend of advertising, person-
al selling, sales promotion, public relations, direct marketing, MKT 321 Direct and Database Marketing — 3 units
Internet techniques and related marketing tools. Through case Covers the planning, design, and execution of direct marketing
studies and practical exercises, you will learn how to reach appro- programs, including methods for utilizing databases and targeting
priate market targets in the most cost-efficient and measurable techniques. You will learn how to design direct mail, telephone,
way. Prerequisite: MKT 100 or MKT 300. catalog, e-mail and web-based marketing programs for consumer
goods, services and industrial markets. You will learn the princi-
ples of database design for marketing and the basic techniques of
statistical analysis for targeting, utilizing case studies and guest
speakers. Excel spreadsheet program will be used. Prerequisites:
MKT 300 and MATH 40.

92 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MKT 325 Brand and Product Management — 3 MKT 336 Marketing Research — 3 units
units Surveys the principles and techniques of marketing research, with
Explores the field of brand management including product man- emphasis on survey methods. You will gain an in-depth knowl-
agement, brand positioning and building, measuring and manag- edge of the planning and execution of market-research projects,
ing brand equity over time. This course utilizes classic and current including the acquisition and analysis of both primary and sec-
consumer and B-to-B case studies of leading marketers and their ondary data; use of statistical methods; questionnaire design;
strategies for effectively building and managing products and interview methods, including the Internet; testing and communi-
brands. Topics include customer focus, brand positioning and cation of results achieved. Case materials are used. Prerequisites:
identity, creating points of difference and competitive advantages, MKT 100 or MKT 300 and MATH 40 or MATH 240.
marketing communications and messages including the Internet
and building customer loyalty. Building brand portfolios, sub- MKT 337 Marketing Strategy and Planning — 3
brands and line extensions and distribution strategies will also be units
covered. Prerequisite: MKT 300. Studies strategic and operational aspects of the marketing plan
for consumer, industrial and service industries; formulation of top
MKT 331 Business-to-Business Marketing — 3 units management strategic goals; and all elements of the annual mar-
Provides a strategic view of industrial and other business-to-busi- keting plan, including management summary, background data,
ness marketing. You will gain experience in solving marketing quantitative objectives and implementation. Also covered is plan-
mix problems over the product life cycle and will learn about the ning for long-range market development. Case studies.
impact of technology, derived demand, complex buying processes, Prerequisite: MKT 300.
and customization. You will study the impact and use of business
e-commerce exchanges and other Web-based techniques. The case MKT 338 Consumer Behavior — 3 units
method is used. Prerequisite: MKT 300. Studies the influence of consumer behavior upon marketing-man-
agement strategy; examines behavioral concepts as they relate to
MKT 332 Sales Management — 3 units the buying situations, types of consumer research instruments and
Focuses on the operating and management problems of sales- types of marketing issues. Focus on use of consumer-behavior
management executives. You will learn how to relate the sales knowledge in realistic action-oriented situations, readings and
function to other functions of business and will study techniques case materials. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
for estimating sales potential, forecasting sales, manning territo-
ries, and selecting, training, supervising and compensating the MKT 339 Advertising Strategy — 3 units
sales force. You will learn about sales force automation tools, Covers the uses of various media in formulating an overall con-
including web methods. Case method used. Prerequisite: MKT sumer-communication strategy, with an emphasis on consumer-
300. targeting techniques and media-mix programming. You will learn
about the advantages and disadvantages of differing types of
MKT 334 Services Marketing — 3 units advertising vehicles, including the Internet, in reaching the target
Focuses on the distinctive aspects of service organizations includ- audience. The course uses a variety of readings and case materi-
ing the importance of service quality and how marketing goals, als. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
mixes and strategies are tailored accordingly. You will learn about
new developments in the marketing of services, including the MKT 343 International Marketing — 3 units
Internet, and how they apply in different settings, including finan- Examines the following processes: estimates of market potential,
cial, professional and not-for-profit. Case studies are used. pricing and distribution strategies; role of communications in
Prerequisite: MKT 300. serving markets outside the US, serving these markets through
branches, the Internet, warehousing operations, international bro-
MKT 335 New-Product Decisions — 3 units kers and traders and foreign affiliates; analyzing markets in coun-
Examines the issues, strategies and approaches associated with tries with different cultural, political and economic characteristics.
developing, introducing and managing new products and services. Reviews marketing and distribution methods in selected US and
You will learn methods for identifying business opportunities, foreign companies.
market segmentation, idea generation, concept development and
testing, market testing and introductory market programs. Case
studies are used. Prerequisite: MKT 300.

Course Descriptions 93
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MKT 352 Advanced Marketing Issues in E- Undergraduate Students:


Business — 3 units If you have not received credit for MATH 20 or MATH 30 either
Gives you answers and takes you deep into the marketing arm of through transfer credit or by taking the appropriate classes at
the e-commerce business landscape. You will learn how market- Golden Gate University, you may satisfy these course require-
ing decisions and business models interact and support one ment(s) by taking a CLEP Test.
another. You will learn about privacy and security, technology
COLLEGE EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP)
issues, online branding, customer interface and community build-
ing. You will view the Internet as a channel, then analyze how • Offered throughout the trimester by Golden Gate University’s
integrated multi-channel marketing and customer management Testing Services • Fee required • Students are given academic
work. Finally, you will learn to apply marketing research and credit for MATH 20 by passing the exam called College
public policy to database marketing. This course will go substan- Mathematics or given academic credit for MATH 30 by passing
tially beyond the introductory marketing course in e-commerce. the subject exams called College Algebra or Precalculus.
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
Graduate Students:
MKT 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Marketing — 1–3 If you have not received credit for MATH 20, MATH 30, MATH
units 40 or MATH 106, either through transfer credit or by taking the
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and appropriate classes at Golden Gate University, you may satisfy
theories in marketing. Topics are compiled and selected by the these course requirement(s) by taking one of the tests listed below,
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro- or the CLEP Test, above. Graduate students should see the
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites will vary based Catalog section, “Proficiency in Mathematics, English and
on topic. Computer Skills Required for Certain Master’s Degrees” on p.
148, for additional ways to satisfy the MATH 20 or MATH 30
MKT 398 Internship: Marketing — 3 units
requirement.
Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi-
ence in marketing. You are responsible for your own placement in PROFICIENCY TEST FOR MATH 20 AND
an internship approved by the department chair. A written intern- MATH 30
ship proposal is required before consideration for this course. A • Designed to establish proficiency at a given level of algebra and
written report is required upon completion of the internship. eliminate the need to take the course • MATH 20 or MATH 30
Prerequisites: at least 15 units completed in the Advanced can be waived for students who pass the proficiency test with an
Program and permission of the department chair at least 30 days acceptable score. • Offered by the Math Department • 2 1/2 hour
before the start of the trimester. exam • Fee required
PROFICIENCY TEST FOR MATH 40
MKT 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
• Designed to establish proficiency at the college statistics level •
Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific
Open to graduate students whose programs include a MATH 40
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
proficiency requirement • MATH 40 can be waived for students
substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
who pass the test with an acceptable score. • The test may not be
one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
substituted for the course in programs that require three units of
ter’s degree. Prerequisite: Completion of six graduate seminars in
course credit for statistics. • Offered by the Math Department •
the Advanced Program and consent of the department.
Three-hour exam • Fee required

MATHEMATICS (MATH) Undergraduate Courses


MATH PLACEMENT, WAIVER, PROFICIENCY and MATH 10 Introductory Algebra — 3 units
CLEP TESTS Introduces the concepts of elementary algebra. Topics include fun-
Most undergraduate and graduate students need to take MATH damental operations, the real number system, linear equations
20 or MATH 30. A Placement Test (described below) will be used and inequalities, linear systems, polynomials, quadratic equations
to determine the appropriate starting point of the algebra and graphs. Intended for students with little algebraic back-
sequence of classes. ground. See Math Placement notation above.
PLACEMENT TEST MATH 20 Intermediate Algebra — 3 units
• Designed to place you in the math class that best suits your cur- Continues MATH 10. Examines the concepts of equations (linear,
rent skills • Students are placed into either MATH 10, 20 or 30. quadratic, polynomial, rational and algebraic) and inequalities
• Students may register directly for MATH 10 without taking the (linear and quadratic), linear and nonlinear systems, functions
Placement Test. • Offered by the Math Department • No fee and graphs. Prerequisite: Grade of C- or better in MATH 10 (or
its equivalent) or satisfactory results on the Mathematics
Placement Exam. See Math Placement notation above.

94 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

MATH 30 College Algebra — 3 units Graduate Courses


Introduces the concepts and techniques of advanced algebra
including algebra of functions, polynomial, rational, exponential MATH 240 Data Analysis for Managers — 3 units
and logarithmic functions, and linear and nonlinear systems. Examines the importance data analysis plays in managerial deci-
Prerequisite: Grade of C- or better in MATH 20 (or its equiva- sion making. Real world data using spreadsheet applications and
lent) or satisfactory results on the Mathematics Placement Exam. add-ins will be used throughout the course. Course topics include
See Math Placement notation above. data analysis, descriptive and inferential statistics, regression
analysis, model building and time series modeling. Prerequisite:
MATH 40 Statistics — 3 units MATH 20.
Introduces the concepts and techniques of elementary statistics.
Topics include collection and analysis of data, probability distri- MATH 340 Statistical Inference with Data Mining —
butions (normal, binomial and Poisson), confidence intervals and 3 units
hypothesis testing, linear regression and correlation, and comput- Provides a second course in statistics. Techniques and applications
er applications. Prerequisite: MATH 20 (or equivalent). (CAN of statistical inference are featured. You will study advanced
STAT 2) methods in estimation, hypothesis testing, inference based on two
samples, regression analysis, factor analysis, model building, fore-
MATH 100 Calculus I — 3 units casting, ANOVA, nonparametric techniques and chi-square.
Introduces the concepts of differential and integral calculus Statistical software is extensively used to develop actual data sam-
including the derivative and the definite integral, and differentia- ples for analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 30 and MATH 40; prereq-
tion of algebraic, exponential and logarithmic functions. You will uisite/co-requisite: ITM 325.
apply concepts to business and social sciences. Prerequisite:
MATH 30 (or equivalent). MATH 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Mathematics —
1–3 units
MATH 104 Applied Regression Analysis — 3 units Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
Applies multiple regression and correlation analysis to forecasting theories in mathematics. Topics are compiled and selected by the
(in particular, managerial interpretation of the regression equa- department coordinator. This course may be taken more than
tion) using a case study approach. Other topics include: time- once, provided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: con-
series analysis and regression of time-series data. Prerequisite: sent of the department. Other prerequisites will vary based on
MATH 40. topic.

MATH 106 Quantitative Analysis for Management MATH 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
— 3 units Provides an opportunity for the advanced student to study in a
Examines the applications of quantitative analysis to the formula- focused area under the direction of a faculty member. Only one
tion and solution of managerial problems. You will study decision directed study course may be taken for credit toward a master’s
theory, linear programming, inventory theory, network diagram- degree. Prerequisite: consent of the department. Prerequisites will
ming, queuing analysis, simulation, and computer applications. vary based on topic.
Prerequisites: MATH 30 and MATH 40.

MATH 110 Discrete Mathematics — 3 units


OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (OP)
Introduces various topics in discrete mathematics. Topics include
Undergraduate Courses
codes and coding, cryptology, mathematical induction, recursion,
algorithms, set theory, relations and functions, combinatorics, OP 100 Principles of Operations Management — 3
graphs, and Boolean algebra and trees. Prerequisite: MATH 30. units
Surveys the processes and techniques relating to both manufactur-
MATH 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Mathematics —
ing and service systems. It emphasizes the systems approach to
1–3 units
the efficient allocation of resources within the firm. You will learn
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
about the challenge of managing people, equipment and materials
theories in mathematics. Topics will be selected by the department
to jointly achieve organizational objectives. You will have the
coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, provided
opportunity to use relevant computer applications. Prerequisite:
the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart-
MATH 40.
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.

MATH 199 Directed Study in Mathematics — 1–3


units
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

Course Descriptions 95
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

OP 108 Supply Chain Logistics — 3 units OP 180 Project Management — 3 units


Focuses on the business application of the integrated functions of Introduces project management tools and techniques and the
logistics within the supply chain, including: transportation, ware- problems associated with bringing projects in on time and within
housing, materials handling, packaging, inventory control, cus- estimated cost. PERT/CPM, resource leveling, team dynamics and
tomer service, and logistics information systems. The role of gov- cost estimates will be employed. You will learn how to develop
ernment will be examined, and costing and pricing practices with- project proposals and project reports.
in the supply chain will be studied. You will discover how logis-
tics and the supply chain play major roles interacting with pro- OP 197 Internship: Operations Management — 3
duction, marketing and finance within the firm, and extend to units
suppliers, customers and others outside the organization. Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in opera-
tions management. You will be responsible for your own place-
OP 113 Import/Export Fundamentals — 3 units ment in an internship approved by the department chair. A writ-
Emphasizes the practical aspects of import and export operations. ten internship proposal is required before consideration for this
You will study the start-up and operation of an export depart- course. A written report is required upon completion of the
ment, the administration of international transactions, letters of internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
credit and other forms of payment, collection methods, and ship-
ping procedures. Documentation, export regulations, import cus- OP 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Operations
toms clearance and other government requirements will also be Management — 1–3 units
examined. Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
theories in operations management. Topics will be selected by the
OP 121 Production Planning and Inventory Control department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro-
— 3 units vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the
Surveys the design, development, implementation and manage- department. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
ment of production planning systems, including master produc-
tion scheduling, aggregate planning, material requirements plan- OP 199 Directed Study in Operations Management
ning, capacity and inventory planning and production activity — 1–3 units
control. You will be exposed to contemporary approaches such as Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
just-in-time, theory of constraints and the relationship of enter- faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
prise-level planning and control systems to the overall materials trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
flow.
Graduate Courses
OP 124 Business Process Improvement — 3 units
OP 300 Operations Management — 3 units
Surveys the concepts and techniques used by manufacturing and
Introduces operations as a functional area of management and
service firms in improving their business processes. You will learn
explores its links with other key functional areas of the firm. You
how to design and implement process improvement programs
will learn about the acquisition and allocation of resources, prod-
employing such techniques and philosophies as total quality man-
uct and process design, process improvement techniques, supply
agement (TQM), statistical quality control, business process
chain and materials management, operation of the production
reengineering (BPR), Kaizen, innovation, just-in-time systems,
system, and technology deployment to support and improve the
process audit and process flowcharting.
entire value chain. Both manufacturing and service systems will
OP 164 Purchasing and Materials Management — 3 be explored. You will be introduced to contemporary operations
units management issues, such as just-in-time systems, flexible produc-
Reviews basic purchasing, including organizational policies and tion systems, agility, mass customization, process reengineering,
procedures, development of requirements and specifications, bid and quality management programs. Prerequisites: MATH 40 or
and proposal preparations, selection and evaluation of suppliers, MATH 240
quality assurance and inspection, negotiations, materials manage-
ment and legal considerations. These concepts will be applied to
commercial, industrial, and government contracts administration.
You will relate Federal Acquisition Regulations and the Uniform
Commercial Code to the purchasing function. You will also
review the special problems encountered in global sourcing and
negotiation practices in a world-wide setting.

96 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

OP 302 Quality Management and Process OP 321 Materials Planning and Control — 3 units
Improvement — 3 units Covers the control of materials from the planning and scheduling
Presents a systems approach to the collaboration of all functions function through the entire supply chain to the ultimate con-
in an organization to attain a customer oriented quality operation sumer. You will trace the efficient flow of materials from quality-
and to maintain appropriate process improvement programs. The oriented suppliers to end-point user. Subject areas studied include:
focus of the course is on the roles of customers, vendors, workers organization for optimum materials control, assurance of contin-
and management in setting and achieving quality and process uous supply, key warehousing and storage operations and related
improvement goals. A special emphasis is given to leadership activities, inventory management, computerized planning systems
skills, team dynamics, training and motivating employees and and cost analysis. Prerequisite: OP 320.
process improvement techniques such as business process reengi-
neering (BPR), Kaizen, total quality management (TQM), statisti- OP 323 Supply Chain Management — 3 units
cal process control, continuous process improvement, just-in-time Studies the role of transportation and logistics in the economy
systems (JIT) and innovation. while controlling the flow of materials and services into, through,
and out of activity centers. You will examine the physical, eco-
OP 303 Managing Innovation and Technology — 3 nomic and functional characteristics of the major transportation
units modes as well as their increasing intermodal orientation. Course
Explores the theory and practice of managing innovation and includes the growing role of third party logistics providers. You
technology and their role in competitive business situations. You will review the integration of transportation, warehousing, order
will examine the strategic and managerial issues related to the processing, inventory control, materials handling, customer serv-
adoption and implementation of new technologies and to the ice, and other components into the logistics supply chain.
innovation process. Product, process and information technolo-
gies will be covered through case studies, readings and class dis- OP 329 Global Supply Chain Management — 3
cussions. Emphasis will be placed on technology planning, devel- units
opment and acquisition, and managing the technically oriented Studies the latest applications of logistics and supply chain man-
business functions. agement to global operations and covers procurement, trans-
portation, warehousing and storage, order processing, packaging,
OP 305 Supply Chain Management for Electronic information services, materials handling and customer service.
Business — 3 units You will review the organization required to establish an
Introduces collaborated supply chain management as a key export/import operation. Also, you will examine intermodalism,
process for successful enterprises in the e-business era. The activi- third party utilization, documentation requirements and cargo
ties throughout the internal supply chain must be planned and clearance procedures. You will become familiar with logistics
executed in concert with the web-enabled customer relationship implications of Economic Trading Zones and governmental
management. The requirements for advanced best practices such requirements. Upon completion of the course, you will be able to
as instant order commitment, rapid replenishment, and flex man- actively contribute to the management of a global logistics sys-
ufacturing will require new process alignment, new technologies, tem. Prerequisite: OP 323 or approval of the program director.
and a collaborative channel organization of suppliers, contrac-
tors, and customers. The use of the worldwide web to move OP 340 Project Management — 3 units
information between operating activities and partners will be key Introduces the principles and techniques of directing and control-
to establishing c-business (collaborative) operations. This course ling resources for a fixed-term project established for the accom-
will use case studies, real world examples, and projects to teach plishment of specific goals and objectives, including issues per-
the application of advanced management practices of successful taining to engineering, construction, and large-systems develop-
companies. ment projects. Topics covered are the manager’s responsibility, use
of systems analysis, scheduling and control of project operations,
OP 320 Purchasing and Supply Management — 3 planning, programming, budgeting and staffing; the manager’s
units role in leadership, motivation, communication, conflict resolution
Examines the purchasing management role and responsibilities in and time management. The class material will be integrated with
the firm. You will study the internal and external relationships the information in the Project Management Institute’s Body of
with other company activities and with suppliers. Coursework Knowledge (PMBOK).
provides you with the understanding of quality, solicitation tech-
niques, source selection, pricing principles, legal aspects, value
analysis, purchasing systems and ongoing administration of com-
mercial, industrial and government contracts. You will review the
application of the Law of Contracts and the Uniform Commercial
Code as applied to contract interpretation, contract changes, reso-
lution of disputes and remedies for non-performance. You will
use the case study method to understand both the academic and
practical aspects of the purchasing and contract administration.

Course Descriptions 97
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

OP 343 Project Feasibility, Planning and Control — OP 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
3 units Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific
Presents comprehensive and effective feasibility and risk analysis, project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
and operating plans and control systems that entail administering substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
the critical constraints in the project management environment: one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
scope, time, resources (human, materials, equipment, and finan- ter’s degree. Prerequisite: completion of six graduate seminars in
cial), contract administration and external constraints. Explores the Advanced Program and consent of the department.
the latest techniques for feasibility and risk analysis, scheduling,
selecting appropriate work methods, estimating and budgeting, PHILOSOPHY (PHIL)
monitoring and controlling, analyzing and reporting progress
compared with established plans and budgets. Applications using Undergraduate Courses
computer-based software packages and case studies are drawn
from various industries to illustrate the feasibility analysis, plan- PHIL 125 Ethics in Personal and Professional Life
ning and control activities common to project management. The — 3 units
class material will be integrated with the information in the Examines concepts and problems of ethical behavior through the
Project Management Institute’s Body of Knowledge (PMBOK). study of classical and contemporary philosophical ideas, and
Prerequisites: OP 340. applies these concepts to today’s issues in personal, professional
and public situations. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A.
OP 345 Project Administration, Leadership and
Team Dynamics — 3 units PHIL 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Philosophy — 1–3
Explores the three critical human aspects of successful project units
management (administration, leadership and team dynamics) in Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
the context of each stage of the project process. Content includes theories in philosophy. Topics will be selected by the department
organizing and supporting human effort, positioning the project coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, provided
across organizational boundaries, internal and external roles and the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart-
relationships of projects, politics of projects, indispensable leader- ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
ship actions, influencing and supporting change, project commu-
nications, negotiation and managing conflict, and effective team
PHIL 199 Directed Study in Philosophy — 1–3 units
building and leadership. Your participation is focused on case Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
studies, problem solving and creation of innovative approaches to faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per
dealing with the human side of projects. The class material will be trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
integrated with the information in the Project Management
Institute’s Body of Knowledge (PMBOK). PSYCHOLOGY (PSYCH)
OP 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Operations Undergraduate Courses
Management — 1–3 units
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and PSYCH 1 Principles of Psychology — 3 units
theories in operations management. Topics are compiled and Explores the field of psychology. You will learn about yourself,
selected by the department chair. This course may be taken more the mind and the science of psychology. Subject matter includes
than once, provided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites human development, memory, cognition, perception and psy-
will vary based on topic. chopathology. (CAN PSY 2)

OP 398 Internship: Operations Management — 3 PSYCH 100 Theories of Personality — 3 units


units Explores theories of why people behave the way that they do and
Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi- how they got that way. You will study the works of Freud, Jung,
ence in operations management. You are responsible for your Skinner, Maslow and other major theorists and practitioners of
own placement in an internship approved by the department psychology. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A, ENGL 1B.
chair. A written internship proposal is required before considera-
PSYCH 197 Internship: Psychology — 3 units
tion for this course. A written report is required upon completion
Provides supervised work experience in psychology. Job and
of the internship. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair
learning objectives are developed in conjunction with the depart-
or program director.
ment chair. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

PSYCH 199 Directed Study in Psychology — 1–3


units
Individual study of a selected topic under the supervision of a fac-
ulty member. Students are limited to one directed study course per
semester. Prerequisite: consent of the department.

98 Course Descriptions
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Graduate Courses PSYCH 321 Psychopathology — 3 units


Explores the paradigms of mental and emotional dysfunction.
PSYCH 300 Introduction to Applied Psychology — Emphasizes the clinical techniques and professional practices used
3 units in the evaluation of individual psychological disturbance. Case
Examines the kinds of jobs and activities engaged in by profes- studies will be used to examine different disorders and to learn
sionals in the field of psychology. Guest lecturers representing how to use the DSM-IV.
master’s-level professions in psychology will share their insights
about what it takes to make it in their business, what the future PSYCH 322 Psychological Assessment — 3 units
looks like, and what their day-to-day jobs are like. You will gain Surveys the theoretical and conceptual foundations of psychologi-
an overview of the field of applied psychology and the opportuni- cal assessment. You will learn to select and administer assessment
ty to establish a professional network of local psychology profes- tools and to interpret their findings.
sionals. You will also learn methods of researching the psycholo-
gy professions through organizations and library searches. PSYCH 323 Alternative Methods of Therapeutic
Intervention — 3 units
PSYCH 302 Individual and Family Lifespan Compares the major contemporary and traditional models of psy-
Development: Theories and Applications for chotherapy and counseling. The focus of the course is on develop-
Therapists — 3 units ing your own personal therapeutic approach and style.
Explores the theories of psychological change in humans as they
age, and the hallmark transitions of family lifecycles. These theo- PSYCH 324 Child/Adolescent Psychology,
ries will be applied to relationships, child rearing and work. Assessment and Treatment — 3 units
Techniques for therapeutic interventions will be covered. Examines the issues related to child and adolescent therapy,
including assessment. This course applies the principles by which
PSYCH 304 Cross-cultural Aspects of Psychology a child develops the ability to think, speak, perceive and act, and
— 3 units the moral, intellectual and cognitive changes experienced in ado-
Explores the effects of culture and ethnicity on psychology and lescence, to the therapeutic process. You will learn the different
behavior. You will examine the cultural traits and values of vari- assessment methodologies and therapies used in working with
ous cultural groups in the United States. Implications for work young people.
and organizational environments and for counseling will be
explored. PSYCH 325 Principles of Couple and Family
Counseling — 3 units
PSYCH 306 Group Dynamics and Social Explores the major theoretical approaches and therapeutic tech-
Processes — 3 units niques used in counseling families and couples. You will study the
Explores the dynamics that occur in small groups. In addition to basic concepts of family systems and learn several methods of
learning how to lead and facilitate groups, you will acquire an intervention.
advanced understanding of theoretical constructs such as mem-
bership, norms, communication and leadership. Group research PSYCH 326 Legal and Ethical Responsibility for
methodologies and the principles on which they are based are Counselors — 3 units
also covered. Examines the legal and ethical responsibilities of counselors such
as: confidentiality, privilege, involuntary hospitalization and
PSYCH 308 Applied Psychological Research and mandatory reporting. You will learn the legal obligations of pro-
Testing — 3 units fessional practice, laws relating to minors, marriage and the fami-
Examines the current methods and tools of psychological research ly, and professional codes of ethics.
and testing, and the interpretation of research reports and psy-
chological tests. Explores the construction and validation of PSYCH 329 Psychopharmacology — 3 units
assessment tools used in psychology. Prerequisite: MATH 40, Examines the principles of neuroscience and the brain mecha-
MATH 45 or equivalent. nisms that are responsible for behavior: the underpinnings of the
study of psychopharmacology. You will then explore the major
PSYCH 320 Therapeutic Communication and psychotherapeutic drugs, the metabolism of medications and their
Counseling Skills — 3 units actions on neurotransmitter systems. Emphasis is on choice of
Examines the specialized communication skills used in the prac- medication, mode of action and side effects. You will learn how
tice of counseling. You will study basic counseling skills, interven- to use Internet databases, reference texts and websites to update
tions and the use of the psychological interview as an assessment your knowledge. The course will include a focus on the pharma-
tool. cology of special populations: women, multicultural, pediatric
and geriatric. Drugs of abuse and the biological basis of addic-
tion, popular herbal and alternative medicines will also be
explored.

Course Descriptions 99
Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

PSYCH 331 Human Sexuality — 1 unit PSYCH 344 Tests and Measurements — 3 units
Examines human sexuality and sexual development, including Prepares you to administer and interpret psychological tests in
dysfunctions and their treatment. You will study the range of sex- organizational environments. You will be exposed to the major
ual behaviors, including atypical and dysfunctional behaviors, psychological assessment tools used to measure organizational
examine sexuality issues related to special populations or groups performance and effectiveness, as well as tools used for employee
and learn processes and techniques of sex therapy. selection, placement and training. You will be able to select tools
to perform key I/O duties like job analysis, performance appraisal
PSYCH 333 Chemical Substance Dependency: and feedback, team building, person-environment fit analysis,
Assessment and Treatment — 1 unit leadership training and team morale assessment. You also will be
Examines the dynamics, behaviors and treatment interventions able to construct and validate assessment tools and perform data
related to addiction and chemical substance dependency. analysis using SPSS to diagnose organizational problems. This
course fulfills the test publishers’ educational requirement to pur-
PSYCH 334 Relational Abuse: Assessment,
chase testing materials. Prerequisite: MATH 40, MATH 45 or
Treatment and Reporting — 2 units
equivalent.
Examines the dynamics and behaviors of child, spousal and geri-
atric abuse. Typical intervention strategies, reporting requirements PSYCH 350 Applied Industrial Psychology — 3
and the clinical and legal aspects of relational abuse will be cov- units
ered. You will also acquire an understanding of the causes and Explores in depth the field of industrial psychology. You will
consequences of relational abuse. learn how thorough job analysis, carefully selected performance
criteria, and an appreciation for individual differences underlie
PSYCH 340 Industrial/Organizational Psychology —
the successful application of performance appraisal, recruitment,
3 units
screening, selection, placement, training and development.
Explores the theory and practice of industrial and organizational
psychology. You will examine the dynamics of organizational life PSYCH 351 Career Counseling and Development
and develop an understanding of the individual, interpersonal and — 3 units
group behaviors in work settings. Methods of assessment and Examines the expert skills and knowledge used in helping individ-
intervention will be covered. uals clarify their career and life goals. You will be introduced to
the major career development theories and their application to
PSYCH 341 Organizational Behavior and Process
the world of work. In the process, you will examine issues such as
— 3 units
certification and licensure, multicultural counseling, retirement,
Examines the structure, function and performance of organiza-
and dual-career couples. You will learn how to assess interest and
tions and the impact of psychological and sociological variables
ability and how to access occupational and educational informa-
on the behavior of groups and their members. You will learn the
tion sources.
key relationships between organizational culture, behavior and
processes. PSYCH 352 Structure, Theory and Ethics of
Conflict Resolution — 3 units
PSYCH 342 Organizational Development,
Explores professional conflict resolution and mediation as an
Assessment and Intervention — 3 units
emerging means of problem solving in family, industrial, environ-
Explores how systematic organizational interventions are accom-
mental and business law. You will examine the theoretical frame-
plished within complex human networks. You will learn how to
work of dispute resolution and its relationship to the traditional
use behavioral science to assess an organization’s current state
justice system, and explore related ethical issues.
and discover routes to its improvement. Also covered will be the
role of internal and external consultants in intervention and the PSYCH 353 Conflict Resolution: Skills and
resulting impact on human behavior and organizational perform- Techniques — 3 units
ance. Explores the skills and techniques necessary for conflict media-
tion. You will learn communication techniques, problem identifi-
PSYCH 343 Leadership and the Development of
cation and disagreement management skills, techniques for
Managerial Excellence — 3 units
achieving agreement or settlement and intake skills.
Explores the nature and role of leadership in organizations.
Special emphasis will be devoted to the role of emotional intelli-
gence in organizational effectiveness and managerial excellence.
You will learn through an examination of your own emotional
and leadership competencies, and also through readings, cases
and group projects.

100 Course Descriptions


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

PSYCH 394 Practicum: Counseling Psychology — PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (PAD)


1–6 units
Provides practical counseling experience in an approved mental
[See also: EXECUTIVE MASTER OF PUBLIC
health setting. Students must conduct at least 25 hours of face-to-
ADMINISTRATION (EMPA)]
face therapy for each unit of credit. Practicum must be supervised
by an approved, licensed therapist. Supervision must include at Undergraduate Courses
least one hour of direct supervisor contact for each week of expe-
rience and an additional hour of direct supervisor contact for PAD 100 Public Policy and Administration – 3 units
every five hours of client contact. Prerequisites: PSYCH 320 and Introduces the theory and practice of public policy and adminis-
consent of the department. tration; focuses on the administrative enforcement including rela-
tions between governmental branches; a history of administra-
PSYCH 395 Field Research in tion; theories of administrative organization; the management of
Industrial/Organizational Psychology — 1–3 units public organizations including leadership, personnel and budget-
Provides practical experience in industrial or organizational psy- ary concepts, planning and evaluating; public policy questions;
chology through an extensive case analysis under the direction of and current and future issues. Recommended as the first course in
a faculty member. You will research and assess an organization, the BBA Public administration concentration and UG certificate
and develop an appropriate intervention. This course involves in Public Administration.
extensive reading and research and a final project summary.
Prerequisite: consent of the department. PAD 102 Policy Making and Analysis – 3 units
The purpose of the course is to provide an introduction to policy
PSYCH 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Applied making, policy analysis, and policy evaluation. The course focus-
Psychology — 1–3 units es on the theories of policymaking and the public process. It also
Explores significant, topical, practical and theoretical problems introduces students to some techniques and practical examples of
and issues in applied psychology. Topics are selected by the public policy analysis.
department chair. This course may be taken more than once, pro-
vided the same topic is not repeated. PAD 104 Privatization and the Public Service – 3
units
PSYCH 397 Practicum in Conflict Resolution — 3 Examines the growing trends and experiences toward market-
units based public service delivery systems. Public administrators in
Provides practical experience in conflict resolution by working many levels of government are being challenged to become more
with an experienced mediator in a supervised environment. entrepreneurial in their management of pubic enterprises.
Prerequisite: consent of the department. Pre- or co-requisites: Additionally, contracting with private firms and adapting e-
PSYCH 352 and PSYCH 353. Commerce processes to provide public services is becoming the
norm, rather than the exception.
PSYCH 398 Internship: Applied Psychology — 1–3
units PAD 105 Public Budgeting Techniques and
Provides practical experience and training in applied psychology Processes – 3 units
by working with an experienced practitioner in an appropriate Provides an exploration and analysis of the budgetary process
setting. Prerequisite: consent of the department. typically employed at the federal, state and local levels of the gov-
ernment. You will study the practical as well as theoretical expo-
PSYCH 399 Directed Study in Applied Psychology
sure to the techniques and various formats of public budgeting.
— 1–3 units
Allows rigorous exploration of a specific topic. You will research PAD 106 Administrative Law and Justice – 3 units
and prepare an extensive paper on an area of special interest. Introduces you to the concepts, resources and language of law as
This course is for the advanced student only. Only one directed these relate to administrative law; functions and procedures of the
study course may be taken for credit toward a master’s degree. public agency; limitations to and safeguards against arbitrary or
PSYCH 399 can be used to satisfy area of concentration require- erroneous administrative action; extent of judicial control over
ments for the master’s degrees in psychology. Prerequisite: consent administrative action; Administrative Procedures Act; and rela-
of the department. tionship of executive branch agencies to the other branches of
government. Prerequisites: ENGL 1A and ENGL 1B.

PAD 196 Research Project — 3 units


Serves as the capstone course, the last in your program. You will
synthesize substantive knowledge of public administration with
research skills, writing skills and oral presentations.

Course Descriptions 101


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

PAD 197 Internship: Public Administration — 3 PR 332 Media Relations and the Corporate
units Spokesperson — 3 units
Offers you the opportunity to receive work experience in a public Provides knowledge and skills for interacting with the media. You
management setting. You will be responsible for your own place- will study the definition of “news” and its role in the manage-
ment in an internship approved by the department chair. A writ- ment of a business. You will learn techniques for planning and
ten internship proposal is required before consideration for this executing successful editorial approaches including placement of
course. A written report is required upon completion of the news releases with print and electronic media, management of the
internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department. news event, and effective strategies for corporate spokespersons
when meeting the press. Prerequisite: PR 320. Students must pass
PAD 198A-ZA-ZZ Special Topics in Public the English Placement Test or complete ENGL 301 Graduate
Administration – 3 units Writing II with a grade of B or better before registering for this
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and course.
theories in public management. Topics are compiled and selected
by the department chair. This course may be taken more than PR 334 Managing Public Issues: Consumer Affairs
once, provided the same topic is not repeated. and Government Relations — 3 units
Examines the techniques for monitoring social issues, as well as
PAD 199 Directed Study in Public Administration the role public relations plays as a management function to advise
— 1–3 units and guide upper management in the organizational decision-mak-
Serves as an individual study of selected topics under supervision ing process. You will learn about environmental scanning, stake-
of a faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course holder analysis and issue management, and will gain knowledge
per trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. of programs and methods for establishing and maintaining proac-
tive relationships with community and governmental organiza-
PUBLIC RELATIONS (PR) tions. Prerequisite: PR 320. Students must pass the English
Placement Test or complete ENGL 301 Graduate Writing II with
Graduate Courses a grade of B or better before registering for this course.

PR 320 Contemporary Public Relations — 3 units PR 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Public Relations —
Provides a conceptual framework for understanding public rela- 1–3 units
tions and its role in present-day social and business environments. Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
You will briefly learn about the evolution of public relations prac- theories in public relations. Topics are compiled and selected by
tice from its beginnings to its present professional status. This the department chair. This course may be taken more than once,
course will emphasize both the principles as well as the nuts-and- provided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: PR 320.
bolts of planning and implementing a public relations campaign, Other prerequisites will vary based on topic. Students must pass
including planning, selecting and developing appropriate publicity the English Placement Test or complete ENGL 301 Graduate
tools and evaluating the effectiveness of the program. You will Writing II with a grade of B or better before registering for this
also learn techniques for managing the public relations function course.
within organizations, the public relations process as well as pro-
fessional and legal issues. Prerequisite: Students must pass the PR 398 Internship: Public Relations — 3 units
English Placement Test or complete ENGL 301 Graduate Writing Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level work experi-
II with a grade of B or better before registering for this course. ence in a job directly related to your academic major and career
goals. You are responsible for your own placement in an intern-
PR 330A Writing for Public Relations and ship approved by the department chair. A written internship pro-
Marketing Communications — 3 units posal is required before consideration for this course. A written
Focuses on development of speed, clarity, brevity and style in report is required upon completion of the internship. Prerequisite:
writing for a range of audiences. The course will stress the role of consent of the department.
the public relations/marketing communications writer as a bridge
between the interests of the client organization, its employees, the PR 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
news media and the general public. You will learn how to do pro- Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific
fessional writing in the formats most frequently used by the pub- project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
lic relations practitioner: news release, feature article, brochure, substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
newsletter and public service announcement. You will also be one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
exposed to writing web copy, as well as advertising copy. ter’s degree. Prerequisite: Completion of six courses in the
Prerequisite: PR 320. Students must pass the English Placement advanced public relations program and consent of the depart-
Test or complete ENGL 301 Graduate Writing II with a grade of ment.
B or better before registering for this course.

102 Course Descriptions


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

SCIENCE (SCI) TA 319 Federal Tax Procedure — 3 units


Examines federal tax procedure at the administrative level and in
Undergraduate Courses litigation; organization of the I.R.S.; legal and practical aspects of
Treasury regulations; administrative rulings; closing and compro-
SCI 125 Science, Technology and Social Change — mise agreements; deficiency and jeopardy assessments; waivers;
3 units refund claims; mitigation of stature of limitations; pretrial, trial
Examines the impact of scientific thought and technological inno- an appellate precesses; tax collections; civil penalties; and the
vation on major cultures of the modern world. Analyzes the rights and privileges of the taxpayer. Co-requisites TA 318 and
acquisition, application, and adaptation of technology in pre- TA 329.
industrial, industrial, and post-industrial societies. Prerequisites:
ENGL 1A and MATH 20. TA 319 Federal Tax Procedure — 3 units
Examines federal tax procedure at the administrative level and in
SCI 198 A–ZZ Special Topics in Science — 3 units litigation; organization of the IRS; legal and practical aspects of
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and Treasury regulations; administrative rulings; closing and compro-
theories in science. Topics will be selected by the department mise agreements; deficienc and jeopardy assessments; waivers;
coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, provided refund claims; mitigation of statute of limitations; pretrial, trial
the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- and appellate processes; tax collections; civil penalties; and the
ment. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. rights and privileges of the taxpayer. Co-requisites TA 318 and
TA 329.
SOCIAL SCIENCES (SOSC)
TA 320 Multistate Corporate Taxation — 3 units
Undergraduate Courses Analyzes the tax treatment, tax problems and tax-planning tech-
niques of corporations engaged in multistate activities. Emphasis
SOSC 88 Leadership and New Social Demands — is on California law with substantive discussion of other states.
3 units Topics include: Constitutional limitations on states’ ability to tax
Examines the fundamentals of leadership as a daily practice of multistate corporations, general vs. financial corporations, state
social interaction and interpretation. Analyzes power, multicultur- treatment of S corporations, FSCs, holding companies and part-
alism, and sexism as they pose challenges to leadership in busi- nerships; computation of income, business vs. nonbusiness
ness, health care, education, and public life. Prerequisite or co- income, formula apportionment, unitary taxation and water’s-
requisite: ENGL 1A. edge elections. Case studies are used to illustrate concepts.
Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329.
SOSC 198A–ZZ Special Topics in Social Sciences
— 1–3 units TA 321 Principles of International Taxation — 3
Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and units
theories in social science. Topics will be selected by the depart- This course presents a broad survey of the rules of US income
ment coordinator. This course may be taken more than once, pro- taxation regarding international transactions. It will cover both
vided the same topic is not repeated. Prerequisite: consent of the “in-bound” transactions – the treatment of non-resident aliens
department. Prerequisites will vary based on topic. and foreign corporations investing and/or doing business in the
United States, as well as “out-bound” transactions – the treat-
SOSC 199 Directed Study in Social Sciences —
ment of US citizens and residents investing and/or doing business
1–3 units
outside the US Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329.
Provides individual study of selected topics under supervision of a
faculty member. You are limited to one directed study course per TA 322A Federal Income Taxation of Corporations
trimester. Prerequisite: consent of the department. and Shareholders I — 3 units
Analyzes tax treatment, tax problems and tax planning tech-
TAXATION (TA) niques involving transactions between corporations and their
shareholders: transfers to corporation; capital structure; dividends
Graduate Courses and other distributions; stock redemptions and liquidations; stock
dividends and preferred stock bailouts; and introduction to S cor-
TA 318 Advanced Federal Income Taxation — 3 porations. Prerequisite: TA 330.
units
Examines the basics of federal income taxation with emphasis on TA 322B Federal Income Taxation of Corporations
statutory materials; special attention to problems of individual and Shareholders II — 3 units
taxpayers and specific rules regarding gross income, adjusted Covers specific issues of operating in corporate form: corporate
gross income, taxable income, deductions, exemptions and cred- reorganizations and divisions; carryovers of tax attributes; limita-
its. You are required to take this course as one of the first two tions on carryovers. Prerequisite: TA 322A.
advanced graduate seminars in taxation.

Course Descriptions 103


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

TA 325 Estate and Gift Taxation — 3 units TA 337 Individual Retirement Plans and
Covers federal estate, gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes; Distributions — 3 units
preparation of the federal estate tax return and federal gift tax Presents a discussion and analysis of the estate, income and excise
return. Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329. tax treatment of retirement plans, SEPS, and IRAs, including vari-
ous methods of distribution at age 70 1/2, naming of individuals
TA 328 Federal Income Taxation of Partners and or trusts as beneficiaries, marital deduction and non-citizen
Partnerships — 3 units spouse issues, comparison of deferral and payment of benefits
Analyzes tax problems of the organization and operation of part- during life, and after death, with emphasis on actual case studies
nerships including the treatment of partnership distributions, and examples of the interplay between estate and income tax con-
withdrawal of a partner during his/her lifetime, dissolution of the sequences of retirement plans and IRAs. Prerequisites: TA 318
partnership, sales or exchanges of partnership interests. and TA 329.
Prerequisite: TA 330.
TA 338 Tax Timing — 3 units
TA 329 Tax Research and Decision Making — 3 Examines issues related to the allocation of items of income and
units deduction to the proper taxable year, including adoption of tax
Examines the primary sources of income tax law, the IRC, and year end; definition of method of accounting; the annual account-
administrative and judicial interpretations. The research process ing concept; cash, accrual and installment methods of accounting;
will be analyzed, using both paper products as well as electronic time value of money; and the Uniform Capitalization Rules. Co-
resources. Practical written and computerized assignments will be requisites TA 318 and TA 329.
completed using research tools to locate, understand and interpret
primary source materials. You are required to take this course as TA 344 Federal Income Taxation of Trusts and
one of the first two Advanced Program seminars in taxation. Estates — 3 units
Analyzes taxation of trusts and estates and their creators, benefi-
TA 330 Property Transactions — 3 units ciaries and fiduciaries, including computation of distributable net
Analyzes federal income taxation of capital assets, including defi- income and taxable net income, taxation of simple and complex
nition and mechanics of capital transactions; non-recognition trusts, operation of “throwback” rules, computation of income in
property transactions, including IRC Sections 121, 1031 and respect of a decedent, preparation of the last return for a decedent
1033; examination of the at risk and passive loss rules. Co-requi- and the returns of trusts and estates from inception through ter-
sites TA 318 and TA 329. mination. Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329.
TA 331 Taxation of Exempt Organizations — 3 units TA 346K Washington State and Local Taxes — 3
Analyzes and compares tax-exempt status under section 501(c) of units
the Code; sophisticated tax planning for charitable contributions; Examines the application of the sales, use, B and O and real
the use of charitable remainder and lead trusts, charitable gift estate excise taxes in specific industries and transactions. We will
annuities, bargain sales, charitable contributions as a tax shelter; give special attention to the local business doing all or a portion
private foundation excise tax problems; unrelated business of its business in other states and the accountability of out-of-
income problems; special problems and international philanthro- state business for collecting Washington state taxes, including
py. Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329. apportionment formulae and recent developments. We will also
cover audits, appeals and negotiations with the Department of
TA 333 Consolidated Income Tax Returns — 3 units
Revenue.
Explores consolidated return law, including concept and history;
eligibility to file; computation of consolidated and separate tax- TA 347A Taxation of Employees/Independent
able income; inter-company transactions; SRLY rules; consolidat- Contractors — 3 units
ed basis adjustments and procedures. Prerequisites: TA 322A and Surveys the different types of employment taxes, including analy-
TA 322B. sis of common and statutory law related to employees versus
independent contractors status including “household help” issues.
TA 334 Estate Planning — 3 units
You will learn proactive tools related to re-characterization and
Examines selected topics in estate planning, including general
post assessment issues and how to contest a worker re-characteri-
legal principles relating to estate planning, (including a review of
zation. Prerequisites: TA 318 and TA 329.
relevant, legal documents); lifetime gifting, (including utilization
of the annual exclusion and alternative forms of wealth transfer);
marital deduction planning, (including quantifying the deduction
through partial QTIP elections, utilization of the TPT credit, and
the use of formula clauses); gifts to charity, (including the use of
both outright and split-interest gifts); the use of life insurance in
estate planning; planning for generation skipping transfers; advis-
ing elderly clients; and post mortem planning. Prerequisite: TA
325.

104 Course Descriptions


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

TA 348 California Sales and Use Taxation — 3 units TA 352 Taxation of Electronic Commerce and
Analyzes constitutional, federal and state limitations on taxation, Remote Sellers — 3 units
persons and transactions subject to tax, exemptions, basis of tax, Provides a comprehensive examination of the tax issues confront-
compliance requirement and appeals and procedures. Emphasis ed by companies engaged in electronic commerce, with special
placed on taxation of transfers of technology including computer attention to remote sellers. Areas of taxation studied include state
programs and research-and-development contracts; manufactur- sales tax, state income tax, cross-border (international) transac-
ers, graphic arts and related enterprises, businesses engaged in tions, tax accounting for web site development costs, acquisitions
retailing and transactions in interstate and foreign commerce. and dispositions of web-based businesses, valuation issues and tax
Case studies used to illustrate concepts. Prerequisites: TA 318 and compliance associated with e-commerce. The course emphasizes
TA 329. six unique aspects of e-commerce taxation, including: worldwide
reach of web sites, anonymous transactions, digital products,
TA 349E Advanced Business Planning — 3 units remote operation of a web server, intangible assets in web sites,
Presents an analysis of choice of entity for family businesses and and fast-changing rules. Prerequisites: TA 318, TA 322A, TA 329
wealth succession, including buy-sell agreements, compensation and TA 330.
planning and equitable allocation of wealth among heirs.
Prerequisites: TA 325 and TA 334. TA 356 Limited Liability Companies and S
Corporations: A Choice of Entity — 3 units
TA 350A Taxation of Foreign Persons with US Examines and compares the entity classification of the S
Activities — 3 units Corporation versus the Limited Liability Corporation. Explores
Examines business and investment transactions by nonresident the tax treatment, problems and planning techniques of forma-
alien individuals and foreign corporations earning income in the tion and operation of both entity forms, including eligibility, elec-
US (“inbound transaction”) including: residence for income taxa- tion, revocation, termination and accounting rules. This is a high-
tion, sources of income, sources and allocation of deductions, US ly recommended elective course. Prerequisites: TA 322A and
taxation of passive income by nonresident aliens and foreign cor- TA 328.
porations, the branch profit tax and gains of foreign taxpayers
from the sale of US Real Property. Prerequisite: TA 321. TA 396A–ZZ Selected Topics in Taxation — 1–3
units
TA 350B Taxation of US Persons with Foreign Address significant, topical and practical problems, issues and
Activities — 3 units theories in taxation. Topics are compiled and selected by the
Covers US taxation of foreign operations by US individuals and dean. This course may be taken more than once, provided the
corporations including an in-depth analysis of the foreign tax same topic is not repeated. Prerequisites will vary based on topic.
credit, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment
companies, foreign sales corporations, and foreign currency trans- TA 398 Internship: Taxation — 3–6 units
actions. Prerequisite: TA 321. Offers you the opportunity to receive graduate-level tax work
experience in an accounting setting. Available for students with-
TA 350D Transfer Pricing — 3 units out prior tax firm experience. You are responsible for your own
Provides an in-depth coverage of inter-company pricing rules, placement in an internship, subject to approval by the dean. A
including inter-company sales, loans, services, leasing, and trans- written internship proposal is required before consideration for
fers of intangibles. The following will be discussed: inter-company this course. A written report is required upon completion of the
sales cases, as well as the treatment of inter-company loans under internship. Prerequisite: consent of the department.
the imputed interest and below market loan provisions. There
will be an examination of advance pricing agreements and rele- TA 399 Directed Study — 1–3 units
vant treaty provisions. Prerequisite: TA 321. Provides an opportunity for the advanced student with a specific
project in mind to do reading in a focused area and to prepare a
TA 350E International Mergers, Acquisitions and substantial paper under the direction of a faculty member. Only
Joint Venture — 3 units one directed study course may be taken for credit toward a mas-
Analyzes the US tax issues relating to both inbound and out- ter’s degree. Prerequisite: Completion of six graduate taxation
bound mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, including taxable courses and consent of dean.
acquisitions and dispositions, joint ventures, tax-free acquisitive
exchanges and reorganizations, and distributions and divisive
reorganizations. Prerequisites: TA 350A and TA 350B.

Course Descriptions 105


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS (UGP) DBA 802 Qualitative Research and Analysis — 4


units
UGP 100 Gateway to Success — 3 units Examines contemporary approaches to qualitative analysis in
The adult undergraduate student who has clearly defined goals business. You will learn about and practice using such qualitative
for personal, academic and professional achievement is more like- research techniques as open-ended interviewing, focus groups and
ly to complete a degree program in the shortest possible time and the case study approach. Other topics include the use of qualita-
with the highest level of success. Through review of learning theo- tive research software, the philosophic foundations of knowledge
ry for adult students, self-assessment activities and written self- and the effective display of data.
reflection, students will define personal and professional goals
related to the academic program; through classroom activities, DBA 803 Economic Theory and Policy — 4 units
projects and presentations, students will enhance the skills that Explores the theory of prices and markets and examines macro-
lead to achieving those goals and to general academic success. economics policies of government that affect the management
This course will introduce the student to Golden Gate University’s decisions of business. Explores the theoretical roots of competing
culture of professional practice education. This course will also policy options in areas such as taxation, fiscal and monetary poli-
introduce the student to Golden Gate University’s support services cy, international trade and antitrust regulation. Also assesses the
and resources, such as the library and tutoring, advising and implications for business decisions of various government regula-
career services. A portfolio of student work and a comprehensive tions as they affect the productivity and overall performance of
academic plan are among outcomes of the course. This course the private sector.
must be taken during the first term of enrollment as an undgradu-
DBA 804 Management and Organizational Theory
ate degree student.
— 4 units
Begins by developing a paradigm perspective on the nature of sci-
DOCTORAL SEMINARS IN BUSINESS entific research and theory. From that platform, we examine semi-
ADMINISTRATION (DBA) nal contributors to theories of organization and individual behav-
ior in organizations with attention to both historical context and
DBA 800 Doctoral Writing and Research Methods
current approaches. Topics such as classical management theory;
— 4 units
the human relations perspective; motivation, institutional theory;
Covers the basic principles and techniques of doctoral scholar-
comparative organizational designs; change processes; the organi-
ship. You will study the principles of scientific method and tech-
zational-environment contingency, and systems perspectives; inter-
niques of research design common to both qualitative and quanti-
organizational forms, organizational learning; organizational dys-
tative research methods, including sampling methods and data
function and ethical perspectives are examined. Students take an
collection techniques. You will learn how to critically read
active role in presenting and critiquing early and current theory
research papers and articles. You will be introduced to the tech-
and practice as well as relating theory and research to their own
niques of writing necessary to produce expository and analytical
experience.
papers in a style that meets the standards of publishable work.
Literature research methods will acquaint you with both tradi- DBA 806: Operations and Technology Systems —
tional library research and the recent developments in electronic 4 units
search and retrieval methods. Integrates the theory, research and practice from the fields of
operations and technology management with a focus on the
DBA 801 Quantitative Research and Analysis — 4
deployment of technology systems into manufacturing and serv-
units
ice-related processes. You will explore the fundamental issues
Topics include survey design; experimental design; statistical
and recent developments in the field of operations management
analysis of survey and experimental data; multivariate statistical
along with theories of technology adoption and information
analysis including analysis of variance, multiple regression, the
transfer. These theories will be used in the examination of the
general linear model, factor analysis, and other methods; time
research and application of evolving operations concepts and
series analysis; and other topics. You will learn how to interpret
techniques, productivity and competitiveness programs, and plan-
the statistical results contained in scholarly papers and articles.
ning and implementation of operations and technology-based sys-
You will learn how to apply these methods using statistical soft-
tems in re-defining the organization of work.
ware through hands-on analysis of research data sets.
Prerequisite: Math 240 or equivalent.

106 Course Descriptions


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

DBA 807 Business, Government, and Society — 4 DBA 852 Information Technology Management – 4
units units
Examines the complex interface between the public and private Covers the fundamental theories, principles, and issues related to
sectors within contemporary American society as well as in a the management of information technology and systems in sup-
comparative context, both historical and global. A review of the port of the firm’s business processes. You will explore the role of
extensive scholarly literature in the field includes widely varying information technology and systems in contributing to the pro-
visions of the “public interest” with regard to business. At the ductivity and competitiveness of business enterprises and in
same time, real world case studies provide you with a practical enabling organizational restructuring as needed. You will explore
understanding of and techniques for managing business-govern- and critique current body of knowledge, the information technol-
ment relations at the local, state, federal, and multinational level. ogy literature, and research methods.
You will learn advanced problem-defining, analytical and com-
munication skills in dealing with “messy” problems faced by
businesses involving government regulation, politics, ethics and
corporate social responsibility.

DBA 820 Corporate Finance — 4 units


Examines financial processes as they relate to corporate financial
decision making and the types of near-term and long-term finan-
cial decisions, which must be made by managers. Topics include
capital structure, credit policies, financial operation, capital budg-
eting and transaction financing.

DBA 821 Marketing Management — 4 units


Covers the full range of the principles, theories, and practice of
the management of the marketing function. You will learn the
theories of the field including both key seminal literature and cur-
rent published research. You will explore problem-solving tech-
niques for practical application through cases and modeling tech-
niques, and will study current developments in marketing from
both academic and practitioner perspectives.

DBA 822 Strategy and International Business — 4


units
Covers the theory and practice of developing and implementing
strategies for gaining competitive advantage in the global business
environment. You will master the theoretical body of knowledge
in the fields of strategic management and international business.
In the process of the study of this theoretical work, you will also
consider a variety of empirical approaches used to research the
international competitive strategy process. You will explore the
accelerating globalization of industries, regionalization of compe-
tition, and the institutional contexts that both facilitate and
impede the formation and implementation of strategies globally.
You will also consider such emerging topics as organizational
change, competitive dynamics, development of firm resources and
capabilities, sustainable competitive advantage, regional
approaches to competitive strategy, and the formation of new
organizational forms such as strategic alliances and inter-firm net-
works.

DBA 830 Financial Theory and Applications — 4


units
Explores contemporary financial theories and their applications.
Topics include asset pricing, option theory and financial risk man-
agement.

Course Descriptions 107


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

DBA 853 Management of Innovation and DBA 897 Independent Study — 4 units
Technology – 4 units Provides the opportunity for you to conduct research based upon
Covers the role of technology and innovation in competitive busi- a formal proposal, approved by the DBA program director that
ness situations. You will master the theory and practice of the results in a research product. Independent Study projects are not
management of innovation and technology and consider a variety substituted for required seminars.
of empirical approaches used to research this field. You will study
methods for creating and sustaining organizational change and DBA 899 Dissertation Research — 1–12 units
innovation including techniques for organizational design and May be applied for only after completion of all required course-
organizational learning. Covering product, process and informa- work and passing the Qualifying examination. See the DBA
tion technologies, you will explore such topics as national issues Policies and Procedures Manual for specifics.
of industrial competitiveness, the nature of technology and inno-
vation, strategies regarding technology planning, development
and acquisition, and managerial issues regarding organizational
design, organizational learning and change management to imple-
ment these strategies.

DBA 862 Project and Systems Management — 4


units
Covers the mathematical and intuitive methods used to determine
the most feasible plans and designs for complex and often large-
scale systems and projects. Emphasis is placed on the theory and
techniques of directing and controlling resources for a fixed-term
project established for achieving specific goals and objectives. You
will study the latest techniques for scheduling, selecting appropri-
ate work methods, estimating and budgeting, monitoring and
controlling, and progress reporting of actual results against estab-
lished budgets. You will use computer-based software packages
and literature research in developing a comprehensive term proj-
ect.

DBA 871 Buyer Behavior — 4 units


Covers both the consumer and industrial perspectives with regard
to the buyer decision processes in reference to need recognition
and search; pre-purchase alternative evaluation; buyer purchase;
and consumption, satisfaction and divestment. You will examine
individual differences along with buyer knowledge, attitudes,
motivation and self-concept, personality, values and lifestyle. You
will study psychological processes — information processing,
learning, and influencing attitudes and behavior — as well as
environmental influences with emphasis on culture, ethnicity,
social class and status, personal influence, family and household
influences and, finally, situational influences. A treatment of mar-
keting issues and ethics is provided. Throughout the course,
emphasis will be placed on both theoretical and applied research.

DBA 891A–ZZ Special Topics in Business


Administration — 4 units
Covers areas and subjects that are not offered in the regular cur-
riculum. Special topics is a mechanism that facilitates the develop-
ment of new courses and encourages experimentation and cur-
riculum development in the different business administration
fields.

108 Course Descriptions


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Admission to the University


How to Apply for Admission • Applicants who have been denied admission may not register for
classes at any level or status, and should wait a minimum of one
You can obtain an application for admission and information concerning year before applying again. It is recommended that denied appli-
admission procedures from the Office of Enrollment Services, Golden cants strive to improve the application through additional course-
Gate University, 536 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968; work at another regionally accredited institution or work
telephone: 415-442-7800; fax: 415-442-7807; e-mail: info@ggu.edu. You experience.
may also use our online application at www.ggu.edu. Regardless of the
GGU location you will attend, you should send your completed applica- Undergraduate Admission
tion forms and documents to the San Francisco Admissions Office. This section pertains to admission to bachelor’s degree and undergrad-
uate certificate programs.
When to Apply
Undergraduate Admission Criteria
• For your convenience, applications are accepted throughout the year,
To be considered for admission to undergraduate programs, you
and admission decisions are made three-to-five business days after all
should have:
necessary documents have been received. All documents submitted
become the property of the university and cannot be returned. The • A high school grade-point average of 3.00 (B) or higher (3.2 for
application fee is nonrefundable. some programs); or
• An application file is easy to assemble, and you may apply for • A community college, college, or university cumulative grade-point
admission up to one calendar year prior to intended enrollment. average of 2.00 (C) or better if 24 or more semester units of prior
• You will be admitted under degree requirements in effect at the transferable credit have been earned; if 23 or fewer semester units
time of your admission. have been earned, both high school and college records will be
• If you are an international applicant or an applicant applying to reviewed. The BS accounting requires a 2.5 or higher cumulative
receive veterans’ benefits, you should apply by the following dates grade-point average for final admission.
to allow time for processing the government documents necessary If you do not meet the admission guidelines mentioned above, you
for your attendance: may be admitted conditionally with the approval of the appropriate
For the fall term: May 15 academic department. Undergraduate students who are conditionally
For the spring term: September 15 admitted must achieve the required cumulative grade-point average of
For the summer term: January 15 2.00 in their first 12 units at Golden Gate University.

• Admission to academic programs and eligibility to enroll is valid only Admission Application Documents
when verified and confirmed in writing by the Admissions Office.
You should provide the following documents:

The Admission Process • Admission Application Form and Fee: The completed application
form with the nonrefundable application fee ($55 for US applicants;
• Admission to Golden Gate University is based on an assessment of $25 for US certificate applicants; and $90 for all international
your educational and professional background, and a applicants) should be sent to the Admissions Office.
determination of your ability to benefit from the particular degree • Official Academic Transcripts: If you have 24 semester units (36
or program objective. quarter units) or more of transferable credit, you need only provide
• Applications are reviewed individually and the admission decision college transcripts. If you do not have at least 24 semester units of
may specify certain requirements as determined by the faculty; transfer credit, you should provide transcripts of all high school (sec-
these may include satisfying additional admission requirements, ondary school) and previous college work. Students who did not
satisfying admission conditions, or achieving certain academic complete high school must provide results from the General
progress standards. Educational Development (GED) examination or the California High
• The Admissions Office, in consultation with the appropriate fac- School Proficiency Examination (CHSPE). Non-native speakers of
ulty, reviews all documents received, including official academic English should also meet one of the criteria for the “English Language
records from other institutions, scores on any required tests, per- Proficiency Admission Requirements” found on p. 111. All tran-
sonal statement, professional résumés, letters of recommendation, scripts should be sent to the Admissions Office in envelopes sealed by
personal interviews, and any other relevant information. the other schools, colleges, or universities issuing the transcripts.
• Applicants whose academic preparation does not meet the univer- • Test Scores: All test score reports must be sent directly from the
sity admission criteria, but who show potential for academic Educational Testing Service (ETS) to the Admissions Office. If your
achievement, may be offered conditional or exceptional admission first (native) language is not English, you must meet the English
with the approval of the appropriate academic department. Language Proficiency Admissions Requirements. Many applicants do
this by taking the TOEFL exam and submitting the official test score

Admission to the University 109


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

from ETS. For a list of ways to meet this requirement, refer to the Three-year Degree Graduate Admission
catalog section “English Language Proficiency Admission Policy
Requirements” on p. 111.
Golden Gate University no longer offers the Bridge Program for inter-
• Personal Statement (optional): In cases where the academic history
national students who have a three-year undergraduate degree.
of an applicant does not meet the minimum admission require-
Graduates of three-year baccalaureate programs are conditionally
ments, it is recommended that a written personal evaluation be
admitted and must earn a minimum cumulative grade-point average of
submitted with the application materials. The statement should
3.0 for the first nine units attempted. GGU maintains a list of schools
give a realistic appraisal of any academic work completed since
for which three-year graduates may be admitted without condition.
graduation from high school. Note any inconsistencies in the aca-
Please contact the International Admissions and Advising Office for
demic record and the reasons for them. In addition, include a plan
more information at 415-442-7290 or iss@ggu.edu.
to affirm a commitment to academic success while attending
Golden Gate University. Applicants are encouraged to be as forth-
Graduate Admission Criteria
right and open as possible, and should feel free to discuss unusual
circumstances or situations of adversity that may have influenced For admission to degree programs and certificate programs you should:
their current values. Be aware that both the quality of the writing • Hold an earned bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited US
and the thoughtfulness of the statement will be evaluated. institution or hold a bachelor’s degree equivalent from a recognized
• Certification of Finances: If you are an international student who foreign institution;
will be attending on a student or scholar visa, you must also provide • Demonstrate academic and professional capability to study at the
a Certification of Finances form. Refer to the catalog section graduate level;
“Applying for Admission as an International Student” on p. 112. • Possess quantitative, writing and computing skills needed to
succeed in a competitive and dynamic environment.
Undergraduate Advanced Placement
MBA degree program applicants for all concentration areas will
Credit also be evaluated through a review of cumulative undergraduate grade-
High school graduates may earn up to 30 units (one academic year) of point averages in combination with GMAT score results. MBA appli-
credit for advanced placement college-level courses completed in high cants must fulfill the MBA Degree Proficiency Requirements, including
school when validated by grades of three, four, or five on the Advanced writing, and should refer to degree requirements, Graduate Programs
Placement Examinations of the College Board. Advanced placement is on p. 148.
also offered to students who have earned the International The GMAT is a basic aptitude test and does not require previous
Baccalaureate Diploma when validated by scores of five, six, or seven knowledge of business subjects. The GMAT is offered in a computer-
on the IB Higher-Level examination. adaptive format at various locations in the Bay Area and around the
world. Test appointments can be made with the Educational Testing
Choice of Major Service by calling 1-800-717-GMAT or through the GMAT Web page
There are a number of undergraduate degree programs with a variety at www.mba.com.
of majors from which to choose. Applicants will not be admitted as Note: Some applicants to the MBA program are not required to
“undecided.” Applicants must select a degree program at the time of provide a GMAT score. The exceptions to the GMAT requirement are:
application. Golden Gate University does not offer double major
• Applicants who already have an earned master’s or higher degree
degrees. Students who wish to earn a bachelor of business administra-
from a regionally accredited US institution;
tion degree with multiple concentrations should refer to the policy
• Applicants who have a cumulative 3.50 grade-point average in stud-
below.
ies leading to a US bachelor’s degree from an accredited or approved
Multiple Concentrations in the BBA institution;
Program • Applicants who have a CPA license;
• Applicants who have other professional licenses or designations
Two or more concentrations may be taken in the BBA program. In
earned by passing a nationally recognized US exam (e.g., CMA, CIA)
addition to the course requirements for the concentrations, you must
and who petition for and receive approval from the dean of the
also complete the coursework for all the lower division courses, the lib-
Edward S. Ageno School of Business;
eral studies courses, and the business core courses, plus any additional
• Applicants who have more than five years of substantial profes-
requirements needed to complete all degree requirements. All of the
sional and/or supervisory managerial work experience, and who
coursework for multiple concentrations must be completed prior to
petition for and receive approval from the dean of the Edward S.
graduation; you may not request any additional concentrations after
Ageno School of Business. (Professional experience refers to practic-
you have received your BBA.
ing CFAs, attorneys, physicians or other qualified professional
Your diploma will list all of the concentrations that you have suc-
careers; supervisory managerial work experience refers to experi-
cessfully completed by the date of your graduation.
ence directing others in the accomplishment of tasks;)
Graduate Admission • Applicants to the executive master of business administration
This section pertains to admission to master’s degree and graduate cer- (Executive MBA) degree program. Refer to “Admission to the
tificate programs. Executive MBA Program” on p. 38 for other required documents.

110 Admission to the University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

If you do not meet the admission guidelines mentioned above, you Admission to Executive MBA Program
may be admitted conditionally with the approval of the appropriate and Admission to Doctoral Degree
academic department. Graduate students who are conditionally admit- Program
ted must maintain a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00 in their
Admission policies for the Executive MBA and DBA programs appear
first nine units at Golden Gate University.
in the sections of this catalog describing those programs. (See p. 38.)
Admission Application Documents Two Master’s Degrees in Different
To be considered for admission to the graduate program, you should
Fields
provide the following:
Many students who hold a Golden Gate master’s degree become candidates
• Admission Application Form and Fee: The completed application
for a second master’s degree. Requirements for the second degree, including
form with the nonrefundable application fee ($55 for US
academic residency, must be fulfilled. Students who hold a master’s degree
applicants; $25 for US certificate applicants; and $90 for all
from a regionally accredited institution and become candidates for a second
international applicants) should be sent to the Admissions Office.
degree at GGU may transfer up to 12 units of credit from the first degree to
• Official Academic Transcripts: You should provide official tran-
the second, subject to approval by the department chair or program director.
scripts from each college or university you have attended.
Applicants to the MS in taxation, Executive MPA or Executive Multiple Concentrations in the MBA
MBA need only submit transcripts from the degree-granting under-
graduate institution. If you are a non-native speaker of English,
Program
you should meet one of the criteria for the English Language Two or more concentrations may be taken in the MBA program. In
Proficiency Admission Requirements found on this page. All tran- addition to the course requirements for the concentrations, you must also
scripts should be sent to the Admissions Office in envelopes sealed complete the coursework for all the foundation and the advanced pro-
by the other schools, colleges or universities issuing the transcripts. grams. All of the coursework for multiple concentrations must be com-
• Test Scores: pleted prior to graduation; you may not request any additional
(a) A GMAT score is required of MBA degree applicants. (See the concentrations after you have received your MBA.
few exceptions listed on previous page.) Your diploma will list all of the concentrations that you have success-
(b) The GMAT or GRE may be required of other master’s degree fully completed by the date of your graduation.
applicants if academic transcripts do not indicate sufficient aca-
demic preparation.
(c) If your first (native) language is not English, you must meet the
English Language Proficiency
English Language Proficiency Admission Requirements. Many Admission Requirements
applicants do this by taking the TOEFL exam and submitting the All undergraduate and graduate applicants whose first (native) language
official test score from ETS. For a list of ways to meet this require- is not English must meet an English language proficiency requirement to
ment, refer to the catalog section English Language Proficiency qualify for admission. This requirement may be met in a number of ways:
Admission Requirements on this page.
(d) Test score reports must be sent directly from the Educational 1. Official TOEFL score for admission: undergraduate 525 paper-
Testing Service (ETS) to the Admissions Office. based test, 197 computer-based test, 71 Internet-based test or
• Statement of Purpose (Optional for most applicants, required for higher; graduate 550 paper-based test, 213 computer-based test, 79
applicants to the master of arts in psychology. Please see p. 56 for Internet-based test or higher;
more information): In cases where the academic history of an
applicant does not meet the minimum admission requirements, it is 2. Official TOEFL (undergraduate 475 paper-based test, 153 com-
recommended that a written personal evaluation be submitted with puter-based test, 53 Internet-based test; graduate 500 paper-based
the application materials. The statement should give a realistic test, 173 computer-based test, 61 Internet-based test.) Scores qualify
appraisal of any academic work completed since graduation from the candidate for provisional admission through the university’s
high school. Note any inconsistencies in the academic record and PLUS Program (Preparation in Language and University Skills).
the reasons for them. In addition, include a plan to affirm a com- Successful completion of the PLUS Program is required in order to
mitment to academic success while attending Golden Gate qualify for admission to a degree or certificate program. See p. 64
University. Applicants are encouraged to be as forthright and open for detailed information about the PLUS Program.
as possible, and should feel free to discuss unusual circumstances
or situations of adversity that may have influenced their current 3. GGU Institutional TOEFL (same requirements as listed above);
values. Be aware that both the quality of the writing and the
4. Seven years documented, increasingly responsible professional expe-
thoughtfulness of the statement will be evaluated.
• Certification of Finances: If you are an international student who rience in the US or other English-speaking country;
will be attending on an F-1 or J-1 visa, you must also provide a 5. Completion of English 1A/1B (or equivalent) at regionally accred-
Certification of Finances form. Refer to the catalog section ited US college/university with grades of B or better in both;
“Applying for Admission as an International Student” on p. 112.
Please note: All application materials become the property of the 6. Bachelor’s degree from regionally accredited US college/university
university and cannot be returned. (or equivalent from recognized college/university in another English-
speaking country) with at least 60 units completed at the US college
(or equivalent);

Admission to the University 111


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

7. Master’s degrees from regionally accredited US college/university (or • If you are a graduate of an American college or university and are
equivalent from recognized college/university in another English- applying for admission as a master’s degree candidate, you must
speaking country); have earned a bachelor’s or higher degree from a college or
university accredited by the appropriate regional accreditation
8. IELTS (Cambridge) (undergraduate: Band 6 or higher, Graduate: association. (International applicants who are not graduates of a
Band 6.5 or higher); regionally accredited American college or university must have
9. Official IELTS (undergraduate 4.5, graduate 5.00) scores qualify the earned a degree comparable to a US bachelor’s degree).
candidate for provisional admission through the university’s PLUS • The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or other proof
Program (Preparation in Language and University Skills). Successful of fulfillment of GGU’s “English Language Proficiency Admission
completion of the PLUS Program is required in order to qualify for Requirements” (see p. 111) is required of all undergraduate and
admission to a degree or certificate program. See p. 64 for detailed graduate applicants who are non-native speakers of English.
information about the PLUS Program; TOEFL score reports must be sent directly from the Educational
Testing Service (ETS) to the Admissions Office. Alternatively, an
10.APIEL (College Board) (undergraduate: 3 or higher, graduate: 4 or
institutionally administered TOEFL exam may be scheduled
higher). through International Admissions and Advising Services.
11.Completion of three years of high school in the US or another • A Certification of Finances form must be submitted by all
acceptable English-speaking country; * applicants intending to study while on a student or scholar visa.
12.Completion of a British-standard O-level examination in English This form gives us information that is required by the US Bureau
of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). It can be
Language/Literature with a mark of C or higher; **
downloaded from the Golden Gate University website
13.Completion of a British-standard A-level examination in English (www.ggu.edu), or it can be obtained from the Admissions Office.
Language/Literature with a mark of A/O or of D or higher. ** It is included in the application packet that is sent upon request.
*Note 1: Not all English medium educational systems fulfill this requirement. Countries that • The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) is required of
qualify are: Australia, Anglophone Canada, Great Britain, Ireland and New Zealand.
MBA applicants, all concentrations. GMAT score reports must be
** Note 2: Not all countries that offer O- and A-level examinations meet British examining sent directly from the Educational Testing Service (ETS) to the
board standards. Countries that meet this standard include: Bahamas, Belize, Brunei, Ghana,
Great Britain, Guyana, Hong Kong, Ireland, Jamaica, Malaysia, Malta, Mauritius, Sierra Admissions Office.
Leone, Singapore, Zambia and Zimbabwe.

Admission of Undergraduate and International Student Enrollment


International applicants who are admitted as degree candidates may be
Graduate International Applicants
required to complete more than the number of units specified as
(Student Visa Holders) required for the degree, regardless of the extent of previous work, if it
is determined by the Admissions Office and/or the faculty that
Golden Gate University welcomes applicants and students from all
additional academic preparation is necessary.
over the world. Following are a few notes of particular importance to
our international applicants. • The university is authorized under federal law to enroll
nonimmigrant alien students. The university will not issue the
appropriate documentation until you have been admitted as a full
The Application Calendar
degree or certificate candidate, and have been financially certified
You should submit an original or certified transcript and certified by the university’s Certification of Finances approval process.
English translation to the Admissions Office from each school • Students with a student or scholar visa may attend only the
previously attended. Examination scores and mark sheets may be Monterey Bay, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose and Walnut
submitted if the institutions attended do not maintain transcripts. Creek sites of GGU.
• International applicants must submit all supporting materials by
the following dates to allow time for receiving credentials and pro- • New students should be prepared to pay the first term’s tuition and
cessing the government documents necessary for their attendance: fees in full at the time of registration.
For the fall term: May 15 • The US Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement requires
For the spring term: September 15 international students holding student visas to be enrolled for
For the summer term: January 15 consecutive terms of sufficient duration and units, typically
consisting of no fewer than 12 units per term at the undergraduate
Applying for Admission level and nine units per term at the graduate level.
as an International Student
Admission to Certificate Programs and
If you are applying for undergraduate admission you must have Registering for Open Enrollment Studies
completed a high school or approved secondary school program. If you
have more than two semesters of full-time coursework at the college or Not all students at the university are interested in earning a degree.
university level you will be considered as a transfer student. You may wish to attend for a shorter period of study to concentrate in
a particular area of interest or to earn a certificate. Others come simply
to take a single course or two and are classified as “Open Enrollment”

112 Admission to the University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

students. Applicants who wish to earn a certificate should indicate so • To register for graduate courses in Open Enrollment status, you
when applying for admission to the university. International students must have an earned bachelor’s degree; to take undergraduate
should refer to the catalog chapter “Enrolling at the University,” courses, you must have earned a high school diploma or GED.
p. 126, for specific unit enrollment requirements for each program. Open Enrollment does not require submission of GMAT scores.
International students holding a student or scholar visa are not eligible
for Open Enrollment studies. • Students registered in Open Enrollment status are not eligible for
financial aid.
Certificate Studies
• Students must maintain the required cumulative grade-point
To apply for certificate studies, you should submit an admission application average as defined by the university’s academic progress policy to
form and a $25 application fee for US applicants ($90 application fee for continue enrollment in this status. See p. 124 for additional
international applicants) to the San Francisco Office of Enrollment Services. information for policies related to academic progress.
• An official transcript documenting the equivalent of a high school
diploma from an approved institution is required for • Non-native speakers of English must meet the “English Language
undergraduate applicants. If you have 24 transferable semester Proficiency Admission Requirements” (see p. 111) prior to
units or 36 quarter units or more from a regionally accredited registration in Open Enrollment.
college or university, you should submit complete official
• To register for Open Enrollment, it is only necessary to file a
transcripts detailing this coursework. An official and complete
registration form and an Open Enrollment Data form prior to
transcript documenting the award of the undergraduate degree
registering.
from a regionally accredited institution is required for graduate
applicants. An official TOEFL test score report or other proof of • Students registered in Open Enrollment status are not eligible to
fulfillment of GGU’s “English Language Proficiency Admission earn certificates or degrees.
Requirements” (see p. 111) is required for all applicants whose
• Open Enrollment is not available to international students with a
native language is not English. Once these documents have been
student or scholar visa who have applied for, but have not
received, the decision for admission to certificate studies is
received, admission to the university, unless they are in valid
communicated in writing by the Admissions Office.
immigration status at another college-level institution, have written
• Some certificate courses require prerequisite courses that must also authorization from that institution to enroll in classes at Golden
be satisfied. It is not guaranteed that every course required for each Gate University and have met GGU’s academic and “English
certificate is offered every term. Language Proficiency Admission Requirements” (p. 111).
• Admitted certificate program students are required to maintain • For more detailed information on undergraduate and graduate
normal academic progress standards, including grade-point
program admission requirements, refer to pp. 109-115.
average.
• All coursework for a certificate program must be earned at Golden
Gate University. No transfer credit is granted. Courses earned at Admission Policies Applicable to
GGU in a certificate program may also be used toward a degree
program at the university.
All Degree and Certificate Students
• The certificate is awarded at the end of the reporting term in which Re-admission of Former Students
you successfully completed all of the coursework and submitted a Degree students who are absent from the university for three consecu-
Certificate Order form with its requisite fee to the Office of tive trimesters must formally apply for re-admission. Applicants for re-
Enrollment Services. admission must meet the admission requirements in effect at the time
of re-admission. Students seeking re-admission should obtain an
Open Enrollment Studies “Application for Admission” form and submit it to the Admissions
Office with the appropriate fee. Official transcripts from all other insti-
If you do not wish to work toward a degree or a certificate, you may
tutions attended in the interim must also be forwarded to the
enroll for courses through the university’s Open Enrollment process.
Admissions Office in sealed envelopes.
Permission to register for individual courses is based on prior academic
Students who were on academic probation at the time they left the
performance and preparation in appropriate prerequisites.
university may be readmitted, but they remain subject to probation-
retention guidelines in effect when they left the university.
• Registration requires approval by an academic adviser.
Readmitted students will be subject to the degree requirements in
• A maximum of nine units of coursework completed in Open effect at the time of re-admission.
Enrollment status may be used toward meeting requirements for a
graduate degree or certificate program. Cancellation of Application/Admission
An application may remain in pending status for up to one calendar
• A maximum of 12 units of coursework completed in Open
year from the date on which it was received in the Admissions Office.
Enrollment status may be used toward meeting requirements for
If the file is not completed within that year, the application is expired.
an undergraduate degree or certificate program.
Once you are admitted, the admission is valid for the term for which
you were admitted, and the subsequent two terms. If you have not
enrolled during that time period, the offer of admission is cancelled.

Admission to the University 113


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

To be reconsidered, you must reapply for admission, pay the applica- with the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum
tion fee in effect at the time of reapplication, and resubmit all original (IGETC), a process in which all California community and junior col-
transcripts as well as transcripts for any subsequent academic work leges participate. GGU honors IGETC guidelines for general education
undertaken. requirements. Information regarding IGETC can be obtained from all
California community and junior colleges, and most of those institu-
Pending Applications tions indicate IGETC-approved courses in their course catalogs. The
Applicants to undergraduate and graduate studies may enroll as Open responsibility for the selection of the proper courses for transfer credit,
Enrollment students while the admission application is pending final however, rests with the student. A maximum of 70 semester units may
decision. All rules applicable to Open Enrollment must be followed. be transferred from community colleges. Specific articulation references
are available at www.ggu.edu/transfer for many Northern California
Change of Program
community colleges. If you have questions about transferability of
Degree students wishing to change their degree objective or area of
courses, please consult the Admissions Office.
concentration must file a Change of Degree Program/Major form and
submit it to the Office of Enrollment Services. You will be re-evaluated Following are some examples of other acceptable
under the degree requirements in effect at the time the form is ways in which transfer credit may be earned:
processed. • College Level Examination Program (CLEP) General and Subject
Students who are on academic probation may apply for a change Examinations (Individuals may not sit for the same CLEP test
of program. If the dean of the school in which the new program is twice in a six-month period)
housed determines that your qualifications meet the requirements of • DANTES Subject Standardized Tests (DSST)
the new program, the application will be forwarded to the Committee • American College Testing (ACT) Proficiency Examination Program
for Admissions and Academic Probation (CAAP) for review. (PEP) tests
Applicants who desire to change their degree program prior to an • American Institute of Banking courses not completed at a commu-
admission decision should submit the request to the Admissions Office. nity college
There is no charge for this process. • Professional Military Education (PME) evaluated by the American
Council on Education (ACE)
Changing from Certificate to Degree • Training Programs evaluated by the American Council on
Status Education (ACE) or the National Program on Non-collegiate
Certificate students who wish to enter a degree program should submit Sponsored Instruction (PONSI)
the appropriate admission application and all required supporting doc- • One year’s uninterrupted active duty military service
uments and fees. If admitted to a degree program, you will be required • Undergraduate-level correspondence courses from a regionally
to fulfill the degree requirements for that program in effect at the time accredited institution
of admission. In addition to prior school records and test scores, per-
formance in certificate coursework at Golden Gate is used as a crite- The following guidelines on undergraduate
rion for admission to degree programs. transfer credit should also be noted:
• Courses completed at institutions accredited by one of the US
regional accrediting agencies are acceptable (e.g., Western
Changing from Open Enrollment
Association of Schools and Colleges).
to Degree or Certificate Status
Open Enrollment is a registration program, but does not constitute • Up to 70 semester units of community college credit can be
admission to the university. Students who wish to change from Open accepted; a total of 93 units can be completed through transfer
Enrollment to a degree or certificate program should file an from community colleges, four-year accredited institutions and the
Application for Admission with the Admissions Office. options listed in the above section.
• Courses completed with grades of C- or better are acceptable.
Undergraduate Transfer Credit • Cooperative education units earned may be transferred with
Transferring to GGU is a convenient process, and many students receive faculty approval.
the maximum number of transfer units possible. Advisers at Northern • The maximum number of transfer credits from any one source or
California community colleges and Admissions Office staff at Golden combined sources may be limited.
Gate University can be contacted for further transfer information.
Credits from regionally accredited four-year institutions are usually
acceptable, as are college-level credits from accredited community col- Credit for Work Experience by Exam
leges; credits, not grades, transfer. Credit may be granted only if the Program
subject matter of courses is applicable to programs offered by Golden
Many students at Golden Gate University may have obtained the
Gate University. General Education/Liberal Studies transfer credit varies
required skills and knowledge of an undergraduate course offered at
by degree program. Credit for terminal, occupational, technical and
the university through prior work experience. In the interest of acceler-
vocational courses may be accepted on a limited basis.
ating the academic progress of such students, GGU encourages earning
Transfer credit from community colleges is given in accordance

114 Admission to the University


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

credit for this work experience by taking the Credit for Work Graduate Transfer Credit
Experience (CWE) examination. Students may obtain credit for many
Candidates for master’s degrees may transfer up to six 300–400-level
undergraduate courses in the current university catalog through the
units to the advanced program from graduate coursework completed
CWE by Exam Program.
at other regionally accredited institutions. Students who have earned a
Through a CWE examination, students must demonstrate that
master’s degree at a regionally accredited institution may be eligible to
they have acquired knowledge or skills in their working careers that
transfer up to 12 graduate-level units to a GGU master’s degree with
would normally be acquired by taking an undergraduate course. Some
the approval of the appropriate department chair or program director.
courses may also require an additional submission demonstrating skills
All foundation program course requirements may be transferred if
that are part of the learning outcomes of the course but are not tested
applicable courses were completed in prior academic coursework.
for in the CWE exam.
Students should note that certain 300–400-level course requirements
Course credits earned by taking a CWE exam may not be counted
may not be fulfilled by courses taken at other institutions, as desig-
toward the fulfillment of the 30-unit academic-residency requirement
nated by the faculty. Exceptions to these requirements will be made
nor toward the credit-hour load in any term. The units for courses suc-
only on petition to and approval by the Committee on Admissions and
cessfully completed through a CWE exam will be counted towards
Academic Probation (CAAP).
graduation but no GPA points will be awarded.
Students who have completed graduate work at another institu-
Grades earned through a CWE exam will be recorded as: High
tion may be admitted with up to six units of advanced program (300-
Pass (satisfies the graduate foundation course grade requirement of B-
400-level) credit when courses submitted for transfer credit meet all of
or better), Pass (satisfies the undergraduate grade requirement of a
the following criteria:
grade of C- or better) or Fail. The student’s academic record will show
• They are taken at the graduate level.
that the course, whether successfully passed or not, was taken as a
• They are applicable to your GGU degree objective.
“non-course equivalent.”
• They are taken at a regionally accredited institution with
Students may take a CWE examination only two times for any one
admission requirements comparable to those of GGU.
individual course. Students may not use the CWE process for any
• They are approved by the appropriate faculty member.
course that they have previously attempted or completed at the univer-
sity or other post-secondary institution. As a matter of policy, a CWE
The following guidelines on graduate transfer credit should also
exam will not be offered for a course in which credit may be earned
be noted:
through CLEP.
• Courses completed with grades of B or better by students in gradu-
Information on registration procedures for completing courses
ate status are acceptable. (Courses with grades of B- are not
through the Credit for Work Experience examination process may be
acceptable for transfer).
obtained from the Office of the Registrar. A nonrefundable fee of $500
• The transcript shows that graduate units were given. (The units
will be charged for taking a CWE examination. See the Registrar’s
must not have been used toward completion of a bachelor’s
Office for more information regarding the payment of the fee.
degree).
• Cooperative education units earned may be transferred with fac-
ulty approval.
• Professional Military Education (PME) or training courses evalu-
ated by the American Council on Education (ACE) may qualify for
transfer credit. In considering the ACE recommendation, the uni-
versity determines what level and amount of credit to accept.
• Courses taken by correspondence are not acceptable for advanced
program graduate transfer credit.

Admission to the University 115


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Tuition and Fees


Tuition Fees
Admissions Application (includes transcript evaluation):
Tuition is based on the total course cost for a three-unit course (four-
Domestic Undergraduate or Graduate Applicant or Re-Applicant ............................$55
unit EMPA and doctoral courses), including standard fees. Courses
Domestic Doctoral Applicant or Re-Applicant ..........................................................$75
that have fewer than three units will be prorated accordingly. Tuition
Domestic Certificate Applicant or Re-Applicant ........................................................$25
varies by program. The following rates for tuition and fees become
International Applicant or Re-Applicant ....................................................................$90
effective for all terms beginning on or after June 26, 2007.
Certificate of Completion ....................................................................................................$25
The rates published in this catalog usually remain in effect for at
Challenge Examination (per exam)......................................................................................$125
least one academic year. The university reserves the right, however, to
Corporate Reimbursement Plan ........................................................................................$100
adjust the rates for tuition and fees prior to the beginning of each term.
Credit for Work Experience (CWE) Exam (per exam) ........................................................$500
Undergraduate Programs* Doctoral Business Core Examination ................................................................................$150
Doctoral Dissertation Binding (four copies and copyright/microfilm service) ............................$300
All Courses $1,530/per 3-unit course
Doctoral Qualifying Examination ....................................................................................$150
Graduate Programs* Duplicate Diploma ..............................................................................................................$25
Graduation Application ....................................................................................................$105
Edward S. Ageno School of Business † $2,040/per 3-unit course
Installment Payment Plan ....................................................................................................$55
School of Accounting $2,040/per 3-unit course Insurance (Accident or Health)
Contact the offices below for current fees:
School of Taxation $2,265/per 3-unit course
Domestic Students ..............................................Office of Admissions & Student Affairs
International Students ............................Office of International Admissions & Advising
EMPA $1,760/per 4-unit course
International Student Services (applies each term to all F and J visa holders) ..............................$90
Doctoral Program Late Payment........................................................................................$35 per occurrence and
1.5% finance charge per month beginning 30 days after the final installment was due
Business Administration $3,400/per 4-unit course
Late Registration..................................................................................................................$85
*All programs may not be available at each location. Call location nearest you for details. Materials ............................................fee varies by class; consult the class schedule for details
†All programs except Executive MBA and Executive MPA
Returned Check Service Charge ..........................................................................................$25
Executive MBA Program Student ID Card Replacement ............................................................................................$10
Transcript Express Delivery (per address):
The Edward S. Ageno School of Business offers an accelerated 12-
US Address ..................................................................................................................$15
month Executive Master of Business Administration degree that
Non-US Address..........................................................................................................$30
emphasizes strategy and the global nature of business today. The pro-
Transcript Processing (per transcript) ......................................................................................$5
gram, intended for those with eight or more years experience as man-
agers, professionals and entrepreneurs, costs $49,770 that includes all
courses, faculty/advisers, books, handouts, supplies, orientation ses- Tuition Adjustment
sion, preparatory and web materials, an 8–10-day international study
tour, career-development advisers, snacks and personalized service. Withdrawal Policy–Adjustment of Tuition
Flexible payment plans are available that can be tailored to the individ- Registration constitutes a financial contract between you and the uni-
ual’s or corporate reimbursement needs and requirements. Call the versity, and you will be responsible for paying all charges associated
Executive MBA program at 415-442-6521 for details. with your registration. You may wish to add/drop classes during the
voluntary withdrawal period. Should you choose to drop a class(es),
Auditing Discount
the following policy will apply.
Golden Gate University offers a discount of one-third off the cost of a Withdrawal from a class (commonly known as “dropping”) is offi-
course for students who choose to audit a course. You must sign up to cial once the university registrar has been notified. Notification must
audit when you register. Should you register for a course in non-audit be in writing and may be delivered in-person, by standard mail, by fax
status, and later change to audit, no refund will be given. or by electronic mail. The electronic mail must originate from your
Alumni Scholarship personal or business account. The date the written notice is received
will be the official date of withdrawal. Verbal notification is
The university provides a scholarship of one-third off the cost of a
insufficient.
course to GGU alumni. Certain limitations apply. Call the Office of
Tuition will be credited as follows. Fees are not refundable except
University Advancement for further details at 415-442-7820.

116 Tuition and Fees


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

in the case of a class being canceled by the university. Tuition credits Financial Petition
remain in your account. Refunds are issued upon written request. If If you are confronted with an unexpected and serious circumstance
you are a financial aid recipient who withdraws from all courses or that requires you to withdraw from your classes, you may petition the
drops below half time, you are subject to the Return of Title IV calcu- Financial Petition Committee to reverse a portion of your tuition
lations, which determine what financial aid ramifications will occur charges. Your petition should explain, in detail, the circumstances, the
based on the official date of withdrawal. You also may be required to correlation between these circumstances and the need for you to with-
return funds that you no longer are eligible to receive based on these draw from the course(s), and what actions you have taken to resolve or
calculations. Furthermore, the returned funds may result in a balance prevent such an event from occurring in subsequent terms. In addition,
due on your account. For further information on Return of Title IV you must provide any relevant third-party documentation. The univer-
funds refer to the Student Financial Planning section. sity will not consider petitions that are undocumented or that are
One week of instruction is defined as the seven day period that based upon pre-existing conditions. All petitions must be submitted to
commences midnight Sunday at the start of the week when the course the Office of Student Accounting Services no later than 90 days after
begins to 11:59 pm Saturday of the week when the course begins. the last day of the term in which the course(s) was dropped.
Week one through week three of instruction ..........100% Refund The university will respond to all petitions in writing. You should
Week four to end of term ............................................No Refund allow a minimum of 30 working days to hear from us as we are
required to verify all facts from university sources prior to review by
You are asked to complete a short questionnaire to identify rea- the Financial Petition Committee. If your petition is approved and any
sons for withdrawal as part of the “drop” process. This questionnaire adjustments to your tuition result in a credit balance on your account,
is available online at GGU4YOU or on the Add/Drop Form at all GGU the university will apply this credit balance toward future tuition
locations. This data will be kept confidential and will be used to charges within the next twelve-month period. If you are a financial aid
improve customer service and quality. recipient and you have a financial petition approved, credit balances
Late Registration Fee typically are refunded to the appropriate financial aid program or
lender.
If you wish to register for a class after the Add Period, you must
acquire the written or e-mailed approval of the instructor and either a Disputes Concerning Student Accounts
senior school administrator or a regional administrator and pay an All disputes concerning student accounts should be submitted in writ-
$85 late fee. The fee is assessed only once per term regardless of the ing to: Student Accounting Services, Golden Gate University, 536
number of classes you are registered for after the Add Period. The fee Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105-2968 or sas@ggu.edu. The
is applied even if you are adding a different section of a class you university will respond within 30 working days of receipt of the stu-
dropped that term. See “Adding or Dropping Courses” (p. 128) for dent’s letter or e-mail.
more information.

Financial Aid Recipients Who Withdraw


Completely From All Courses
Financial aid recipients who decide to withdraw from all of their
courses or drop below half time during a financial aid term (fall,
spring, summer) must notify the Financial Aid Office by e-mail at
finaid@ggu.edu after submitting the proper withdrawal request to the
registrar.

Refund Policy
Refund of a credit balance resulting from tuition adjustment in accor-
dance with the above-stated Withdrawal Policy will be made if
requested in writing by the student. Refunds will be mailed to your
address as noted on the request for refund. If you are a financial aid
recipient, credit balances resulting from tuition adjustments under the
Withdrawal Policy typically are refunded to the appropriate financial
aid program or lender. For additional information on financial aid
refunds refer to the chapter “Student Financial Planning,” Return of
Title IV Funds section of the GGU catalog.
Because of the administrative workload during the registration
period, refunds cannot be processed during the first 30 working days
following the opening of any trimester.
No refunds will be made by virtue of curtailment of services brought
about as a result of strikes, natural disasters, civil insurrection, riots or
the threats thereof, or other causes beyond the control of the university.

Tuition and Fees 117


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Student Financial Planning


The concept of having a financial plan is that you define a financial need • Maintain satisfactory academic progress (SAP) as required by the
based on your life circumstances, look at the array of financial choices Financial Aid Office SAP policy (for continuing students)
for fulfilling that need and weave together the best options for you into a • Not be in default on a federal student loan or owe a refund on a
plan that will maximize your support over your educational career. federal grant
The most common elements of a financial plan are • Not simultaneously receiving financial aid at another instituion.
A. Setting an academic goal
B. Establishing a path to graduation How to Apply
C. Identifying the financial resources required to meet your goal
• Complete the FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid).
D. Matching your financial needs with the available financial
The application is available online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Use the
options
GGU Title IV school code 001205 in step six of the FAFSA.
E. Financial resources and payment options available to fund a
• Complete the GGU financial aid application for the trimesters you
GGU education include
are planning to attend GGU. The application is available at
Financial resources and payment options available to fund a GGU
www.ggu.edu. Click on “Admissions and Costs,” then “Tuition
education include
and Financial Aid,” and then “Apply.”
1. Federal Financial Aid
• Loans are by far the most widely used tool in financial aid Application Process
and provide a very low cost alternative and a wide array • Submit a completed FAFSA to the US Department of Education
of options not available with other programs. processor. The fastest way to file is to do so online at
• Grants are available to undergraduate students who www.fafsa.ed.gov.
demonstrate financial need and are US citizens or eligible • FAFSA information is processed and results are sent to the institu-
noncitizens. tions indicated in step six of the FAFSA and to the student (average
2. State Grants – available to undergraduate students who time 2-4 weeks).
demonstrate financial need. Students must also be a US citizen • GGU reviews FAFSA information and may request other needed
or eligible noncitizen and a California resident. documents.
3. Scholarships – both need-based and merit-based scholarships • Student returns requested documents to GGU. We will notify you
are available to undergraduate and graduate students. by e-mail/letter if we are missing any documents.
4. Alternative Private Loans • A financial aid award letter will be developed for the student
5. Student direct pay – you may pay upfront or in installments dependent on the number of units and trimesters indicated on the
through a payment plan. GGU Financial Aid Application, and student program eligibility.
6. Corporate pay – your employer can reimburse you or we can • Financial aid may not be used to cover tuition for repeated
bill them directly. courses, whether or not the student received a grade.
• GGU calculates financial aid award and sends it to the student by
Federal Financial Aid e-mail and US mail.
• If a student accepts loans on the award letter, loans will be certified
GGU encourages all you to consider applying for financial aid as part of for disbursement.
your financial plan to cover educational costs. The Financial Aid Office • Financial aid is disbursed to a student’s account during the
is dedicated to providing student guidance through the financial aid trimester depending on when the student returned the award letter
application process. There are several types of financial aid programs to GGU and the date the loans are certified.
for which a student may apply. Each program has specific criteria. • If after financial aid is dispersed to a student’s account, a credit
balance is produced, a refund check will be issued to the student.
General Eligibility Requirements • Refund checks are processed within 10 business days after the
You must credit appears.
• Be a US Citizen or permanent resident of the US
• Have registered with the Selective Service between the ages of 18 Calculation of Financial Aid
and 25, if you are male A general budget is devised that includes housing, food, books/sup-
• Possess a high school diploma, GED or state certificate, or pass a plies, transportation, personal expenses and actual tuition costs per
federally approved “Ability to Benefit” test student. The tuition costs are based upon the unit enrollment informa-
• Be admitted and matriculated in an approved degree or certificate tion the student reports on the GGU Financial Aid Application. The
program at GGU budget is called cost of attendance (COA).
• Be registered for courses at least half time at GGU per trimester

118 Student Financial Planning


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Standard financial aid policy requires that you and/or your family Federal Stafford Loan Annual Borrowing Limits*
contribute a portion of your resources to pay for the cost of your edu-
DEPENDENT** INDEPENDENT**
cation. The amount you are expected to contribute varies depending
ACADEMIC LEVEL STUDENTS STUDENTS
on individual circumstances and program eligibility. The contribution
amount is calculated by the information on the FAFSA and is called Freshmen (29 units or less) $ 3,500 $ 7,500
expected family contribution (EFC). Sophomores (30–59 units) $ 4,500 $ 8,500
Juniors/Seniors (60 units or more) $ 5,500 $10,500
To determine your financial need, take your COA and subtract
Graduates (have bachelor’s degree) not applicable $20,500
your EFC — the remainder is your financial need. Depending on the
* The amounts shown represent the total combined eligibility for subsidized and unsubsidized
programs for which a student is eligible, the Financial Aid Office then Stafford loans as of July 1, 2007.
calculates program awards based on the criteria for each program. **Dependent or Independent status is determined by the US Department of Education criteria
on the FAFSA.

Types of Federal Financial Aid Loans


Federal Family Educational Loan Programs (FFELP)
Need-based Grants
Stafford Loans
Federal Pell Grant Subsidized Stafford Loans are awarded to students who meet the finan-
The Federal Pell Grant is available to undergraduate students who cial need criteria established by the US Department of Education.
have low EFCs as calculated by the FAFSA formula. The US Students must be enrolled at least half time per trimester. The US
Department of Education will notify the student of their Pell Grant eli- Department of Education will pay the interest while students are in
gibility by sending a Student Aid Report (SAR) to each student who school at least half time, and for the first six months after dropping
files the FAFSA. below half time or graduating.
Currently, Federal Pell Grant ranges from $400 to $4,310 for an Unsubsidized Stafford Loans are awarded to students who do not meet
academic year based on the student’s EFC and verified enrollment status. the financial need criteria for Subsidized Stafford Loans. Student must
be enrolled at least half time per trimester. A student may pay the inter-
Academic Competitiveness Grants (ACG) est while in school or allow the interest to accrue and the interest will
ACG awards provide $750 for first-year students and $1,300 for sec- be added to the principal amount of the loan.
ond-year students who completed a rigorous high school program of The interest will be an estimated 6.12 percent as of July 1, 2007
study after Jan. 1, 2006. Rigorous high school programs of study are and is subject to congressional readjustments each year. Students must
defined by individual states. Documentation is required from a stu- begin repaying the loan, principal and interest six months after gradua-
dent’s high school of graduation. California students will have a tion or when a student ceases to be enrolled at least half time. Banks
California Golden Seal Merit Diploma. Students must be US citizens, who participate in the FFELP may charge a small origination fee,
Pell Grant eligible, and enrolled full time in a degree program. which the student must repay. This fee is included when the student
goes into repayment status.
National Science and Mathematics Access to
See chart above for half time Federal Stafford Loan annual bor-
Retain Talent Grant (SMART)
rowing limits.* First-time borrowers at GGU are required to have
SMART awards are offered to students in specific majors during the
Entrance Loan Counseling.
third and fourth year of study. Students may receive $4,000 per year or
$2,000 per semester. Specified major fields of study are: computer sci- Entrance Loan Counseling is required by the Department of
ence, mathematics, engineering, technology, physical sciences, and desig- Education before federal loans may be disbursed to a student.
nated critical foreign languages. Students must be enrolled full time, be Entrance Loan Counseling will advise a student of their responsibili-
US citizens, Pell Grant eligible, and have a cumulative 3.0 GPA. ties, loan information and that the loan must be repaid. Visit
www.edfund.org for more information.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Exit Loan Counseling is required for GGU borrowers who drop
Grant (FSEOG) below half time status or graduate. Exit Loan Counseling is required
FSEOG awards are offered to undergraduate students without a prior by the Department of Education to make sure that students understand
bachelor’s degree with the lowest EFCs, enrolled at GGU for at least their rights and obligations and repayment information on the loans.
six units per trimester and who are Federal Pell Grant recipients. Visit www.edfund.org for more information.
Awards for the academic year are dependent on the federal funding
allocation to GGU. Currently, the maximum award for FSEOG is Federal PLUS
$1,800 a year depending on federal funding. FSEOG may not be Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available
awarded to students who are receiving other federal grants such as to parents or stepparents of dependent undergraduate students.
ACG or SMART grants and/or state grants. GGU employees who Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance; minus any other aid
receive tuition reimbursement are not eligible for FSEOG. their child may receive. Parental applicants for this program will have
to establish credit worthiness with their chosen lender (bank). PLUS is
always unsubsidized.

Student Financial Planning 119


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

The interest rate is variable and adjusted each year on July 1, with State Grants
a cap of 9 percent. Currently the rate is 6.8 percent with the next
adjustment scheduled for July 1, 2007. Interest accrues from the date
Cal Grants
loan funds are fully disbursed until the loan is repaid in full.
The California Student Aid Commission (CSAC) administers grant
Lenders may charge fees, which will be repaid during the repay-
programs for undergraduates who are California Residents seeking
ment schedule.
their first associate’s or bachelor’s degree, or certificate. The applica-
Students are required to file a FAFSA but financial need is not con-
tion deadline is March of the preceding award year (March 2, 2007
sidered a factor in the parental application process.
would be the deadline for 2007-08 academic year). Awards are based
A separate loan application is required. For further information,
on both financial need from the FAFSA information, verified enroll-
visit www.ggu.edu. Click on “Admissions and Costs,” then “Tuition
ment status and academic merit. Cal Grants are typically applied to
and Financial Aid,” then “Financial Aid,” and then “Federal Financial
tuition costs and fees at an educational institution. Students must be
Aid.”
enrolled at least half time.
Graduate PLUS (G-PLUS) GGU administers both Cal Grant A for high merit and Cal Grant
Graduate students may apply for the Graduate PLUS loan. This loan B for average merit and low family income only. Cal Grants may range
is for graduate students who are at least half-time status per trimester. from $1,551 to over $9,874 per academic year. All Cal Grant funding
To calculate the loan amount available through G-PLUS, take the stu- is subject to yearly state budget approval.
dent’s COA and subtract all financial aid. Cal Grant requires that a student file the FAFSA and a have a verified GPA received post-
marked by March 2. For further information regarding CSAC GPA verification form visit
www.csac.ca.gov.
Cost of Attendance $25,000
Minus Scholarship $ 1,500
Minus Stafford Loans $20,500
Scholarships
Amount of G-PLUS $ 3,000
Academic Excellence Scholarship
This scholarship is intended to assist new undergraduate students in
The interest rate is 8.5 percent and subject to change each July 1.
completing their bachelor's degree. Recognition is given to academic
Graduate applicants to this program will have to establish credit wor-
excellence. Scholarships are not granted for units of repeated courses.
thiness with their chosen lender (bank). G-PLUS loans are always
No application is required. To be eligible you
unsubsidized and students may pay the interest while in school. You
are required to file a FAFSA but financial need is not a factor. A sepa- • Must be a first time admitted GGU undergraduate student
rate loan application is required. For further information, visit (international or domestic in a degree program)
www.ggu.edu. For further information visit www.ggu.edu. Click on • Must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 from US institu-
“Admissions and Costs,” then “Tuition and Financial Aid,” and then tions or comparable grade average based on evaluation of interna-
“Financial Aid,” then “Federal Financial Aid.” tional academic credentials (graduated award based on academic
performance)
Federal Perkins Loan
• Must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0, while enrolled at GGU
Perkins loans are awarded to students who have high financial need • Must be enrolled at least half time (six units per term) at all times
according to the Financial Aid Policy of the institution. These loans are • Must earn a minimum of six units each reporting term (grades of
limited to current federal and revolving institutional funds. No interest AU and CR, do not count)
accrues while the student is enrolled at least half-time status. The 5 • Must file a FAFSA at www.fafsa.ed.gov if you are a US citizen or
percent fixed interest rate starts nine months after the student gradu- eligible noncitizen.
ates or is enrolled less than half-time status. A minimum repayment of
For further information, contact the Financial Aid Office at
$40 per month is required. There is a ten-year maximum repayment
415-442-7270 or go to www.ggu.edu. Click on “Admissions and
term.
Costs,” then “Tuition and Financial Aid,” and then “Apply.”
Federal Perkins Loan borrowers have individual promissory notes and are required to complete
Entrance and Exit Loan Counseling sessions.
Endowed and Gift Scholarship
Federal Work Study
Endowed and Gift scholarships are funded through the generosity of
Federal Work Study (FWS) provides federally subsidized work oppor-
GGU alumni, friends, foundations and corporations. Some individual
tunities. Students must be eligible to work in the US and provide docu-
scholarships may have more restrictive criteria or separate applica-
ments to substantiate their employment eligibility. FWS jobs may be
tions. These scholarships typically are awarded on the basis of aca-
located both on campus and off campus. Pay rates are competitive and
demic merit in addition to other specific criteria established by the
vary depending on the position and skills required. Work Study jobs
donors of the funds.
are limited to the amount of the student’s Work Study award. The
There is no application required. For some named scholarships,
GGU Financial Aid Application will give the student the opportunity
which have specific criteria, an application will be requested by invita-
to apply for the Federal Work Study Program. Application requests
tion from the Scholarship Committee.
will be reviewed and the Financial Aid Office will contact the students.
The FAFSA is required.

120 Student Financial Planning


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

Requirements: Alumni Scholarship


• Have been admitted to a program of study To promote lifelong learning, GGU offers degree-holding alumni a one-
• Remain matriculated in the same degree program third-off tuition scholarship on one course per trimester (the course cannot
• Maintain a minimum half-time enrollment status (six units for count toward a degree or a certificate). Interested alumni must complete
undergraduate, four units for graduate and doctoral students). an Alumni Tuition Scholarship Authorization Form and present it to the
• Maintain a minimum 3.0 cumulative grade-point average for both Office of University Advancement. Students with GGU bachelor’s degrees
undergraduate and graduate students. may apply.
• Students who receive tuition assistance from their employer may
not be eligible to receive Endowed and Gift scholarships.
Graduate Community Leadership
• Students who receive Cal Grants or other benefits for educational
purposes may not be eligible to receive Endowed and Gift
Scholarship
scholarships. This scholarship will be offered to the most qualified graduate students
• A change in status that results in a student not meeting any one of who have, through past and present efforts, demonstrated a substantial
the above standards will be subject to retroactive loss of the schol- and meaningful commitment to community service and social justice. It
arship and repayment to the university of previously disbursed is intended for tuition costs only and available for renewal through the
scholarship funds. completion of the original degree program, based upon satisfactory
• Recipients of Headway, Summit and student government associa- academic progress. You must have received a bachelor's degree from a
tion scholarship(s) are not eligible for an Endowed and Gift regionally accredited US academic institution or qualified international
scholarship. institution. Students must complete a FAFSA at www.fafsa.ed.gov.
• International students are eligible as long as they meet the require- Application deadlines are July 1 for fall, Nov. 1 for spring and March 1
ments above. for summer.
• US citizens and US permanent residents must have a Graduate Community Leadership Scholarship Requirements:
completed FAFSA. Students may complete the FAFSA online at • Before or prior to the end of your first term at Golden Gate
www.fafsa.ed.gov. University, submit a completed Graduate Community Leadership
Scholarship application to Admissions, along with a two-page
Scholarships may vary depending on merit, need, enrolled units per (maximum 1,000 words) essay detailing community service.
trimester and funds available. Scholarships to be applied towards a • Must be a newly, fully admitted graduate student in a degree pro-
portion of tuition costs only at GGU. For additional information about gram in the Ageno School of Business or School of Taxation
Endowed and Gift scholarships, contact the Financial Aid Office at (excluding EMBA and DBA).
415-442-7270 • You must have a minimum of 3.35 cumulative GPA upon entering
GGU (official sealed transcript from prior institution required.)
Handlery Hotels Endowed Scholarship • Complete a minimum of six units per term.
Applicants need to submit a statement that demonstrates their commu- • Maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade-point average.
nity involvement. • Demonstrate commitment to advocacy, activism, volunteer and/or
civic involvement, not related to your primary profession or job.
• Submit a letter of recommendation or endorsement from someone
Huguenot Society of California who is directly affiliated with the work outlined above.
Endowed Scholarship
Applicants need to submit an essay detailing their financial need, merit
accomplishments and triumph over adversity. School of Taxation Scholarship
Funded by the generous, annual contributions of alumni, friends and
Masud Mehran Endowed Scholarship tax and accounting firms, this scholarship is awarded on the basis of
academic achievement in the first three courses. A separate application
Applicants need to submit documentation along with a statement that
is required and is available through the School of Taxation.
details their initiative and entrepreneurial spirit.
Effective fall 2006: to be considered for a scholarship from GGU,
students must file a FAFSA at www.fafsa.ed.gov
Frances Preissner Endowed Scholarship
General Scholarship Policy
Applicants must be US citizens and submit a statement that demon-
strates their commitment to Golden Gate University's mission. All Matriculated, enrolled students who are US citizens and permanent
statements, essays, and/or other information for scholarship considera- residents or other eligible noncitizens are required to submit a Free
tion should be directed to Scholarships & VA Benefits; Golden Gate Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to be considered for any
University, 536 Mission St., San Francisco, CA 94105; or e-mail to scholarship. In step six of the FAFSA, students must indicate Golden
cdecker@ggu.edu. Gate University's Title IV code 001205 in order for the FAFSA infor-
mation to be received at GGU. FAFSAs should be on file at GGU at the
beginning of the trimester. International students are excluded from the
FAFSA requirement.

Student Financial Planning 121


Golden Gate University Catalog 2007-2008

For undergraduates Alternative/Private Loans


• Maintain at least half-time attendance at all times to remain GGU has a list of lenders that offer additional loans to students. These
eligible
loans can supplement the gap between the Cost of Attendance minus
• Earn at least six units at the end of their last enrolled term to
all financial aid awarded to the student. Each participating lender has
remain eligible
their own criteria for loan eligibility. Typically, you must be a US citi-
• If enrolled in three-quarter time attendance, students must earn at
zen or permanent resident and demonstrate credit worthiness.
least six units at the end of their last enrolled term to remain
Payments may begin immediately; interest rates and deferment options
eligible
• Starting with three-quarter time attendance but dropping to half will differ from lender to lender. GGU recommends that every student
time attendance, students will have their eligibility prorated during compare the variables and options of each lender before making a deci-
their next enrolled term sion to take out an alternative/private loan. Visit www.ggu.edu for fur-
• Starting with full-time attendance but dropping to three-quarter- ther information.
time or half-time attendance, students will have their eligibility
International Students
prorated during their next enrolled term
• Maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 to remain eligible A few lenders offer loan programs to international students. These types
• The same principles apply if a student fails a class or two of loans are considered private or alternative loans. International students
are required to apply with a US citizen or permanent resident cosigner.
For graduates:
Cosigner release option is not available to international students.
• Maintain at least half-time attendance at all times to remain
Deferment, repayment, loan limits and other options may vary from
eligible
lender to lender. If approved the loan may be up to the Cost of Attendance
• Earn at least four units at the end of their last enrolled term to
per academic year. Visit www.ggu.edu for further information.
remain eligible
• Starting with full-time attendance but dropping to half-time atten- Obligation for Payment
dance at the end of their last enrolled term, students will have their